fOSTO^ \ APR 5 - 1967 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 )9<#(* Smithsonian Year 1966 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE EAR THE 1 VE •fT ,NTS ; u, u o xs G "-5 .9 *S St <2) '> <4l O .5? ■h a. 1? ^* o •** •ft- _ 5 -v : *1 N ON ' " £ 5 Smithsonian Year 1966 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1966, INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Washington 1966 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price $1.75 The Smithsonian Institution The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846, in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson, of England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America "to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was without authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted an "establishment," whose statutory members are "the President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments." The Establishment Lyndon B. Johnson, President of the United States Hubert H. Humphrey, Vice President of the United States Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States Dean Rusk, Secretary of State Henry H. Fowler, Secretary of the Treasury Robert S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense Nicholas deB. Katzenbach, Attorney General Lawrence F. O'Brien, Postmaster General Stewart L. Udall, Secretary of Interior Orville L. Freeman, Secretary of Agriculture John T. Connor, Secretary of Commerce W. Willard Wirtz, Secretary of Labor John W. Gardner, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare Robert C. Weaver, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development II Board of Regents and Secretary June 30, 1966 Presiding Officer ex officio Chancellor Regents of the Institution Executive Committee Secretary Assistant Secretaries Lyndon B. Johnson, President of the United States Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States Earl Warren, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor Hubert H. Humphrey, Vice President of the United States Clinton P. Anderson, Member of the Senate J. William Fulbright, Member of the Senate Leverett Saltonstall, Member of the Senate Frank T. Bow, Member of the House of Representatives Michael J. Kirwan, Member of the House of Representatives George H. Mahon, Member of the House of Representatives John Nicholas Brown, citizen of Rhode Island William A. M. Burden, citizen of New York Robert V. Fleming, citizen of Washington, D.C. Crawford H. Greenewalt, citizen of Dela- ware Caryl P. Haskins, citizen of Washington, D.C. Jerome C. Hunsaker, citizen of Massachusetts Robert V. Fleming, Chairman, Clinton P. Anderson, Caryl P. Haskins S. Dillon Ripley James Bradley, Assistant Secretary (Admin- istration) Sidney R. Galler, Assistant Secretary (Science) \ listing of the professional staff of the Smithsonian Institution, its Dureaus, and its offices, appears in Appendix 6. in Last year, the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution for the first time appeared under the general title Smithsonian Tear. At that time certain changes were instituted in the procedures pertaining to Smithsonian annual reports: 1 . Issuance of the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution (now Smithsonian Year) is no longer followed by appearance of a greenbound volume containing a General Appendix of articles in the sciences and the arts. The last of the old series is that for 1964. 2. For 1965, the objective of the General Appendix was met by a Smithsonian yearbook containing the eleven addresses delivered at the scholarly sessions of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration held in Washington in September 1965. Entitled Knowledge Among Men, it was published in 1966 by Simon and Schuster for the Smithsonian Institution. 3. The United States National Museum Annual Report is no longer issued initially as a separate document reporting on the activities of its component Museums of Natural History and of History and Technology. These reports are hence- forth incorporated in Smithsonian Year, together with the reports of the other branches of the Institution. 4. Reprints of each of these reports are available. To some of them are appended tabulated and statistical information which is of primary interest to those concerned with the particular field covered, and which for reasons of space can no longer be carried in this volume. SMITHSONIAN PUBLICATION 4697 Contents Page The Establishment ii The Smithsonian Institution hi Statement by the Secretary 1 Office of the Secretary 19 Office of International Activities 21 Office of Education and Training 30 Office of Public Information 32 Smithsonian Press 33 Smithsonian Museum Service 37 Smithsonian Associates 38 United States National Museum 43 Office of the Registrar 45 Office of Exhibits 47 Conservation- Analytical Laboratory 52 Traveling Exhibition Service 53 Smithsonian Activities — Natural Sciences 57 Museum of Natural History 63 Research and Publication 72 Systematics 72 Ecology 73 Oceanography 77 Anthropology 78 Vertebrate Zoology 90 Invertebrate Zoology 95 Entomology 98 Botany 102 Paleobiology 105 Mineral Sciences 112 The Collections 115 Care and Conservation 115 Gifts and Additions 122 Exhibits 132 Staff Publications 134 National Zoological Park 153 Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute 163 Radiation Biology Laboratory . 173 v Page Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory 181 Meteors and Comets 182 Meteorites and Cosmic Dust 184 Planetary Studies 186 Theoretical Astrophysica 192 Radio Astronomy 195 Optical Astronomy 196 Historical Astronomy 199 Central Bureaus 200 Staff Changes 200 Staff Papers 201 Science Information Exchange 215 Smithsonian Activities — History and Art 219 Museum of History and Technology 221 Research and Publication 224 Science and Technology 224 Arts and Manufactures 227 Civil History 231 Armed Forces History 233 Growth of the United States 236 American Studies 237 The Collections 238 Care and Conservation 238 Gifts and Additions 242 Exhibits 250 Staff Publications 255 National Air and Space Museum 259 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 269 Freer Gallery of Art 271 National Collection of Fine Arts 281 National Portrait Gallery 293 National Gallery of Art 303 John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts 321 Other Smithsonian Activities 333 Smithsonian Institution Libraries 335 International Exchange Service 339 Administrative Support Services 341 Appendix 345 1 . Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents . . 347 2. Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program Grants 375 3. Publications of the Smithsonian Press 377 4. Members of the Smithsonian Council 385 5. Research Participation Program Appointments 391 6. Staff of the Smithsonian Institution 397 VI Statement by the Secretary Statement by the Secretary S. Dillon Ripley The re-endorsement of the essential role of this Institution in research and various processes of education came dramatically this past year in the celebration of the two hundredth anni- versary of the birth of James Smithson. The two and a half days of the meetings, September 16-19, 1965, included an extraordi- narily interesting seminar on the situation of man's knowledge by scholars of international eminence. The twelve commissioned papers have just been published.* During the celebration and with great pageantry a robed procession of nearly five hundred delegates of universities and kindred scholarly institutions, pre- ceded by our mace bearer and banners of the various bureaus, by members of the Smithsonian's Establishment, and by its Chancellor and Regents, marched across the Mall. Thus we restated the unique circumstance of our half-government, half- private character, a symbolic composite, underscoring the spirit of freedom of inquiry and freedom of scholarly exchange with all nations of the world. President Lyndon B. Johnson addressed the assemblage with significant words: "learning respects no geographic boundaries. . . . partnership between Government and private enterprise can serve the greater good of both. . . . the Institution financed by Smithson breathed life in the idea that the growth and spread of learning must be the first work of a nation that seeks to be free. . . . We can support Secretary Ripley's dream of creating a center here at the Smithsonian where great scholars from every nation will come and collaborate. . . . Together we must embark on a new and a noble adventure: * Knowledge Among Men (New York: Simon and Schuster for the Smithsonian Institution, June 1966), the first in a new series to be known as the Smithsonian Annual. 1 2 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 "First, to assist the education effort of the developing nations and the developing regions. "Second, to help our schools and universities increase their knowledge of the world and the people who inhabit it. "Third, to advance the exchange of students and teachers who travel and work outside their native lands. "Fourth, to increase the free flow of books and ideas and art, of works of science and imagination. "And, fifth, to assemble meetings of men and women from every discipline and every culture to ponder the common prob- lems of mankind."* The Smithsonian hopes to work closely with the appropriate branches of Government in international scholarly meetings in furtherance of its traditional and pioneering international role. RESEARCH Our research accomplishments during the year have spread over a wide spectrum in science, history and art. An accomplishment of particular significance has been achieved by David L. Correll in the field of protein chemistry. One of the studies in this area has been the isolation of phy to- chrome, a proteinaceous pigment occurring in all higher forms of plants. This pigment serves as a photoreceptor that absorbs the radiant energy which regulates the morphological develop- ment of plants and that is controlled by the red and far-red portions of the visible spectrum. Without phytochrome there would presumably, be no stem elongation, no leaf expansion, and no flowering in the higher plants. It is only in the past few years that this pigment has been isolated, and then in impure form. Dr. Correll has isolated phytochrome in pure form and, with collaborators from the National Institutes of Health, has determined its amino acid content, molecular weight, and fluo- rescence spectrum, information that will undoubtedly lead to defining the metabolic role and physiological responses occurring as a result of the pigment's regulatory action. In astrophysics the culmination of a 10-year effort in the geodetic phase of the Smithsonian's Satellite-Tracking Program *The Noble Adventure, Remarks of the President at the Smithsonian Bicentennial Celebration, September 16,1965 (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1965). The Regents and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution request the honor of your presence at the Bicentennial Celebration commemorating the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of JAMES SMITHSON Thursday, Friday, and Saturday, September Sixteenth, Seventeenth, and Eighteenth, one thousand nine hundred and sixty-five at the Smithsonian Institution Washington, District of Columbia The favor of a reply is requested THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON TO THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION THE President, Council and Fellows of the Royal Society of London send their greetings and congratu- lations to the Smithsonian Institution on the occasion of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of its founder James Smithson. The Royal Society is happy to recall that James Smith- son was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society on 19 April 1787 at a very early age, and contributed a number of scientific papers to its Philosophical Transactions. The Royal Society has followed with admiration the splendid way in which the Smithsonian Institution has developed over the years since its foundation in 1846, and has fulfilled the wish of its founder by the great contribu- tion it has made to the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men. The Royal Society confidently expresses the hope that the Smithsonian Institution may long continue its valuable contributions to the increase of knowledge and the welfare of mankind. fCc crrj PRISSWENT SEPTEM13EH 1965 James Smithson Bicentennial Cele- bration guests were registered September 16, 1965, in the great hall of the Smithsonian building. Renovated and refurbished in the spirit of architect James Ren- wick's design, the hall's red and gold carpets, marbleized pillars, and plush settees convey a sense of Victorian elegance of the period (1850-1860) when it was built. Harmonizing modern cases display objects that illustrate the wide range of Smithsonian activities. 31 ' ~+ _^^SAGtS H^jflB/ATlON I ^\i 1 f 1 p v [• ■ Secretary S. Dillon Ripley ^left) and Science Information Exchange Associate Director Frank J. Kreysa greet museum directors from Czechoslovakia: Vladimir Denkenstein, National Museum, Prague; Jan Jelinek, Moravian Museum, Brno; and Joseph Kuba, Technical Museum, Prague. Below: Foreign Currency Program Director Kennedy B. Schmertz with Mohamed Yacoub, Director of the Musee National du Bardo, and Mohamed Masmoudi of the Musee Regional de Sfax. Smithsonian Secretary's badge of office, worn about the neck from a cherry-red ribbon, depicts the owl of Athena, symbol of wisdom. Below: Chief Justice Earl Warren, Chancellor of the Smithsonian, greets former Secretary Charles G. Abbot, before robing for the Academic Procession. From the rampart behind the statue of Joseph Henry, the Smithsonian's first Secretary, Tower Musicians have sounded a fanfare and the Herald has read President Johnson's proclamation on the occasion of the Bicentennial Celebration. Below: Preceeded by banners of the Smithsonian bureaus, procession of nearly 500 scholars from 90 nations march in the order of the founding of their institutions. The Procession: Chancellor Earl Warren and Secretary Ripley. Below: Three past Secretaries of the Smithsonian (from left) Charles G. Abbot (1928-1944), Alexander Wetmore (1945-1952), and Leonard Carmichael (1953-1964). (Photo courtesy Washington Star.) 230-457—66- After the Procession, President Lyndon B. Johnson addressed the convocation. He announced support of the plan to create at the Smithsonian a center "where great scholars from every nation will come and collaborate." Guests of the Celebration were served meals in colorful pavilions on the Mall, in front of the Museum of History and Technology. Below: At the exhibit "The Art and Spirit of a People," featuring objects from the Eleanor and Mabel Van Alstyne collection, were gathered speakers who were to address the scholarly sessions (from left) : Fred L. Whipple, Ian McTaggart Cowan, Stephen E. Toulmin, Arthur Koestler, G. Evelyn Hutchinson, Claude Levi-Strauss, Herbert Butterfield, and Jerome S. Bruner. The scholarly sessions were held in the Departmental Auditorium. The Auditorium is located on Constitution Avenue, opposite the Museum of History and Technology. Below: Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson and Secre- tary Ripley greet Bicentennial Celebration guests at the White House lawn party and reception Friday afternoon, September 17. Thomas Boylston Adams, president of the Massachusetts Historical Society and descendant of two Presidents, addressed the banquet that concluded the Bicentennial Celebration. Below: At the banquet Lord Florey, President of the Royal Society of London, exhibits the citation accompanying award of the first Smithson Medal to the Royal Society. Robert V. Fleming (right), Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents, made the presentation. Sir Patrick Dean, British Ambassador, is at left. Smithson Medal, awarded for outstanding contributions in the areas of art, science, history, and technology. A bronze copy of the medal was presented to each guest at the Celebration. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 3 was reached with the completion of the Smithsonian Standard Earth, a determination of the gravitational field and figure of the earth and of observing-site positions accurate to within 10 to 20 meters. Observations of Explorers 19 and 24, the first balloon satellites placed in near-polar orbits, led Luigi Jacchia and Jack Slowey of the Observatory to the conclusion that, in addition to solar heating, the earth's magnetic field plays a role in the formation of the daytime "bulge" of the earth's upper atmosphere in the rarefied air 600 kilometers (400 miles) above the surface of the earth. These impressive dividends of fundamental discovery add greatly to the value of the satellite-tracking program entrusted to the Smithsonian by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. The Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Star Catalog, originally compiled for satellite-tracking use, was printed with the aid of electronic computers. A 4-volume catalog of some 260,000 stars, it contains data that heretofore had to be sought in more than 50 catalogs. Significant advances in meteorite research in the Museum ol Natural History included the intensive study of the minute inclusions of glass in the chondrules of stony meteorites. This glass is proof of the original molten state of these enigmatic bodies, and its nature provides evidence of conditions during a very early stage in the history of the solar system. Tektite investigations continued cooperatively with colleagues at the Corning Glass works and the U.S. Geological Survey. Emphasis was placed on the study of artificial glass systems of tektite composition. A particularly interesting series of experi- ments demonstrated that artificial glasses prepared from geologi- cally old raw materials can give potassium-argon ages for the glass as high as five million years. This ties in with our studies of tektites from Central Australia, which have established that a serious discrepancy exists between their young geological age and the much greater age indicated for them by potassium-argon measurements. These findings may indicate that the currently accepted interpretation of the potassium-argon method as applied to tektites needs reexamination. Toward the end of the fiscal year, the new Smithsonian Office of Anthropology was engaged in preliminary planning for sev- 4 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 eral major new research programs under the leadership ot Professor Sol Tax, who on January 1, 1966, was appointed special adviser on anthropology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Inspired by Professor Claude Levi-Strauss' address at the Bicentennial Celebration, planning began for a large-scale pro- gram in salvage or urgent ethnology, our part of which is now called the Smithsonian Research Program on Changing Cultures. For at least a century anthropologists have understood a main purpose of their field investigations to be the recording of data on cultures undergoing change. Even when the focus of their research was different, most field workers have felt that in a sense they were producing primary historical documents on a unique cultural situation which would never again be quite the same, if indeed it would not soon be totally unrecognizable. From the beginnings of the field study of human cultures a sense of urgency has been created by the awareness that there were too few anthropologists to keep up with this culture change. In the last 15 or 20 years this sense of urgency has become more intense as it has become obvious that the course of indus- trialization and "modernization" and the rapid development of means of communication have so speeded up culture change all over the world that the disappearance within the near future of a very large part of the cultural variability of mankind can be foreseen, perhaps even the disappearance of most of that cultural variation which is important to anthropology and crucial for the testing of anthropological hypotheses. At the same time the study of culture and society has advanced to the point where we are more aware of the theoretical importance, actual or con- ceivable, of the data we are losing. It is no longer only historical or antiquarian interests that are threatened by the rapid trans- formation or disappearance of ancient cultural traditions. While it is true that all cultures change at all times, it can hardly be denied that the present situation is qualitatively different, and that anthropology is in danger of losing the largest portion of its laboratory just at the time when investigators have become able to use it most effectively. To assist SOA in planning an attack on this problem, an advisory conference with financial support from the Wenner- Gren Foundation was held in Washington on April 10-12. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 5 This was attended by 29 anthropologists from abroad and 1 1 from the U.S. (in addition to Smithsonian anthropologists). As a result, the Smithsonian now plans to take a leading role in the rapid increase in anthropological field research that is required. J. Lawrence Angel during the summer of 1965 studied skeletons from the first farming populations on the Anatolian plateau (Qatal Huyuk) and on the Macedonian plain (Nea Nikomedeia), dating to the 7th and 6th millennia B.C. About a quarter of the 59 skulls from these sites, located in marshy areas, show a virtual doubling of marrow space (diploe) and another third show lesser signs of this porotic hyperostosis. This is the bony expression of anemia, probably thalassemia and sicklemia. Since the heterozygotes carrying genes for these conditions have in- creased resistance to falciparum malaria, this early occurrence of severe porotic hyperostosis at these easy-to-cultivate marshy sites, but not at early sites in dry areas (Kephala, Khirokitia, etc.), implies that falciparum malaria increased greatly in some areas as man settled down in farming villages. This finding- parallels Livingstone's observations on modern sicklemia in Liberia, and suggests that in the early Eastern Mediterranean we are getting close to the provenience of origin of the mutation which produced Plasmodium falciparum from the better tolerated parasite P. malar iae. The Smithsonian Office of Anthropology in December 1965 inaugurated a new series, Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology, that replaces the Institution's former series in anthropology. The new series introduces a larger size, double-column page, with a format that makes for a more effective presentation of illustrations, and its subject matter is not restricted to one geographical region as was that of the older series. Volume 1 is a definitive monograph on one aspect of the archeological work that the Smithsonian Institution conducted cooperatively with the late Emilio Estrada of Guayaquil, Ecuador, from 1954 through 1961. Written by Betty J. Meggers, Clifford Evans, and Emilio Estrada, the study, Early Formative Period of Coastal Ecuador: The Valdivia and Machalilla Phases, suggests that the earliest pottery making culture in South America is the Valdivia Phase, dated by carbon- 14 at between 5 1 50 ± 150 and 42 70 ±60 years 6 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 ago, and it argues provocatively that the pottery is a trans-Pacific introduction by an accidental drift from the Island of Kyushu, Japan. In addition to this speculative hypothesis the study adds considerable information on the culture sequences of the Andean area of South America, especially concerning the highly important transition from wild food collecting to the introduction of agriculture. The bamboos, economically one of the most important groups of flowering plants, received a fresh treatment in Floyd A. McClure's work The Bamboos published in 1966. The book, based on a lifetime of experience, deals with the propagation and use of this versatile plant, as well as with its morphology and taxonomy. Too often treated only from the classical and traditional view- points, the algae and other marine plants are difficult subjects for study in the classroom. E. Yale Dawson's new book, Marine Botany, presents a concise and readable text in a single volume especially adapted for class use. There are sections on marine flowering plants, food chains, algal physiology, commercial uses of algae, and algal ecology, as well as the systematics of algae, the sum of which has never appeared before in a college textbook in English. Dawson's book transects disciplinary lines within the broad field of marine botany and is certain to become a model of its kind. In a single step, the Smithsonian Institution has now become one of the important repositories of algal specimens in the United States. By securing the marine herbarium of the Beaudette Foundation and by negotiating a long-term loan for the algal herbarium of the Hancock Foundation, the Institution now has outstanding competence for research on the marine floras ol Pacific North America and the islands of Oceania. These rapid advances were the result of the energy and resourcefulness of Dawson, who had rapidly established a vigorous program of algal research and collection at the Smithsonian during the past year, prior to his tragic death in Egypt in June 1966. Ostracodes are microscopic arthropods that leave an abundant fossil record. The history to be learned from their remains may reflect changes in shorelines, formation of estuaries, drying up of lakes, and elevation or depression of the deep ocean floor. Dr. Richard H. Benson and his associate Dr. Rosalie F. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 7 Maddocks, who recently have been active participants in the International Indian Ocean Expedition, are studying modern ostracode faunas from many parts of the world, with the double objective of developing more precise methods of making his- torical and environmental interpretations from fossil ostracode assemblages and of contributing to a fuller understanding of the history of the ocean basins. Computer analysis of species distribution patterns in coral reef environments of northern Madagascar has reaffirmed the trustworthiness and usefulness of ostracode assemblages as sensitive indicators of environmental change. A similar analysis of Arctic and northern Pacific ostra- codes has successfully demonstrated that the Bering Strait has not been a significant passageway for migration of marine bottom-dwelling animals, at least since the beginning of the Ice Age. This past year important field studies on Lepidoptera were undertaken by Donald R. Davis in the Philippines in concert with scientists from San Carlos University. An unsuspected relict Paleartic fauna was discovered on Mount Apo in southern Mindanao Island. The only previously known relict Temperate Zone insect fauna in the Philippines had been known from northern Luzon, far to the north. Presence of certain birds such as the Mount Apo bullfinch and the newly discovered Mindanao serin finch tend to underscore the importance of the highlands of Mindanao as refugia for old, relict invasion animals and plants. During a trip to Egypt, the new chairman of the department of entomology, Karl V. Krombein, made an exchange which has brought to our collections a few of the stored-products pests found in alabaster vases from the tomb of Tutankhamen. These represent several extant species of beetles whose larvae feed on dried vegetable matter, such as cracked grains, spices, or milled products. The beetles, recovered from tightly sealed vases, definitely date from the year of Tutankhamen's burial some 3,500 years ago. Except for fossilized forms, these are the oldest insects in the Smithsonian collections. Since July 1965 the department of vertebrate zoology has become increasingly involved in the development of research programs which depend for their success on collaborative rela- tionships with scientists representing a variety of disciplines. 8 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Although some of the programs to be mentioned below involve groups of organisms other than vertebrates, Smithsonian par- ticipation in these programs has stemmed from the enthusiastic interest of its vertebrate zoologists. Through the support of the Office of Ecology under Helmut K. Buechner, the department of vertebrate zoology in January 1966 participated in the establishment of the Area de Pesquisas Ecologicas do Guama (APEG), Belem, Brazil. APEG was es- tablished through a series of official announcements by Dr. Jose Maria Conduru, Director of the Instituto de Pesquisas e Esperi- mentacao Agropecuarias do Norte (IPEAN). In addition, a Commission for the Coordination of Research Activities was formed to review and coordinate research at APEG. A pri- mary objective of APEG is the establishment of a broad program of basic research on the ecology of the Amazonian forest — one which will also offer scientific training directly related to re- gional needs. Both the Smithsonian and IPEAN are collabo- rating in the development of a scientific program for APEG through the provision of grants from the Smithsonian and of facilities, personnel, and equipment from IPEAN. From this support have sprung research programs on soils, botany, ento- mology, and epidemiology. Other institutions participating with IPEAN and the Smithsonian are the Belem Virus Labora- tory (Instituto Evandro Chagas), the Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, the Escola de Agronomia de Amazonia (Belem), the University of Brasilia, the Faculdade de Filosofia (Rio Claro, Sao Paulo), and INPA (Manaus). These institutions are all represented in the membership of the Commission for the Coordination of Research Activities on APEG. The Smithsonian Institution historically has a deep interest in problems of tropical biology, in which perhaps over half its scientists have at one time or another specialized, especially in Brazil and adjacent countries of northern Latin America. The recently renamed Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (STRI — formerly the Canal Zone Biological Area), which ad- ministers the Barro Colorado Station in the Panama Canal Zone, has a continuing role to play in the expansion of collabo- rative activities with Latin American scientists. It has estab- lished marine stations in the Panama area at Fort Amador on STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 9 the Pacific and at Galeta Island on the Atlantic. Important work in tropical animal ecology is proceeding at STRI under Dr. Moynihan's vigorous direction. Some of these studies are outlined further on in this report. We view these components of our activities as a valid and highly productive part of the developing United States segment of the International Biological Program. Activities in history at the Smithsonian include research into and eventual publication on a wide variety of problems in the history of various aspects of science and military and naval history as well as the history of economics and technology. Howard I. Chapelle has completed a history of ship design in the United States during the period of sail. The book will be published next winter by Norton under the title Search for Speed Under Sail in North America, 1700-1855. Elvira Clain-Stefanelli published what we believe to be the first up-to-date history of numismatic research, "Numismatics, An Ancient Science," (Paper 32 in Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology, 1965). Bernard S. Finn completed an elaborate study of the telephone research of A. G. Bell, based upon experimental study of the characteristics of the original instruments in our collection. Publication is expected in the Smithsonian Journal of History. Sami K. Hamarneh completed a catalog of the medical manuscripts in one of the most important Near Eastern libraries, the Zahiriyah National Library, Damascus, Syria. The work (in Arabic) will be published in Syria. This work was supported in part by a grant from the Fluid Research Fund. Melvin H. Jackson is undertaking, with a Dutch collaborator, the preparation for publication of an extraordinary collection of 18th-century drawings of the operations of the Royal Brass Foundry at Woolwich, England. Peter C. Welsh organized and carried out two notable special exhibits, "The Art and Spirit of a People" and "The Trotter in America," both of which involved recently acquired collections. For each he prepared and the Smithsonian published a catalog. John H. White, Jr., has completed a manuscript, "Repre- sentative American Locomotives Before 1880." This work features engineering drawings of fifty locomotives, no less than 10 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 half of which have not heretofore been represented by drawings. This work was supported by a Smithsonian Research Awards grant. Deborah J. Warner completed a biographical article (American Scientist, vol. 54, 1966) on an unusually elusive figure in the history of American astronomy — George Willis Ritchey (1864- 1945), who was the pioneer designer of big telescopes. In connection with work undertaken in furthering the eventual development of the Armed Forces Museum, Assistant Director J. S. Hutchins commenced a study of the development of horse equipments used by cavalry, light artillery, and mounted in- fantry troops in United States service. Research in the archives of the Smithsonian, developed during the past year by Samuel T. Suratt, holds much promise for the future. Much of the history of American scientific activity during the 19th century reposes in these records and docu- ments. A certain exposure of the value of these materials will undoubtedly come through the work in future years of Nathan Reingold on the Joseph Henry Papers, a project of paramount importance in the history of science in America which we hope will be undertaken under the sponsorship of the American Philosophical Society, the National Academy of Sciences, and the Smithsonian. This year marks the completion by John A. Pope of the monumental work "The Freer Chinese Bronzes" to appear in 1967 in two volumes, it will be a major addition to the subject, owing to the wide range and quality of the Freer collections. Continued vitality and energy has been evidenced in the work of the National Collection of Fine Arts and the National Portrait Gallery. Three exhibitions at the National Collection this year included important catalogs containing research material brought together by the staff: Mrs. Adelyn Breeskin's Roots of Abstract Art in America 1910-1930; Richard Wunder's Frederic Edwin Church, for a retrospective exhibit of the great American landscapist; and David W. Scott's American Landscape, a Changing Frontier. Both these galleries plan a major move during the coming year into the imposing Patent Office building, a long-heralded event of great importance to Washington and to the Nation, affording as it will identity to these organizations, a sense of unity, and a STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 1 1 strong commitment to research in American art, and in biogra- phy and iconology. PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENTS Much of the life of the Smithsonian centers round the Mall, that stretch of greensward which epitomizes for so many Ameri- cans the very heart of the Nation's Capital. As a member of the President's Temporary Commission on Pennsylvania Avenue and the Mall, the Secretary of the Smithsonian is but demonstrat- ing the historic interest which the Institution has always had in the Mall and its surroundings. Under its original charter in 1846 the Smithsonian was granted a park encompassing land on the south side of the Mall from Ninth to Twelfth Street. Its first Secretary, professor Joseph Henry, was much concerned with Smithsonian Park and wrote in his pocket diary in July 1848 The idea has occurred to me that the Mall might be made one of the most delightful places in the United States by filling up the canal, planting the ground with clumps of native ornamental trees and making a broad gravel road entering around the whole, extend- ing from the foot of Capitol Hill to the Monument. This would be one of the finest "drives" in the World. How right he was. The Mall can be and should remain one of the most magnificent and beautiful spots in the world. The Smithsonian is deeply committed to supporting and encouraging all those concerned with the Mall in their plans for keeping it as an inspiring and enlivening heartland for the American people. Let it never be sterile and dull. Let it always be lively, vigorous, restful, varied, and above all, beautiful. Plans proceed apace for preserving and renovating James Renwick's delightful and entertaining Smithsonian castle on the Mall. It is our plan that the spirit of Renwick's design for this building will be preserved, but redesigned for amenities in such a way that it will stand as visible symbol of the paramount intellectual position and stature of the Institution it houses. Renwick's designs were among thirteen submitted to the Special Committee of the Regents who went in search of a building to epitomize the Smithson bequest. Prominent among these was Robert Dale Owen, Congressman from Indiana, whose taste and style had such an impact on the early Smithsonian, and whose brother David, the geologist, selected the stone for the 12 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 building. His lineal descendant in Congress today, the Honor- able Winfield K. Denton of Indiana, with whom the Secretary journeyed this past summer to New Harmony to visit the home of the Owens, has served as chairman of a subcommittee of the House of Representatives charged with overseeing the Federal appropriations of the Institution. It is a pleasant coincidence indeed. The Regents chose Renwick after a searching survey of monu- mental public buildings on the Eastern Seaboard which included presumably not only Renwick's Grace Church (1843) and Saint Patrick's Cathedral (1853-87) in New York City, but also such outstanding buildings as the House of Refuge and the Eastern Penitentiary in Philadelphia, and the State Lunatic Asylum in Trenton. The subcommittee could hardly be accused of lack of diligence. The proposed and dramatic moves of the National Collection of Fine Arts and the National Portrait Gallery have already been mentioned. This year plans are under way for the re- design and renovation of the Smithsonian Arts and Industries building of 1879-81 which stands on the Mall next to the Renwick Castle. Now to be rechristened "Exposition Hall," the building was designed by Clauss and Schultz in a fanciful manner reminiscent, in plan, of the great 5th-century basilica of St. Simon Stylites in the Syrian Desert. Just a few years before Clauss and Schultz created their design, this remarkable basilica, with its central octagon sending out four naves of equal length, had been brought to the attention of the western world by the Count de Vogue's monumental publication on the early Christian buildings of Syria. He and subsequent scholars have been uncertain whether the central octagon had been crowned by a dome above the column on which the saint had sat in self- mortification for over two decades. The American architects thoughtfully provided us with a polygonal dome. Goode (1897)* called the design "admirable" as an exhibition building, which it is, but wrote that it is neither "externally or internally ... as pleasing or dignified as would have resulted from the use of a more expensive system of construction and more costly materials." To be sure it was built of brick, but it is light and airy inside, *The Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1896, edit. George Brown Goode (Washing- ton: Smithsonian Institution, 1897). STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 13 and is indeed admirably designed for its purposes, as modern architects like Buckminster Fuller would probably testify. It is, moreover, a charming reminder of a whole period of "exposi- tion" architecture. The Smithsonian is undertaking additional studies to make its immediate surroundings in "Smithsonian Park" more gracious and appealing, more in keeping with the spirit of the Mall. Plans for another Renwick building, the original Corcoran Art Gallery on Pennsylvania Avenue at Seventeenth Street, are also under way. Recently used by the Court of Claims, this stylish gallery, in a 17th-century French mode, amply de- serves the renovation and restoration which the late President Kennedy and the Fine Arts Commission under its talented chairman William Walton decreed for it. President Johnson has taken the keenest personal interest in its allocation to the Smithsonian as a center for decorative arts and design where, near Blair House, it can convey to foreign heads of state a certain sense of the reality of American fine arts, style, and aesthetic creation — part of the American dream. The most notable contributions of the President and Mrs. Johnson to the artistic life of the capital, and indeed of the Nation, occurred this year when, as a result of their direct con- cern and intercession, Mr. Joseph H. Hirshhorn decided to present his collection of nearly sixty-seven hundred objects of painting and sculpture to the United States. The Smithsonian will act as custodian of this vast collection, valued at in excess of twenty-five million dollars. This is one of the three great art events of this century in Washington, the others being the Charles Lang Freer Gift of 1915 and the Andrew W. Mellon gift of 1938, continued so munificently by himself and his chil- dren. A site has now been chosen and approved by the Congress for this great Hirshhorn collection. This year, too, marked the authorization of a National Air and Space Museum building for the Museum that was first established by Congress in 1946 as a Smithsonian bureau. This Museum is destined to become a vital center for education and historical research to which will come scholars, historians, and professionals from many fields of learning to study its compre- hensive reference collections. An additional and most important project of the year was the 230-457—66 3 14 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 creation of the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology on parcels of land known as Java Farm and Ivy Neck on the western shore of Chesapeake Bay south of Annapolis. This research center, a collaborative venture with the Johns Hopkins Uni- versity and the University of Maryland, has been made possible through the original bequest of Robert Lee Forrest, through a most stimulating and seminal grant of $375,000 from the Ford Foundation, and through the collaboration of the Colhoun family, relatives of the late Miss Adelaide Murray, former hereditary owner of Ivy Neck. More recently, a grant of SI 00,000 from the Research Corporation has given the Smith- sonian an additional most valued contribution toward the funds needed to complete land acquisition. This past year has witnessed the setting up of the National Foundation for the Arts and Humanities, with its component Endowments, and the Federal Council on the Arts and Humani- ties, of which latter body the Secretary has been asked to serve as Chairman. This is an honor which the head of the Smith- sonian accepts with the assumption that it has a certain signifi- cance beyond mere symbolism. The relationships of the Foun- dation, the two Endowments, other agencies of government and the cultural scene generally deserve careful understanding and analysis. To these relationships the development of the National Science Foundation bears certain analogies. Above all, the future relations of these Foundations to the components of American education present fascinating opportunities for study and instruction. Art is still largely free of directed, or fraternally controlled management by the apparatus of education. The directions taken by the humanities, on the other hand, depend largely upon the interests of higher education, especially upon research in the graduate departments of universities. The university is an omnium gatherum today in the United States. As Robert Hutchins recently said, in addressing the Fund for the Republic convocation on the university, held in Los Angeles on May 8, 1966: "The responsibility of the professions for the preparation and induction of neophytes, the operation of training schools and research institutes outside the university, and a break of the greatest significance between secondary and higher education are the general rule in other countries," but are STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 15 unknown or exceptional in the United States [italics mine]. Every other nation assigns some tasks of education, training and re- search to other institutions. Nowhere else is it automatically assumed that everything anybody wants by way of educational experience beyond the high school or anything anybody would like to see done by way of solving practical problems, collecting data, investigating the universe, or cleaning up the landscape may as a matter of course be a function of the university." Presumably the reason the National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities is not a part of the Office of Education is in partial recognition of the fact that support for the arts and humanities should relate to people, to groups and organizations not directly connected with the degree-granting processes. This has often been a problem for the National Science Foundation, which to some considerable extent has had to assume that science is performed by groups in laboratories, and that priorities for science may depend on relationships to national goals in educa- tion. Let us hope that the arts and the humanities can remain free from any dominating institutional pattern, on the highest plane of creativity and original research. LEARNING The Smithsonian Institution is much interested in the present condition of learning. We are concerned to relate our bureaus and offices to those in higher education at various levels. The Institution hopes to join with other institutions in the city to foster an international center for advanced studies; we shall continue to develop individual programs with universities. We now have programs with 17 for the training of graduate students. Last year 35 graduate students and 12 postdoctoral fellows worked in bureaus of the Smithsonian, while some 50 under- graduates had various term appointments to study at the Smith- sonian, including summer training courses. All this is an appro- priate evocation of our original purposes and our duty indeed to the cause of learning. In the coming year we hope to extend our work with students and specialists into a study of exhibit techniques and audience responses which may prove to be of direct benefit to the cause of education and its relation to the state of learning in our country. 16 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 STAFF CHANGES Important changes took place within the Secretary's immediate staff during the year. Dr. Sidney R. Galler, formerly head of the Biology Branch in the Office of Naval Research, was appointed to the position of Assistant Secretary (Science). This position had been unfilled since T. Dale Stewart's return to fulltime research in the Office of Anthropology. A Public Information Office was established to bring together the press office and other responsibilities for public information which had been shared by several offices. The first director of the new office, B. Richard Berg, came to the staff from the George Washington University. After more than seven years of service as a staff assistant to the Secretary, Dr. T. W. Taylor resigned to accept appointment as Deputy Commissioner, Bureau of Indian Affairs. Robert G. Cunningham, who had joined the staff in 1964 to organize the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration and later to mar age the Development Office, left the Institution to return to secondary education. The Institution's largest museums gained new directors. Dr. Richard S. Cowan, a member of the department of botany from 1957 and Assistant Director of the Museum of National History since 1 962, became Director of the Museum, succeeding T. Dale Stewart. Dr. Robert P. Multhauf was appointed the second director of the Museum of History and Technology after John C. Ewers' return to the Office of Anthropology as senior scientist. Upon the retirement of Paul H. Oehser as Chief, Editorial and Publication Division, Anders Richter came to the Institution from the University of Chicago Press. Under Mr. Richter's direction this division has been reorganized into the Smithsonian Press. THE BOARD OF REGENTS The membership of the Board of Regents remained unchanged. The roll of Regents at the close of the fiscal year is given on page iii. The customary informal dinner meeting, preceding the annual meeting, was held on January 26, 1966, in the Great Hall of the Smithsonian Institution Building. Dr. Harold Stern, Assistant Director of the Freer Gallery, spoke on Japanese hand scrolls; Mr. Charles Olin, Chief of the Conservation Laboratory, spoke on the Smithsonian's new conservation program. Mr. Donald McClelland, Assistant to the Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts, gave a presentation on the White House Art Project. The annual meeting was held on January 27, 1966, in the Regents Room. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 17 The spring meeting of the Board of Regents was held on May 1 7, 1966, in the Regents Room. At the conclusion of the meeting a brief installation ceremony was held in the Great Hall to recognize the recent appointments of Dr. Richard S. Cowan as Director of the Museum of Natural History and Dr. Robert P. Multhauf as Director of the Museum of History and Technology. The reception was followed by an informal dinner in the Associates Hall. FINANCES Federal funds appropriated to the Institution for its regular operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, totaled $18,921,000 and were obligated as follows (Appendix 1 contains a report on the private funds of the Institution) : Astrophysical Observatory $1, 164, 000 International Activities 31,000 International Exchange Service 121, 000 National Air and Space Museum 385, 000 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 91, 000 National Collection of Fine Arts 430, 000 National Portrait Gallery 258, 000 Radiation Biology Laboratory 336, 000 Tropical Research Institute 213, 000 United States National Museum 7, 013, 000 Research Awards 335, 000 Office of the Secretary 324, 000 Management Support 237, 000 Buildings Management Department 6, 063, 000 Administrative Services 1, 894, 000 Unobligated 26, 000 VISITORS Visitors to the six buildings comprising the Smithsonian complex on the Mall this year totaled 12,150,854, of whom 3,895,758 came in July and August. The greatest number of visitors for a single day was 114,441 on April 9, 1966. The tabulation on page 18 gives a sum mary of attendance records for the six buildings. The National Zoological Park had an estimated 4,383,463 visitors during the year. This figure, added to the attendance in the Institution's buildings on the Mall, and to the record 1,577,108 at the National Gallery of Art, brings the total Smithsonian attendance for fiscal 1965 to 18,111,425. 18 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 > £ S> S gi ft a b~s <-> S £<£ -*•*■*— 't>CDOCD-*COOCD o — ' cd m m cd m * N O O) + CO (N ^" * -<" 10 cT * rC co" tocoootococor-- coor^toiococMcoincoco^ — < — T cm — «" — " —" cm iDco-HNtocoroio- . — > m r~» o^focMr^ocDCDCMcoTfin cm" cm" cm" o" •*" cm" oo" rf co" r>T o" co" co—'cDtOiOLnOcoocoinco CO in CO CM 5 CO CD CM CM CM m CO co CO CO CO CM CO CD CO cd co O m co CO CO 00 c CM CO CO t^ - CO CD CM CM CM CM u < > u IT> o t>- _ CO CD H CM ■* CM c co CM <3 _ CM LO -f cd — to -+ in CD CO CM hJ ^•l3 to CO o ■* CD ^* CD i^ 1-1 ~* -H CO CD < u K -~ m ~ ■* ■* CM O CO CO m CO <* co CD CD to m ^ c- ■* CO c -f t>» CD ID CM CM CM 1 — ' ^ X to CD .^flq ^ E ^ 0 o" g CO V s^ co Z3 CD r-» ~ r^ O co m , CM _ CO s c 2 & r-^ CM ~ t-» - to m 1^ r^ t-» CO cd O 3 S CM •— t -*■ CD X r~« ■* •* ■* ~^ r^ CM o p CO v s "§ O :o r^ CO •* CD -t CD o CO to CO m to cd |£ o to * CO CO ~ t"» ~ m m X CO m CO co CD P* CM 3 _p H >. ^ C ... *CNICfl-H-.^CON01*O)CD S.3 §P ^COCDCMCOLnCM-^r^CDt^CD ft K-S m CM ^-> — Tf-CMtDOcOrt-OCM ° t; "« «„„„„„--,..,-., ;r 1; "a „ss r^coocotOTfco^r^mcDco O ^hS'-Q CM CO ^ CM — i CM Q o u mcocDcoocDr^cO'^'t^.cocD cocotoi^tDco--|cor^tocT>m CMtcr^-^cD-*T^O'^'--'CMO ■*" cd" cm" — <" m" cm" rSQ3 _, „ _ CO 3 cu < co O Z Q >— ih 2 < 2 -9 -° b J? u S fl 8 S -fl H Smithsonian Activities Office of the Secretary OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES William W. Warner, Director On March 7, 1966, the Institution established an Office of Inter- national Activities. William W. Warner, who joined the Smithsonian staff in March of 1 964 as a consultant to the Secretary, was named its first Director. Broadly conceived, the role of the Office of International Activities is to promote international programs in those disciplines or fields of study which find relatively little support from other sources, and in particular, those areas of basic research in the sciences and humanities where further advancement of knowledge in this country requires continuing and strong cooperative research programs with other nations. These programs benefit not only the Smithsonian, but many other American institutions. The Office also serves as the Institution's point of liaison with government agencies and international organiza- tions dealing with international matters of interest to the Smithsonian. The Director represents the Institution on such working groups as the Department of State's Interagency Council on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, which is a policy-making body for government-sponsored exchange of persons programs; the Cultural Activities Committee of the United States National Commission for UNESCO; and the International Committee of the National Trust for Historic Preservation. Beyond these basic responsibilities, the Office also helps other elements of the Smithsonian in the establishment of research projects or exhibit programs which involve substantial participation of foreign institutions or the international exchange of scholars. Examples range from an Archeological Survey of Brazil to a proposed scientist-exchange program with the Leningrad Institute of Zoology. Once established, some of these programs are directly administered by the Office of International Activities. More often, however, they are administered by the organizational units within the Smithsonian that are most interested or have greatest competence in the subject matter of the program. SPECIAL FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM Fiscal Year 1966 saw the Smithsonian receive its first appropriation of excess foreign currencies deriving from the sale of agricultural 21 22 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 surplus under Public Law 480, in order to undertake a grant program for archeological excavation or research in the so-called excess- currency countries. At the beginning of the year Kennedy B. Schmertz, a former Foreign Service Officer with experience in the Near East, was appointed director of the Smithsonian's Foreign Currency Program within the Office of International Activities. By the end of the year, a total of $1,250,000 in foreign currencies had been granted to some 21 American universities or museums. (A list of grants is found in Appendix 2 ) Among the major recipients of first-year grants were the American Research Center in Egypt and the Hebrew Union College-Jerusalem School of Archeology. The former is a consortium of ten American universities, with headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts, and an overseas office in Cairo, which was established in 1948 to facilitate the research or excavations of the member institutions in Egypt. The Smithsonian's grant permitted the Center to field six archeological projects during the 1966 season, ranging from the excavation of Fustat near modern Cairo, which was a great Arab capital and trading center in the Middle Ages, destroyed during the Crusades, to a study of the hieroglyphics of the temples of Rameses II at Karnak. The Hebrew Union-Jerusalem School of Archeology grant was used to support a seminar on Near Eastern Civilization for American graduate students and to excavate at Gezer in southern Israel. This excavation uncovered a massive "cyclopean" defense tower dating from the 19th century B.C. and provided the first archeological proof that the city of Gezer was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. In the exercise of this program, the Institution has been especially interested in supporting projects in those excess-currency countries where American institutions have had little or no opportunity for archeological investigation. For this reason special attention was given to the establishment of the American Academy of Benares through a grant to the American Institute of Indian Studies at Poona, a research center administered by the University of Pennsylvania. The guiding purpose of the Academy at Benares is quite clear. Experts have long maintained that the archeology and art history of India are so rich that often the most difficult question is where to begin. The Benares Academy seeks to answer this question by conducting long- range surveys which will document, record, and photograph ancient temples and both above-ground and below-ground archeological sites throughout India, as a prerequisite to the determination of in- telligent research priorities. With the appointment of Dr. Pramod Chandra of the University of Chicago as resident director, the Academy began operations in September 1965 in the historic Rewa OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 23 Palace building generously provided by the Hindu University of Benares. Shortly after establishment of the Academy, the Smith- sonian was pleased to acknowledge a grant of $56,750 from the John D. Rockefeller III Fund to meet the necessary dollar costs which are mainly for equipment unobtainable in India and for the travel within the United States of Indian scholars connected with the Academy. Other noteworthly achievements during the first year of the Foreign Currency Program include: The Peabody Museum of Natural History of Yale University excavations of the El Fayum badlands of Egypt, which have unearthed fossil remains of the oldest known land mammal of the African Tertiary and various examples of Oligocene primates ancestral to both man and the apes. The University of Missouri-Corning Museum of Glass survey and excavations of ancient glass factories along the Phoenician coast of Israel, which uncovered a massive nine-ton slab of opaque raspberry colored glass in an abandoned cistern of the ancient city of Beth She'arim. The site has since been converted into a small museum. The award of a joint dollar-foreign currency grant, with the Atomic Energy Commission, to the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory of the University of California, to test the practicability of X-raying Egyptian pyramids for unknown interior chambers. The first tests are being made on the Second Pyramid at Giza. As the Smithsonian's Foreign Currency Program developed through the year, the Institution received many expressions of interest and support from American scholars, the Congress, and United States Embassies abroad. Ambassador Chester Bowles in a letter to Secretary Ripley urged the Institution to become more and more involved in promoting archeological studies in India. Professor Robert Adams, Director of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, charac- terized the program as "an important breakthrough in funding overseas research in archeology and related disciplines." Congress- man Leonard Farbstein, in the course of House hearings on the utilization of U.S. -owned foreign currencies, commended the .Smith- sonian for the rapidity and efficiency with which its program was established and termed it "a very satisfactory addition to the manner of disposition of the funds that we have been collecting in these various countries." Toward the close of the year under review, the Congress granted the Smithsonian a substantially increased foreign currency appro- priation and also authority to extend the program to other fields of Smithsonian interest, especially projects in systematic and environ- mental biology which support the goals of the International Biological 24 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Program. With this in mind, the Director travelled to Yugoslavia and Poland in the spring of 1 966 to explore the possibilities for support- ing binational research projects using excess currencies in both those countries. Similar program explorations were carried out in Tunisia, Guinea, Pakistan, and Ceylon. EXCHANGE OF PERSONS PROGRAMS By a working agreement with the State Department's Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, the Smithsonian Office of Inter- national Activities advises the State Department and other federal or private organizations on promising candidates for international exchange programs in fields of Smithsonian competence. Suggestions concerning American scholars to fill Fulbright and other openings abroad are usually forwarded to the Conference Board of Associated Research Councils. Suggestions concerning foreign scholars or museum curators who might benefit from study at the Smithsonian or kindred institutions in the United States are forwarded through the Depart- ment to Cultural Affairs Officers in U.S. Embassies overseas. In addition, the Office helps in or assumes total responsibility for programming the visits of foreign grantees coming to the United States under State Department or other exchange programs. Following the Smithson Bicentennial, a six-week study and observation tour was arranged for Dr. Mehmet Onder, Director of Antiquities of the Turkish Ministry of Education, and Dr. Raci Temezer, Director of the Hittite Museum in Ankara, as well as one-week tours for Dr. Hamit Kosay, Director of the Ethnographic Museum of Turkey, and Dr. Tahsin Dolunay, Director of the Topkapi Museum in Istanbul. Following their return to Turkey, the United States Embassy in Ankara reported that the visits of these museum directors had been instrumental in creating a favorable climate for increased exchange of exhibits and increased opportunities for American archeologists wishing to work in Turkey. Dr. Kosay published an account of his visit and his observa- tions of the Smithsonian in the Bulletin of the Turkish Historical Society. From January to March 1966, Joseph A. Patterson, Director of the American Association of Museums, made extensive visits to museums in the Middle East, Southeast Asia, and the Far East. The purpose of this trip, funded and planned by the Office of International Activities, was first to determine what needs to be done by museums in the develop- ing world in order to better realize their potential for public education and second what American museums can do to help. Mr. Patterson discovered that the priority need, common to all countries visited, was for trained museum personnel, before improved facilities. Although physical plants and exhibit facilities are in most cases inadequate, OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 25 Mr. Patterson found that foreign museum directors themselves under- stood that new museums or new exhibit techniques cannot be success- fully planned or maintained without at least a strong nucleus of trained museum professionals in each country. Highlights of his trip included a meeting with Prime Minister Indira Gandhi of India, who expressed herself as extremely interested in museum education, and conferences with Korean officials which laid a firm groundwork for the establish- ment of a National Science Museum in Seoul. Brief conferences and observation tours with the Smithsonian's scientific or administrative staff were arranged for a total of 37 foreign grantees coming through Washington under State Department, Agency for International Development, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, and other auspices. A number of these visitors were ranking government officials interested in learning about the organization of the Smithsonian itself, as an example of how federal and private sources in the United States combine to support museums, basic research in the sciences or humanities, and the performing arts. Included in this category were M. Michel Pomey of France, Chief of Mission and General Counsel to the Ministry of Cultural Affairs; Dr. Dusan Popovski of Yugoslavia, Member of Parliament and former head of the Secretariat for Education and Culture; Dr. Zaven Hacobian of Iran, Director General of the Cultural Relations Department of the Ministry of Culture and Arts; and Mr. Mapatunage James Perera of Ceylon, Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Education and Cultural Affairs. Other visitors were primarily interested in museum administration or museum education; among them were Dr. Abdem Ramon Lancini, Director of the Museum of Natural Sciences of Caracas, Venezuela, who came to study the administration of science museums, and a group of ten Ugandan secondary school and college instructors, who conferred with Smithsonian staff members on the role of museums in supple- mentary primary education. INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE OF EXHIBITS During much of the period under review, Director William W. Warner and David W. Scott, Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts, held meetings with representatives of the United States Information Agency concerning increased Smithsonian responsibility in presenting exhibits of American art abroad. In the view of USIA officials, a true exchange program in the fine arts— that is, both the sending of American exhibits abroad and the circulation of exhibits of foreign provenance within the United States — might best be admin- istered by a single institution internationally recognized in the field. Since USIA was prevented by statute from the domestic circulation of 26 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 foreign exhibits, while the Smithsonian had long been engaged in presenting foreign art to American museums through its Traveling Exhibition Service, the Institution seemed to US I A the logical organi- zational home for a two-way exchange program in the fine arts. Accordingly, in November 1965, an agreement was signed in which the Smithsonian took on responsibility for presenting American art exhibits abroad, including American representation at the Venice and Sao Paulo Biennials. The agreement encompassed only the fine and decorative arts, with USIA retaining responsibility for all other kinds of exhibits. USIA agreed to provide guidance on international cultural relations factors and a system for communicating requests for exhibits from foreign museums or galleries, through the good offices of Cultural Affairs Officers at U.S. diplomatic posts abroad. The Agency also agreed that its overseas posts would assist in schedul- ing and publicizing all exhibits sent abroad by the Smithsonian. The first major exhibit undertaken by the Smithsonian following the transfer of responsibility was the United States entry at the thirty- third Venice Biennale, which opened in the American Pavilion in Venice on the 18th of June. An account of this and other exhibits under the new exchange program is found in the report of the National Collection of Fine Arts (p. 281). In conjunction with the Traveling Exhibition Service and the NCFA, the Office also assisted in making arrangements for the Washington showings of various exhibits of international significance. These included Embroideries by Children of Chijnaya, an exhibit of embroideries made by Indian children of the Puno highlands of Peru and assembled by Peace Corps Volunteers, which opened at the State Department and subsequently toured 23 American museums with wide critical acclaim, including feature articles in the New York Times Magazine and Woman's Day; The World of Peru, a photographic panel exhibit depicting Peru's archeology, architecture, folk arts, natural history and industry, which opened at the Museum of Natural History; and The Preservation of Abu Simbel, a photographic and 3-dimensional exhibit prepared by the University of Pennsylvania and the National Geographic Society designed to create interest in the campaign of the American Committee to Preserve Abu Simbel, which also opened at the Museum of Natural History and was later enthusiastically received by some 18 museums across the nation. In addition, the Office assisted with the scheduling of Art Treasures of Turkey by providing a tour for three Turkish museum curators who visited the ten major cities where the exhibit was subsequently shown, in order to make advance arrangements and advance planning of installations. OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTITIVIES 27 THE SMITHSON BICENTENNIAL The Office Director served as Chairman of the Committee on Foreign Invitations, which had the responsibility of determining the foreign invitation list for the Bicentennial. Since the Washington expenses of all foreign guests were provided for by the Institution, there were obvious budgetary limits to the numbers invited. The formula eventually adopted was to invite directors of prominent museums, zoological parks and botanical gardens from the world over and to invite representatives from such universities, research organizations or other institutions of higher learning as had historical or contemporary ties with the Institution. Similarly, individual foreign scholars or scientists who had carried out research at the Smithsonian or other- wise collaborated with the Institution were also invited. In addition, invitations were sent to all Ministers of Culture or Education in countries with which the United States has diplomatic relations. The Office staff assisted the Bicentennial staff in advising foreign guests on appropriate institutions and individuals to contact in their travels within the United States following the Bicentennial celebrations. But perhaps the greatest benefit of the Bicentennial, in the view of the Office of International Activities, were the many opportunities to confer with foreign scholars and museum curators concerning future collaboration or the establishment of programs of common interest. Thus, for example, conversations were held with Drs. Mohamed Jacoub and Mohamed Masmoudi, Directors of Tunisian National Museums and the Sfax Ethnographical Museum, respectively, and Dr. Kazimierz Michalowski, Deputy Director of the National Museum in Warsaw, concerning extension of the Foreign Currency Program to Tunisia and Poland. Discussion concerning cooperative museum projects were held with Dr. Karl Katz, Director of the Bezaliel (Na- tional Museum) in Israel, Dr. Ajit Mookerjee, Director of the National Crafts Museum of India, and many others. CONFERENCES Early in December the Office of International Activities sponsored a small working-group conference on problems affecting the rich marine resources of the Peruvian coast. In attendance were representatives from the Department of Interior's Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, the Pan American Union, the National Academy of Sciences, the Con- servation Foundation, the Agency for International Development, the State Department, and the Smithsonian itself. The conference was inspired by Secretary Ripley's concern over the alarming decline in the populations of guano-producing sea birds of Peru's coastal islands 28 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 and the need to stimulate research with an ecological approach to the interdependent factors — birds, fish, man's exploitation, variations in the Humboldt current — which influence Peru's marine environments. Various papers emanated from this conference, and in February, George E. Watson, curator of birds, Museum of Natural History, visited Peru to discuss the need for coordination of existing avian, fisheries, and oceanographic research with appropriate Peruvian scien- tists and government officials. Watson found that the Instituto del Mar, Peru's principal oceanographic center, was extremely interested in intensified and more coordinated research, with the help of appropriate American institutions and international organizations. By the end of the year under review, the Smithsonian forwarded a proposal to the Agency for International Development for funding of a small inter- national conference in Peru, the purpose of which would be to determine how to apply modern systems analyses, with the development of mathe- matical models and computer simulation, to the interrelated problems of Peru's marine eco-system. The Office also assisted in planning for the Office of Anthropology Conference on Changing Cultures, held at the Smithsonian in April. This conference, which considered preliminary planning for world-wide research on cultures or groups of peoples whose identity will soon be lost through rapid acculturation, was attended by some 36 foreign delegates whose travel was mainly provided for through the Foreign Currency Program. In May the Smithsonian played host to the Foreign Service Institute's Senior Seminar on Foreign Policy. A class of 25 senior Foreign Service, U.S. Information Agency, and Department of Defense officers heard Secretary Ripley explain the Institution's general mission, after which various staff members gave briefings on the forthcoming International Biological Program, the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory and its role in the International Geodetic Bureau, new programs of the division of education and training, and the Special Foreign Currency Program. Following lunch at the Museum of History and Technology, the class was given a conducted tour of two exhibits in preparation, growth of America and the history of medicine, by MHT Director Robert Multhauf. Ambassador G. Lewis Jones, coordinator of the Senior Seminar, called the visit important and useful, since it gave our senior diplomatic representatives abroad greater familiarity with the Institution's overseas commitments, as well as international scientific programs in general. He therefore made plans to have succeeding Seminar classes visit the Smithsonian on a regular basis. 230-457 Above: Philistine votive tablet dating from the 11th century, found during the Carnegie Museum-Pittsburgh Theological Seminary excavations at Ashdod, Israel, in July 1965, under the direction of Dr. James L. Swauger. Projects supported by grants from the Smithsonian Office of In- ternational Activities, Foreign Currency Program (see pp. 21-24). Opposite: Facade of the Rewa Palace (above), a fine example of early 19th century architecture in India, which houses the American Academy of Banares. Symposium (below) on the present-day study needs of South Asian art and archaeology held on April 3, 1966, in the main hall of the American Academy of Benares, Rewa Palace, Varanasi. Overleaf: Egyptian laborers at Mendes, a stratified Pharonic site in the Nile Delta, under the direction of Dr. Donald Hansen of the American Research Center in Egypt. Under a cooperative program arranged by the Office of International Activ- ities with the Peace Corps (see p. 30) , Volunteers in their spare time collect specimens for the Smithsonian. In Placencia, British Honduras, Volunteer James Grover (above) preserves a rare species of lobster, and (below) unearths insect larvae in the "bush" behind his house. OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 29 COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS In February the Pan American Union awarded the first three grants to Latin American biologists for study at the Smithsonian's Tropical Research Institute (STRI), in the Canal Zone, or the Museum of Natural History under a new joint program with the Smithsonian. The initial grants went to Estanislau Kostka Pinto da Silveira, a vertebrate zoologist with the Brazilian Forestry and Conservation Research Center in Rio de Janeiro; to Maximo Alcides Galvez Riveros, associate professor of biology at the National University in Ayacucho, Peru; and to Brother Daniel Gonzalez Padifio, F.S.C., professor of pharmacology at the University of Antioquia in Medellin, Colombia. Professors Pinto da Silveira and Galvez Riveros are conducting field studies on Barro Colorado Island, while Brother Daniel is studying specimens of the economic plants of Colombia at the Museum of Natural History. The purpose of this program is to advance basic research in the natural sciences in Latin America by providing the opportunity for systematic biologists to study the Smithsonian's unique collections or, in the case of those primarily interested in environmental biology, the opportunity to carry out field work utilizing the equally unique resources of the Tropical Research Institute. The joint program was evolved by the Office of International Activities and the Pan American Union's Department of Scientific Affairs; it is funded through the Organization of American States' Fellowship Program. Candidates are free to carry out their own research interests or, as the case may be, to serve as research assistants in the on-going projects of the STRI scientists, in order to gain general experience in field investigative methods. It is hoped that this program, now relatively modest in scale, will grow as the opportunities become better known in Latin American universities and the number of qualified candidates increases. In the field of UNESCO relations, the Office provided study papers for the Department of State concerning the advantages of United States membership in the International Centre for the Study of the Preser- vation and the Restoration of Cultural Property in Rome, more popularly known as the "Rome Centre," which is an international organization dedicated to the advancement of museum conservation and historical or archeological site preservation, through training programs, consultation and technical publications. The study papers were in part based on a visit to the Rome Centre made by Charles Olin, chief of the Smithsonian's conservation research laboratory. The Office also held preliminary discussions with the Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs of the Department of State concerning the 30 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Smithsonian as a potential site for UNESCO conferences of a scholarly or scientific character. Beginning in July of 1965, the Office of International Activities established a cooperative program with the Peace Corps in which Peace Corps Volunteers overseas collect specimens or make field observations in their spare time, according to the specific needs of Smithsonian curators. The Office Director wrote an article in the Volunteer, the monthly magazine sent to Peace Corps Volunteers around the world, explaining the Smithsonian's research objectives and describing the collecting needs of the different departments or divisions. Soon there- after Volunteers began to respond in significant numbers. The department of entomology has received many insect specimens from Africa and corresponded with Volunteers in 22 countries. The depart- ment of mineral sciences and the division of birds have also received significant help, while in the Museum of History and Technology the division of textiles has received photographs and descriptive material on weaving and dyeing processes in Sierra Leone. Toward the close of the period under review, the Office Director held preliminary conversations with Mr. Jack Vaughn, Director of the Peace Corps, concerning possible Peace Corps-Smithsonian projects utilizing Volunteers in conservation education, ecological surveys and major archeological excavations. OFFICE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING Charles Blitzer, Director The programs of the Office of Education and Training fall into two broad categories, reflecting the major activities of the Institution. The first, and larger, category includes those programs directly related to Smithsonian research in science, history, and the arts. The second category includes those programs directly related to the exhibit and public education functions of our museums. In both cases, the programs of the Office are designed to support and strengthen continuing and fundamental Smithsonian activities and, at the same time, to make the results of these activities more widely available to the appro- priate groups. The research-related programs of the Office consist primarily of three sorts of visiting research appointments: for post-doctoral scholars and scientists, for graduate students, and for undergraduates. These appointments serve a number of purposes: they make the enormous resources of the Smithsonian, both in collections and in trained pro- fessional staff, available to the scholarly and scientific community; OFFICE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING 31 they bring these resources to bear directly upon the training of excellent students from our universities; they bring to the Smithsonian scholars and scientists whose researches contribute to the fulfillment of our research mission, and whose presence enlivens the intellectual atmos- phere of the Institution. Evidence of the need met by these appoint- ments is to be found in the numbers of applications received for the current academic year — a total, after preliminary screening, of more than 500 applications for some 80 appointments in all categories. The National Research Council, which administers the Institution's post-doctoral appointments in the sciences, reports that the ratio of applicants to available positions was the highest in its entire experience. The names and projects of those appointed for the academic year 1965-66, and the summer of 1965 are listed in Appendix 5. Cooperative education programs were established between the Smithsonian and nine universities. A total of 17 such programs, aiming primarily at the training of graduate students, now exist. Programs which have been formalized since the publication of the 1965 annual report are: University of Cincinnati Paleobiology Duke University Marine Sciences George Washington Invertebrate Zoology University Johns Hopkins University Paleontology University of Maryland American Studies Fine Arts Ornithology University of Miami Marine Sciences University of Michigan Oriental Art University of Washington Oceanography Yale University Paleobiology The Office of Education and Training sponsored six conferences of interest to Smithsonian staff members and their colleagues in the academic community: 1 . Seminar on Aviation History (in cooperation with the American Aviation Historical Society) 2. Revision of Smithsonian Institution Meteorological Tables 3. Flora of North America 4. Role of Historic Archaeology in the Study of American Culture and History 5. Veterinary Medicine 6. Political Campaigning in the Nineteenth Century. 32 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 OFFICE OF PUBLIC INFORMATION B. Richard Berg, Director To strengthen the Smithsonian's capabilities for keeping the public informed about the expanding programs and activities of the Institution, a Public Information Office was established September 1, 1965. B. Richard Berg was appointed Director, with George J. Berklacy as press officer. William C. Grayson was appointed chief of film and broadcasting on March 15, 1966, and at the close of the fiscal year the audio-visual library also became part of the office, with Mary Ann Friend in charge, and Albert J. Robinson was appointed motion picture and public affairs photographer. The Bicentennial of James Smithson's birth in September, focused international attention on the Smithsonian and marked the culmination of a number of projects designed to improve public understanding of the work of the Institution. The early history and present diversity of the Smithsonian was documented by Walter Karp in a colorfully illustrated volume entitled The Smithsonian Institution published by the Institution in association with the editors of American Heritage. The first volume of the Smithsonian Annual brought together the scholarly papers presented during the three-day celebration in a volume entitled Knowledge Among Men (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966). A documentary film on the founding of the Institution was produced by Charles and Ray Eames with a grant from the International Business Machines Corporation, for premier showing at the Bicentennial. This 20- minute historical film, "The Smithsonian Institution," tells the story of James Smithson and his will, the intense debates in Congress over use of the legacy, the founding of the Institution, and decisions by early Secretaries which set the Smithsonian on its present course. The National Broadcasting Company arranged a nation-wide telecast of President Johnson's historic speech on "The Noble Adventure" of international education to delegates attending the Bicentennial convo- cation on the Mall, and the Voice of America broadcast the convocation program around the world. The celebration served as a focal point for a number of major articles in national magazines both here and abroad. The work of the Smith- sonian was described in Nature (London's weekly journal of science), Punch, Life, Business Week, American Education, Science, National Geographic Magazine, and many other publications. Editorials appeared in news- papers ranging from The New York Times to The Times (London) to the Pasco Times (Texas) to The Wall Street Journal. The number of press releases announcing educational programs and SMITHSONIAN PRESS 33 research results more than doubled during the year. However, more information was provided to the public through direct cooperation with reporters, writers, and photographers than was generated through the production of formal news releases. More than 78,000 telephone inquiries were handled by the Office's Dial-A-Satellite service, providing recorded messages on satellites and other celestial objects visible in the Washington skies. Prepared by James C. Cornell, Jr., information officer at the Smithsonian Astro- physical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts, Dial-A-Satellite service is also provided to residents in the Boston metropolitan area, in the New York City area through an arrangement with the Hayden Planetarium of the American Museum of Natural History, and in the Philadelphia area through an arrangement with the Fels Planetarium of the Franklin Institute. A Dial-A-Museum service, providing recorded announcements on museum hours and special events open to the public, is being inaugu- rated on August 1, 1966, to provide better assistance to the public by making general information accurately and quickly available and to free the Institution's switchboard for more efficient handling of complex inquiries. In broadcasting, the Smithsonian was represented this year in three half- hour programs on 100 stations of the National Educational Television network featuring the creation of exhibits, the Everglades life group, the hall of everyday life in the American past, and the hall of physical anthropology. These were produced by WETA of Wash- ington in cooperation with the Smithsonian. Other programs included a half-hour documentary on the Smithson Bicentennial, on WRC-TV, and a number of radio programs featuring the cultural activities of the Smithsonian. Efforts to achieve a full network program on the Smithsonian culminated in 1966 in successful negotiation with NBC for production of the first Smithsonian network television series of 26 programs to start October 15, 1966. SMITHSONIAN PRESS Anders Richter, Director In fulfillment of the founder's prescription for the "diffusion" of knowledge, the Smithsonian has from the days of its establishment placed its weight on the two pillars of publications and exhibits. In his "Advertisement" for Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley, the first volume to appear (1848) in the Smithsonian Contributions to 34 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Knowledge, Joseph Henry, the Institution's first Secretary, elaborated a most pregnant plan for the publication of scholarly and popular works. The prolific output of over twelve thousand titles in the en- suing 118 years is the natural issue of the first part of Smithson's prescription, for the "increase" of knowledge, for it is a truism that publication is a consequential extension of research. The Smithsonian's publications program partakes of the newly defined emphasis given by the present administration to research and education. The outer manifestation of this, during fiscal 1966, occurred with the creation of the Smithsonian Press and the appointment in May 1966 of a Director to succeed Paul H. Oehser, whose many years of superb service as Chief of the predecessor Editorial and Publications Division and as Public Relations Officer terminated with his retirement in December 1965. The responsibility for public relations was trans- ferred to a separate Office of Public Information. At the close of the fiscal year, the Director of the Press proposed for approval of the Secretary a general reorganization of the publications department. According to this plan, there will be further definition of Press re- sponsibilities through elimination of most non-publishing functions. The Press will continue its strong editorial and design effort in support of the several established series which report the explorations and research of staff and collaborators of the Smithsonian in science, history and art; as well as of more popular publications, such as museum guidebooks and art catalogs. It is expected, however, that the Smithsonian Press imprint will be extended to a greater number of books written as independent works by the staff, by other scholars in the Federal Government, and members of the academic community at large. Inasmuch as the pragmatic definition of publishing is "to make public," it will be necessary to expand the promotion and distribution services of the Press. In keeping with the objectives of the present administration, our purpose is the establishment of a university press of professional and academic excellence. Under the imprint of the Smithsonian Press are issued ten active series emanating from the various Museums and Bureaus of the Smith- sonian. This is a rare advantage to Smithsonian staff members and their collaborators, for few universities offer such a captive medium for reports of research. Much more, the Smithsonian serials constitute a public and scholarly service of extraordinary value, for they enable the publication of reports which fall between the journal article and the book — a most neglected species of publication. The present series are. from the Museum of Natural History, the United States National Museum Bulletins, the Proceeding of the United States National Museum, the Contributions from the National Herbarium, and the Smith- SMITHSONIAN PRESS 35 sonian Contributions to Anthropology; from the Museum of History and Technology, the United States National Museum Bulletins and the Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology; from the National Air Museum, the Annals of Flight; from the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, the Contributions to Astrophysics; and from the Freer Gallery of Art, the Freer Gallery of Art Oriental Studies, Occasional Papers of the Freer Gallery of Art, and Ars Orientalis. The National Collection of Fine Arts and the Travelling Exhibition Service sponsor a good many art catalogs, and the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections is a series with no particular source. The titles of all works issued in these series during fiscal 1966 are included in the list of Smithsonian publi- cations in Appendix 3. The Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology series was inauguarted during the year as a medium for material formerly published in the Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletins, which will be discontinued. Another venerable series, the Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution, was re-designed and named Smithsonian Tear. The "General Ap- pendix" to the annual report, which formerly contained review essays, was eliminated and in its stead will appear a series of separate Smith- sonian Annuals. The first such annual, Knowledge Among Men, containing the addresses delivered by notable scholars at the bicentennial cele- bration of James Smithson's birth, was published in June 1966 by Simon and Schuster. In keeping with its purpose to make available works which describe and interpret its activities and related science to the public at large, the Smithsonian has continued and furthered its cooperative arrange- ments with private publishers. During the past year Simon and Schuster published the Smithsonian Treasury of 20th-century Science. Edited by Webster P. True, this volume is composed of articles reprinted from the "General Appendixes" of recent annual reports. Under terms of another agreement, the firm of American Heritage assisted in the preparation and production of a beautifully illustrated popular history of the Smithsonian, entitled The Smithsonian Institution, which was published upon the bicentennial anniversary of James Smithson's birth. During the past fiscal year, 109 publications appeared under the Smithsonian imprint. Of these, sixty-eight were funded by the federal appropriation in the amount of $238,319, thirty-eight were issued through Smithsonian private funds in the amount of $225,661, and three were supported by grants and gifts in the amount of $56,526. Among them are two works which must be considered major publishing events. The initial volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology 36 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 appeared in January. In it, authors Betty J. Meggers, Clifford Evans and Emilio Estrada have, under the innocuous title of Early Formative Period of Coastal Ecuador, The Valdivia and Machalilla Phases, adduced detailed evidence in support of a radical theory of trans- Pacific Japanese influence upon the early culture of South America. The book quickly received major reviews and promises to be a landmark in New World archeology. In April the Smithsonian Press scored another major event with issuance of the 4-volume Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Star Catalog, compiled by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory staff. This work identifies and locates every recorded star in the firmament to the ninth magnitude, more than one-quarter million in all. The work is distinguished further in that its twenty-six hundred pages were produced from computer tapes programmed to project each page on the face of a cathode-ray tube, where it was photographed for offset printing. This basic reference work encompasses information which previously had to be sought in more than fifty separate catalogs. The publications distribution section of the Smithsonian Press continued to receive requests for publications from libraries, univer- sities, research institutions, bookstores, and individuals throughout the world. A total of 360,781 publications were distributed (exclusive of those distributed by the Superintendent of Documents of the Govern- ment Printing Office) as opposed to 341,439 in fiscal 1965. Of these, approximately one-hundred thousand were sent to foreign addresses. In addition, 551,642 Smithsonian information leaflets were printed for the use of Smithsonian staff members for use in answering queries. The Press continues to administer a Print Shop, a small branch of the Government Printing Office, which exists to serve immediate printing needs — many of which, such as labels for collections, are peculiar to the Smithsonian. The Print Shop, with a staff of two journeymen, completed 849 printing jobs during fiscal 1966. By means of its publications has the Smithsonian conserved and communicated the fruits of its scholarship. But, in common with other university presses, the Press may provide less important benefits as well. The presence of an effective publishing program within the Institution plays an immeasurable but certain part in the attraction and retention of research staff. More measurable, though as easily overlooked, is the "public relations" effect of publications by themselves. It has been said that the Smithsonian is known and respected in some of the world's remotest parts by penetration of its books and pamphlets. Each publi- cation distributed under the imprint carries the name of the Smith- sonian in the very best context. SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM SERVICE 37 SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM SERVICE Meredith Johnson, Acting Director During 1966 the Smithsonian Museum Service continued to expand its facilities for interpreting Smithsonian Museums and their functions to the nearly 19 million visitors who come to the Institution. Special emphasis has been placed upon on-the-spot information, direction, and orientation for visitors through Girl Scout information guides, leaflets, floor plans, and teleshows. The staff of the Museum Service carried on its previous program of providing the public with accurate and extensive information on the Smithsonian and other museums in the Washington area through phone calls and letters. They continued to give tours, often in foreign languages, to special guests of the Institution. In this fashion they served as host to The Princess Margaret, Countess of Snowden, and the Earl of Snowden, and to His Imperial Highness Prince Mikasa of Japan and his wife and daughter. The Junior League of Washington donated its 12th year of service to the elementary schools of the Greater Washington Area. The program of tours was conducted by the Museum Service in cooperation with Mrs. Gilbert M. Grosvenor, Mrs. Joseph Smith, Jr., and Mrs. Ernest N. May, Jr., chairmen of the Junior League Guide Program, and with the curatorial staff of the Smithsonian. More than 32,000 children were taken on 1,137 tours during the school year. The Junior League tour service is a significant contribution to the Institution's educational program. Teachers from the area were invited to come and help the guides and curators develop scripts that would follow closely the cur- riculum of the local school systems. The Docent Program provided visitors and scholars with written information on our zoological and anthropological exhibits and research facilities. They assisted in the training of the Junior League Guides, prepared bibliographies in their respective areas, and revised leaflets and brochures for distribution. The Free Film Theater continued to provide Wednesday evening films and lectures to the public. Curators often gave introductory talks and participated in question periods after the films. Over 7,000 people attended these film showings during the year. Slides and films, made available to schools and other groups all over the country by the Audio- Visual Library, made it possible for those unable to visit the Smithsonian to take advantage of its exhibits and research. Films such as "The Smithsonian's Whale" and "The Leaf Thieves" do a great deal to publicize the activities of its Museums. 38 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 For the benefit of the children who visit the Smithsonian Museums, a carousel was operated on the Mall, and its activities were accompanied by a steam calliope. Through an increasing number of evening func- tions the Service hopes to involve a greater percentage of the public in our work and to familiarize them on a less formal basis with our exhibits, their preparation and function. The special events division of the Museum Service greatly expanded its activities this year because of the tremendously increased number of presentations, receptions, permanent and temporary exhibit hall openings, and concerts. The Museum Service provided the invitations, programs, catering, and greeting of guests at all the special events of the Smithsonian. Many of the arrangements for the Bicentennial Celebration of James Smithson's birthday were handled by the Museum Service. This included the provision of bilingual guides and information aides for the many museum personnel who came from abroad to help the Smithsonian celebrate the anniversary of its benefactor. The Museum Shops of the Institution provided visitors with books, cards, slides, and reproductions relating to its exhibits. An additional shop was opened in the Smithsonian building this year in order to provide visitors there with attractive and educational remembrances of their visit. Museum Shops are now operating in each of our seven buildings. The Society of Associates began its first year under the joint guidance of Mrs. Vernon Knight and Mr. G. Carroll Lindsay, Director of the Museum Service. The tremendous success of its membership drive has been both an exciting experience and a rewarding insight into the interest in our Museums among the general public, not only here in Washington but throughout the country. SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES G. Carroll Lindsay, Acting Executive Secretary On September 18, 1965, during the celebration of the two- hundredth anniversary of the birth of James Smithson, the Secretary formally announced the establishment of the Smithsonian Society of Associates.* Formal recognition of the support accorded the Smithsonian by its friends across the Nation and, indeed, across the world, has long been a dream of the Institution. Charles D. Walcott, fourth Secretary of the Smithsonian, had considered the formation of a nationwide society of friends of the Smithsonian as part of an endowment cam- *The name was later shortened to Smithsonian Associates. SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES 39 paign in the 1920s, but the project failed to materialize as a result of Walcott's death in 1927, and the onset of the great depression of the 1930s prevented its revival. Membership in the Associates is open to all who care to join with the Smithsonian Institution in furtherance of the Institution's objective, stated by founder James Smithson in his will as "the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." Through their modest annual dues, members express their desire to participate directly in the work of the Smithsonian in the fields of science, art, and history. In response to this concretely expressed interest, the Institution provides the Associates with special educa- tional and cultural benefits, including events that acquaint them with the wide range of Smithsonian activities and its programs in education, scientific and historical research, museum exhibition, and the performing arts. Associates are encouraged to participate in these activities to the fullest possible extent. The Smithsonian will continue, as it has for the past 120 years, energetically to serve the scientific and scholarly community of the nation and the world, and make its museums and information resources available to the general public. The Associates, because of their special interest in the Smithsonian, will have the privilege of an especially close relationship with the Institution and the opportunity to share deeply in its programs. Since November the Associates in the Washington area have enjoyed a variety of lectures, film showings, programs for children, exhibit openings, and similar opportunities to become more fully acquainted with the varied work of the Smithsonian. One event of great interest was a behind-the-scenes tour of the Smithsonian's exhibit-production activities. Silk screen artists showed how they produce exhibit labels and graphics. Model-makers displayed their intricate wares in cut- away form, showing the delicate mechanisms which go into the pro- duction of a "working" exhibit. A large group of freeze-dry specimens, the freeze-dry process that is rapidly replacing conventional taxidermy methods at the Smithsonian, and a wide variety of other exhibits-making techniques were demonstrated. Another event of special interest was a program presented by car- toonist Milton Caniff, who drew for an audience of eager adults and children their favorite characters from "Steve Canyon." Johnny Hart and Brant Parker on another memorable evening delighted young and old with the King, Rodney the Cowardly Knight, the Wizard, the King's horse Bung, and other characters who inhabit the Kingdom of Id. In a more serious vein the Associates heard Archaeological Institute of America lecturer Machteld J. Mellink describe the archaeological 40 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 work at Lycia, and heard Link lecturer George M. Low evaluate the Apollo space program. Younger audiences of members' children were captivated by Saturday morning programs that dealt with subjects ranging from a study of minerals to the exploration of outer space, all under the direction of Smithsonian scientists. Many members were absorbed by the contemporary art works from the Sao Paulo Bienal, shown for the first time in the United States at the Smithsonian and introduced to Washington at a gala Associates reception also attended by the artists whose works were on view. On May 1, 1966, Mrs. Vernon Knight, executive secretary of the Associates, resigned to take up residence in Texas and G. Carroll Lindsay, director of the Smithsonian Museum Service, assumed the position as acting executive secretary. On June 1, Mrs Lisa Suter, formerly membership secretary for the Corcoran Gallery of Art, joined the staff as program director, with responsibility for planning and directing the various programs of lectures, films, children's events, and other educational activities. Publications and Addresses The following addresses and statements were delivered by the Secretary (the scientific papers of the Secretary are listed on pages 137-138): Commencement address, Marlboro College, Marlboro, Vermont, June 6, 1965. Statement on basic research and the National Science Foundation, presented to the Subcommittee on Science, Research, and Develop- ment of the Committee on Science and Astronautics, U.S. House of Representatives, July 22, 1965. "The museum as an enigma." Address before the closing banquet of the Bicentennial Celebration commemorating the birth of James Smithson, Washington, D.C., September 18, 1965. (Published in Knowledge Among Men. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966.) "Museums in today's changing world." Address to the International Council of Museums, New York City, September 27, 1965. Address to the Council of Fellows of the American Anthropological Association, Denver, Colorado, November 20, 1965. Opening remarks to the International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Bangkok, Thailand, November 29, 1965. ADDRESSES BY SECRETARY 41 Statement on a center for advanced study in Washington, presented to the Woodrow Wilson Memorial Commission, Washington, D.C., March 10, 1966. "A perspective of the Smithsonian program in ecology." Address to the National Parks Association, Washington, D.C., March 15, 1966. "Three challenges to biology." Address to the Sigma Xi Initiation Banquet, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, April 21, 1966. "The future of environmental improvement." Address to the Environ- mental Improvement Lecture Series, The Graduate School of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., May 31, 1966. "Status of learning." Commencement address, The George Wash- ington University, Washington, D.C., June 5, 1966. Publications and speeches by members of the Secretary's staff included the following: G. Carroll Lindsay. George Brown Goode. Pp. 127-140 in Keepers of the Past, edit, by Clifford Lord. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University of North Carolina Press, 1965. Ritterbush, P. C. Outside professional activities by federal laboratory personnel. In The Environment of the Federal Laboratory, Third Symposium of the Federal Council for Science and Technology (Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965), pp. 98-102. . Research training in governmental laboratories in the United States. Minerva (Winter 1966), vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 186-201. . "Science and technology in support of civilian power." Address, The Air War College, Maxwell A.F.B., Alabama, April 21, 1966. Among the many newspaper and magazine articles about the Smithsonian appearing during the year, those listed below were of particular interest: Burkett, Warren. Science chases dust from "Nation's Attic" — The Smithsonian. Business Week, May 21, 1966, pp. 110-113. Carmichael, Leonard. James Smithson: Pathfinder in Science and Philanthropy. Nature (London: October 23, 1965), vol. 208, no. 5008, pp. 320-321. The many splendored Smithsonian. Carnegie Magazine (September 1965), pp. 239-244. Cowan, R. S.; Davis, D.; Humphrey, P. S.; Klein, W. H.; Ritter- bush, P. C; and Shetler, S. Smithsonian Institution Conference on Environmental Biology. Bioscience, vol. 15, 1965, pp. 607-608. Curry-Lindahl, Kai. Museijubileum i Washington. Svenska Dag- bladet, October 19, 1965, p. 1. 230-457—66 5 42 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Downie, Leonard, Jr. The National Air Museum. The Washington Post; Potomac [Magazine], September 5, 1965, pp. 10-11. Esterow, Milton. Man in the news: Smithsonian's birdman. The New York Times, May 30, 1966. p. 1. Glueck, Grace. Smithsonian widens art vistas— cluster of museums emerging as great national center. The New York Times, May 30, 1966, pp. 1, 8. Herron, Paul. A legacy of learning. The Washington Post: [Maga- zine] Potomac, September 5, 1965, p. 2. Martin, David. The Smithsonian, wellspring of a Nation's pride. Life (November 19, 1965), vol. 59, no. 21, pp. 86-102. Morales, Herbert. Diffusing knowledge among men. American Education (September 1965), vol. 1, no. 6. The Smithsonian Institution. NEA Journal (September 1965), vol. 54, no. 6, pp. 30-32. Ripley, Josephine. The Smithsonian looks ahead. The Christian Science Monitor, August 14, 1965, p. 1. Sghaden, Herman. The Smithsonian, old and new. The Washington Star: Sunday Magazine, September 12, 1965, pp. 4-25. Simons, Howard. A thoughtful party. New Scientist (London: Sep- tember 30, 1965), p. 831. Tassler, Alan, and Payne, William A. Museum of History and Technology. The Washington Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965, pp. 18-23. Toulmin, Stephen. Dusting off the attic. Punch, October 27, 1965, pp. 605-607. White, O. M. Smithsonian: storehouse of science and culture. National Geographic School Bulletin, vol. 44, no. 3. September 27, 1966, pp. 42-44. Witherspoon, Thomas C. Resource for understanding in the Nation's Capital. The George Washington University Magazine (Spring 1966), vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 20-21. Wolff, Geoffrey A. The Smithsonian Institution. The Washington Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965, pp. 5-8. Wyant, William K., Jr. Preserving the past for the future. Coronet, July 1966, pp. 138-143. Yenckel, James. The Natural History Museum. The Washington Post: Potomac, September 5, 1965, pp. 14-17. United States National Museum Frank A. Taylor, Director tn the Great Hall of the Smithsonian Institution, on the evening of ■*■ May 17, 1966, Secretary Ripley installed Dr. Richard S. Cowan and Dr. Robert P. Multhauf as directors of the Museum of Natural History and the Museum of History and Technology, respectively. The installation ceremony was attended by members of the Board of Regents and Smithsonian colleagues of the Directors and their families. Dr. Cowan, botanist, came to the Smithsonian Institution in 1957 as associate curator of botany and served from 1962 as assistant and later as deputy director of the Museum of Natural History. He was appointed Director in December 1965. Dr. Multhauf, historian of science, joined the Smithsonian staff in April 1 954 as curator of engi- neering and has served as chairman of the department of science and technology of the Museum of History and Technology since June 1957. He was appointed Director on April 4, 1966. The Act of 1846 establishing the Smithsonian Institution provided for a museum, and the name "United States National Museum" came into use in the 1850s. In 1884 appropriations to the Smithsonian for the U.S. National Museum were authorized and an annual report to the Congress by its Director was required. Today, its component mu- seums are institutions of individual and world-wide reputation. The reports on the Museums of Natural History and History and Tech- nology are therefore treated separately, in accordance with the re- porting procedures established in the Smithsonian Tear 1965, and are to be found on pages 63 and 221. 43 44 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM On September 10, 1965, the Senate passed the National Museum Act of 1965 and forwarded it to the House of Representatives. On June 2, 1966, the Committee on House Administration reported favorably on the House version of the bill, with recommendations that it pass. The prospect for passage was favorable.* The preamble of the Act states that the museums of the Nation constitute cultural and educational institutions of great importance to its progress, and that national recognition is necessary to insure that museum resources for preserving and interpreting the Nation's heritage may be more fully utilized in the enrichment of public life in the community. Implicit in the Act is recognition of the Smithsonian's traditional role of making available to all museums the results of its research into museum practices and techniques and the development of innovations in such areas as the exhibition and preservation of museum objects, cataloging of collections, and Museum administration. Also implied is the assistance given others by advice, by training of personnel, and by the review and evaluation of museum programs, building plans, and projects. The Act specifies that the Director of the United States National Museum shall cooperate with museums and their professional organizations in continuing study of museum problems and opportuni- ties, both in the United States and abroad, and that he shall prepare and carry out programs for training, publication, research, and the development of museum techniques. Pending the appropriation of funds to implement the National Museum Act, plans have been made for a modest start of new pro- grams in fiscal year 1 967. The need most frequently voiced by museum officers is for trained museum personnel. A series of seminars on museum functions will start with a meeting on museum education, to be held in late summer 1966. Arranged by the Smithsonian Office of Education and Training, this first seminar is being supported by the Office of Education, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Guidance obtained from these meetings will be followed in developing cooperative programs under the Act. During the year, the Smithsonian cooperated with the American Association of Museums and the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare in compiling and testing a questionnaire on the basic data of museums and their educational programs. The returns from this will bring up to date information about the museum field and will be the start of a machine-record information tool to be compiled and *The bill was passed and was signed by President Lyndon B. Johnson on October 15, 1966. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 45 administered by the American Association of Museums with the assistance of Smithsonian computer facilities. The Director, United States National Museum, at the invitation of Dr. Roland Force, Director of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, acted as one of several consultants advising on proposals to expand the scope of that museum in fields of archives, Hawaiian history, and the history of technology and industry in the State. The Director, with others, discussed with Dr. Grover Murray, incoming President of Texas Technological College, the development of the University Museum as a teaching aid and as a source of educa- tional exhibits for developing countries, as part of Dr. Murray's plans for an international center for research in the utilization of arid and semi-arid lands. As president of the International Committee for Museums of Science and Technology of the International Council of Museums, the Director assisted in planning for the Washington meetings of ICOM '65 and conducted the programs of the International Committee in Wash- ington, Philadelphia, and New York. The ICOM General Conference adopted a resolution calling upon governments owning blocked currencies in developing countries to employ these funds in aid of museums and their organizations. The Director assisted the Smithsonian Office of International Activities in drafting tentative programs for aid to museums in these excess currency countries. Joseph A. Patterson, Director of the American Association of Museums, made a preliminary survey of museum opportunities in Asia, under the proposed program. The National Museum arranged a day at the Smithsonian for the foreign museum professionals on the annual State Department-Ameri- can Association of Museums tour of United States museums. Direc- tors of the museums of the Smithsonian entertained the visitors at luncheon and with tours of their museums. The Director spoke at the celebration of the 25th anniversary of the Nashville Children's Museum. He was elected a member of the Council of the American Association of Museums. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR A primary function of the Office of the Registrar is the accessioning of new material. As Registrar for both the Museum of Natural History and the Museum of History and Technology, this office recorded the accessions for 1,412,279 specimens, of which 1,281,062 were natural 46 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM history materials. (Statistics on the present totals of the collections and the distribution of specimens in these two museums are given on pages 122 and 242.) Another function of the office is handling mail for both Museums. Its increased activity is reflected in the volume of mail flowing through the mail room, which this year rose to 3,553 pieces daily, as compared to 2,639 three years ago. Often overlooked as an educational aspect of the Smithsonian is still another service performed through this office — processing replies to daily requests for information on every conceivable subject. These inquiries come from the housewife, the farmer, the retired military man, the young man in the military service, the teacher, the business- man, and always, the school child. This year the queries totaled approximately 13,000, and who knows how many careers have been started or helped by the thoughtful, authoritative replies, many re- quiring for their preparation considerable time and research, which this office sought from the Smithsonian's professional staff and for- warded to the enquirer. Freight and express shipments processed by the office numbered 5800 and totaled 581 tons. The equipment sent for use of Museum staff members engaged in explorations consisted not only of collecting and camping gear, diving equipment, and scientific instruments, but also of several pickup trucks and two boats that were shipped to foreign ports. Collecting equipment was likewise shipped to members of the Peace Corps, as well as to other Americans stationed in foreign coun- tries, who have offered to collect specimens distinctive to the particular areas of their official activities. Among the incoming foreign shipments cleared through the U.S. Customs in 1966 were items ranging from every variety of natural history specimen to a portable proton magnetometer (for use in under- water exploration). Four cases of rare Diirer drawings from Berlin and 13 tons of art treasures carried by air freight from Turkey, together valued at more than six million dollars, were entered for the Traveling Exhibition Service. Official assignments for foreign travel accounted for more than three hundred individual passport transactions requiring visas to worldwide areas. Collecting permits and clearances were obtained from many countries for remote localities where field work was undertaken in behalf of the Smithsonian. To keep abreast of the rapid growth within the Smithsonian, a review is being made of procedures to simplify and improve registra- tion methods, including the possibility of automating some phases of the work. OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 47 REGISTRARS OFFICE— SUMMARY OF ACTIVITIES Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1966 Accessions (specimens) Museum of Natural History 1,281,062 Museum of History and Technology 131,217 Mail (pieces) 895, 356 Transportation — shipments arranged 5, 800 (16,680 pieces, 581 tons) Letters of inquiry processed 13, 000 Foreign travel requests processed Passports obtained 300 Visas obtained 600 OFFICE OF EXHIBITS Under the direction of chief of exhibits John E. Anglim and assistant chief Benjamin W. Lawless, the office of exhibits made its contribution to the Smithsonian's public education, information, and inspirational objectives. By means of imaginative design, effective arrangement of specimens, and readable labels, the office of exhibits gave signifi- cant support to the effort of museum scientists and historians to make readily understandable to the general viewer, complex and often little-understood historical, cultural, scientific, and technological concepts, and to awaken an interest in the fields of knowledge they represent. Research in new approaches to exhibit design was continued with the development of a learning-aid for elementary school children on the subject of the physics of light. The first unit was installed for testing in a Fairfax County, Virginia, school near the close of the school year. Progress made on the individual experiments assure that 16 will be ready for rotation to 3 schools during the 1966-1967 school year. As part of a planning project to investigate principles of exhibits for the blind, a comparison was made between the effectiveness of an exhibit made especially for the blind and one made for the sighted but explained to the blind with the aid of touch objects passed around by a guide lecturer. Other experiments will be made under a grant from the Vocational Rehabilitation Administration of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. History and Technology Exhibits Laboratory The Museum of History and Technology exhibits laboratory com- pleted the architectural restoration of the great hall in the Smithsonian 48 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM building in time for the Bicentennial Celebration of James Smithson's birth. This work included research on furniture and furnishings, color schemes, all appropriate to the architecture of the 1 840s, and the design of cases to display exhibits in the many disciplines of history, art, science, and technology embraced by the Smithsonian, Riddick Vann was the exhibits designer and coordinator for this project and was assisted in case installation by production teams under the super- vision of Walter N. Lewis. In November, exhibits were completed by production teams under the supervision of Frank A. Gambino in a major portion of the Armed Forces history section of the museum, including chronological exhibits through the Civil War; the ordnance hall; the Continental gondola Philadelphia; and the hall of orders, medals, and decorations. The chronological exhibits tell by means of historic specimens, documents, and finely detailed ship models the military history of America from the earliest explorations through the final battles of the Civil War. Such notable relics as General George Washington's campaign tent and General Philip H. Sheridan's horse mounted in a lifelike stance associate the visitor with the actual objects of history. Design of the hall layout as well as many of the individual exhibition units was by John W. Brown. Layout and design of the second part of the chrono- logical series, from the Civil War to the present, is being undertaken by John R. Clendening. The ordnance hall shows military and naval arms dating from Colonial times to the Korean War, generally arranged by chronology and type. Hall designer Brown, assisted by Nadya Kayaloff and John Clendening, show graphically the development of military weap- ons from the wheel-lock musket of the 16th century to the modern repeating rifle. The oldest American man-of-war still in existence, the gunboat Philadelphia, was installed adjacent to the ordnance hall under the design supervision of Mr. Brown. Adjacent exhibits cases and panels document the strategically important battle of Valcour Island and the part played in that battle by the crew of the Philadelphia. In the exhibition of orders, medals, and decorations of all countries, which progresses from the earliest orders of knighthood to the medals and decorations of our present century, designer Deborah Bretzfelder made use of the rich decorative content of the exhibit specimens to create an exhibition area of unusual visual interest. In March 1966, the hall of physical sciences was opened to the public. Covering the development of the physical sciences from ancient times to the present, the hall features a full-scale replica of the observatory of Ptolemy; a documented display of astronomical devices dating back OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 49 to medieval times; a reproduction of the shop front of Benjamin Pike, complete with optical instruments built by this remarkable 19th- century American; a collection of early teaching instruments from major American colleges and universities; a life-group showing Andrew Ellicott and Benjamin Banneker surveying the northwest boundary of the District of Columbia; and actual portions of the Mark I and Eniac computers. Other specimens in this hall include a special ex- hibition of ruling and dividing engines, a special exhibit on the nature and theory of light, and a reconstruction of the interior of Henry Fitz's telescopemaking shop of the late 19th century. The exhibits designer was James J. Shelton, assisted by Miss Kayaloff and Mr. Clendening and installation of the hall was by production teams led by Harry H. Harris and Walter N. Lewis. The hall of ceramics opened to the public in April 1966. In it designer Barbara Bowes utilized a variety of room sizes and decorative motifs to complement and enhance a variety of ceramic objects ranging from sophisticated examples of European porcelain and delftware to the beginnings of American ceramics of the 17th and 18th centuries. Of particular note are the Robert McCauley collection of Liverpool jugs, the Hans Syz collection of porcelain, and the Ellouise Baker Larson collection of English earthenware and Staffordshire ware for the American market. The hall was installed by production teams under the supervision of Carl A. Alexander. The last two permanent exhibit halls opened during this fiscal year were the hall of medicine and dentistry and the hall of pharmacy. In these, a series of cases and period rooms portray in chronological order the development of the healing arts from Greek and Roman times to the present. The halls were designed by Mr. Clendening and the exhibits were installed by production teams led by Mr. Lewis. Special and temporary exhibits numbered 42, a great increase over previous years, and they demonstrated in 3-dimensional form the vast scope of the Smithsonian collections and the increasing scholarly interest in bringing the results of current research work on these collections before the general public. They ranged from American folk art to the life and times of Jawaharlal Nehru and from German glass to Atlas computers. Throughout the year, units of the MHT exhibits laboratory con- tinued their work of modelmaking, restoration, plastics, preparation, and cabinetmaking for various exhibits halls and special exhibitions. For the curatorial staff Robert L. Klinger and his group continued to prepare and restore exhibits specimens and to construct detailed museum models and animated devices such as a working model of the locomotive Stourbridge Lion recently completed for the hall of trans- 50 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM portation. Richard W. Marshall worked on large-scale schematic models of piano, harpsichord, and clavichord key actions for display in the hall of musical instruments and completed a finely detailed model of an early mine pump for the hall of civil engineering. Donald Hoist prepared mannequins and reconstructed uniforms for the hall of Armed Forces History. John W. Schulz and Benjamin Snouffer prepared models and restored specimens for exhibit halls completed and in progress, including a schematic model of the Jacquard loom for the textile hall and a Dutch scoop-wheel turbine model for the hall of civil engineering. The restoration section under G. Gordon Dentry and Donald L. Fredette prepared furniture, ceramics, and glass for use in period rooms and case settings. In addition to its regular duties, the office of exhibits lent support throughout the year to various museums of the Smithsonian complex, as well as offering consultation in a number of exhibits disciplines to various museums throughout the United States and abroad. Here, too, special mention should be made of the considerable number of foreign museum experts who came to the Smithsonian to study our exhibits techniques. Also during this fiscal year, the exhibits editor's office, which formerly reported to the Director, was transferred to the office of exhibits. Under the direction of chief exhibits editor George Weiner, assisted by Mrs. Constance R. Minkin, the office is responsible for writing or rewriting, editing, coordination, and printing liaison of all exhibits labels for the U.S. National Museum and, as the need arises, elsewhere in the Smithsonian Institution. During this year, Mr. Weiner and his staff, which includes Mis. Edna W. Wright and Nicholas Rona, produced 8165 labels for 78 permanent and special exhibits of museums and offices of the Smithsonian Institution. Natural History Laboratory Under the direction of chief of exhibits John E. Anglim, assisted by A. Gilbert Wright, the Museum of Natural History exhibits laboratory completed 115 cases and panels for seven permanent exhibits halls, as well as producing a dozen special and temporary exhibitions and rendering substantial assistance to the exhibits programs of the National Collection of Fine Arts and the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. The new hall of gems, designed by Mrs. Dorothy Guthrie, was opened in September 1965 during the Bicentennial Celebration, and the new jade room, also designed by Mrs. Guthrie, was opened in OFFICE OF EXHIBITS 51 December. Also opened during the year were extensions of the cultures of Africa and Asia hall, designed by Lucius E. Lomax; the hall of osteology, designed by Morris Pearson; the hall of physical anthropology, designed by Joseph Shannon; and the life in the sea hall, also designed by Mr. Shannon. In June the reptile and amphibian section of the hall of cold-blooded vertebrates, designed by James Speight, was opened. Preparation and installation of the exhibits were performed by the production section under the supervision of production chief Julius Tretick, aided by assistant production chief Charles W. Mickens, fabrication supervisor Frank A. Nelms, and graphics supervisor Keith M. Metzler. Labels for the exhibits were edited and coordinated by the exhibits editor and his staff. During the year, the illustration section, under Christopher H. Reinecke, produced nearly 200 drawings, paintings, charts, and other illustrations for use in exhibits. The models, dioramas, and accessories section, headed by John Babyak, produced diorama figurines and life-size figures for life groups, foreground accessories, replicas of marine invertebrates, and other models. The plastics section, under John C. Widener, continued research into new plastics molding and casting techniques and produced a large variety of small and large plastic casts faithful in surface detail to the originals. Among the more notable were a Semitic storm god for the hall of Old World archeology; a basking shark for the life in the sea hall; life-size mannequins for the MHT First Ladies hall; and such diversified objects as lava formations, meteorites, and Corinthian capitals. The freeze-dry microbiology laboratory, under Rolland O. Hower, continued its work in perfecting this Smithsonian-developed preservation process, which has virtually supplanted the more tedious taxidermy procedures in the preparation of small animals for exhibition purposes. The new section of lighting and audio-visual techniques, headed by Carroll B. Lusk, devised new methods for illuminating diamonds, sapphires, and other precious stones; and Mr. Lusk, assisted by James C. Nyce, engineered an exceed- ingly popular audio-visual exhibition of African musical instruments for the cultures of Africa and Asia hall and conducted extensive research into visitor-operated random-access slide projectors to be used in both the Museums of Natural History and the Museum of History and Technology. In April, both Museums jointly developed a behind-the-scenes tour for the Smithsonian Society of Associates. Conducted in the Museum of Natural History, this tour showed the scope and variety of activities of the office of exhibits of the United States National Museum and demonstrated its techniques for bringing to the general public, for its 52 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM education and enlightenment, representative portions of our collections and the results of Smithsonian research. During the year, 12 special exhibits were produced or installed. CONSERVATION-ANALYTICAL LABORATORY The conservation-analytical laboratory in 1966 placed its major emphasis on the development of a facility to produce rapid analyses for identification of materials. This is the result of a need for this facility in relation to the accessioning of objects, the determination of authenticity, and the importance of the identification of material used in conservation treatment. The laboratory is designed and equipped to undertake research in conservation which involves the materials, the environment, and the technology of the object and to cooperate in this research with other bureaus of the Smithsonian Institution and other museums and labora- tories in the United States, Europe, and Asia. One major analytical program which the laboratory undertook in cooperation with curator Gus Van Beek of the Smithsonian Office of Anthropology and Rutherford J. Gettens of the Freer Gallery of Art was the quantitative analysis of bronze objects using X-ray fluorescence analysis. Analysis of pigments was undertaken by the laboratory to authen- ticate works of art, and to recognize the unoriginal parts of an object. Analytical techniques used for analysis of pigment samples included microscopic examination, chemical microscopy, X-ray diffraction, and infrared spectrophotometry. The latter two instrumental techniques require only 50 micrograms of sample for analysis and quickly provide information on the presence of impurity phases, minor constituents, variations in composition, extenders, and crystal structure, all of which are evidence of artificial or natural origins of mineral pigments and of methods of manufacture. During the past few years, extended -range high-resolution infrared instrumentation has become commercially available and has led to a wealth of new information for practicing industrial spectroscopists, especially those dealing with inorganic pigments and extenders. How- ever, a survey of the literature indicates that few spectra have been published for inorganic pigments encountered in the analysis of fine paintings. In the course of the preparation of a series of high-resolution infrared spectra and X-ray diffraction patterns on standard known samples of inorganic pigments for use in the identification and study of oil paint- ings, it became apparent that differences in the method of manufacture Office of Exhibits: Sculptor John Weaver completing clay figure of Congo Chief for hall of Asian and African cultures. Exhibits specialist Rolland Hower checking data in freeze dry laboratory. ,1 > v.\\\ 1 1 Office of Exhibits: Accessories specialist Juan de Pau working on leaf specimens for the hall of botany. Installation of hall of ceramics — final stages, with Joseph Faletta working on an exhibit as John Brown and William Haase check plans. r- ! XI ,. ^ -/J!" Conservation Research Labora- tory. Painting in the Naval History collections is restored and rebacked: Top, Raking light shows tears before treat- ment. Center, detail of ship at left after tears filled and painting lined. Bottom, treatment com- pleated. ,- ml Traveling Exhibition Service's "Rugs from the McMullen Collection" dis- played at the Munson-Williams-Proctor Institute, Utica, New York. Travel- ing Exhibition Service's "Early Chicago Architecture" at the Chicago Civic Center. TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE 53 of recent pigments could be observed in the laboratory results. This suggested further work in two areas : clarification of the relationships between method of manufacture and X-ray diffraction and infrared results on the known samples and methods of distinguishing pigment samples from oil paintings on the basis of manufacture. Variations in the elemental composition also occur and can be detected by micro- techniques of X-ray fluorescence analysis. The detailed study of coinage, its composition, and the method by which it was manufactured, is a fertile field for the study of the history of metallurgy. A program of this nature was begun with curator Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli of the division of numismatics. The primary emphasis in this work is on the totally nondestructive techniques. The methods of analysis which have been used to date are: X-ray emission spectrography, X-ray diffraction and optical microscopy. X-ray emission spectrography gives us the major alloy composition of a very thin layer of metal on the surface of the coin. X-ray diffraction provides information on the crystal structure and physical state of the crystalline lattice of the surface layer. Optical microscopy is used to examine the surface characteristics of the coin. Planned future methods of analysis include neutron activation analy- sis, laser probe optical emission spectrography, X-ray radiography, and possibly ultrasonic and eddy current testing. Neutron activation analysis will allow us to make a more realistic estimate of the average composition of the coins under study because it does not restrict itself to the surface of the object. Laser probe optical emission spectrography is being considered because of the increased sensitivity to trace elements. One objection to laser excitation is a small mark which results on the coin; and the method does remove micro quantities of material. Laser probe emission spectrography does, however, present the possi- bility of comparing the source of raw material through correlation of trace element patterns. X-ray radiography will be used to reveal details of the gross internal structure while ultrasonic and eddy current methods will be used to obtain information about the internal structure on the micro scale. TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE The Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service is self- supporting, deriving its income mainly from the rental fees charged for its exhibitions. It currently circulates throughout the United States and Canada about 100 shows, as listed below. 230-457 — 66 6 54 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM The larger, important exhibitions of 1 966 included Diirer and His Time, from Berlin, Pre-Columbian Gold from Peru, Rugs From the McMullan Collection, from Mr. Joseph McMullan, and Art Treasures of Turkey, from Ankara and Istanbul. An extension of the loan of 7,000 Tears of Iranian Art permitted this exhibition to be shown at the Allentown Art Museum, an action given favorable notice in an article "Big Show, Small Museum" that appeared in Arts Magazine (December 1965). Catalogs were published for the Diirer, Latin American, McMullan and Turkish exhibitions, and a leaflet on Irish architecture and monu- ments. John Canaday wrote in The New York Times that the catalog Diirer and His Times, which was reprinted three times, is "a must for every art library." In accordance with the Smithsonian's widening educational interests, a pilot program to bring art to the District of Columbia schools was instituted. Works supplied by the National Collection of Fine Arts were prepared, transported, and installed at the Taft Junior High School and the Woodrow Wilson High School. On the basis of the enthusiastic response, a proposal to expand the program was submitted. On February 1 4, 1 966, the Traveling Exhibition Service was placed under the U.S. National Museum. Expansion of the scope of the exhibits into crafts, history, technology, science, and education was initiated, and exhibitions of objects and prints from the Smithsonian collections are being planned with the cooperation of the curators of the Museum of Natural History and the Museum of History and Tech- nology. The current catalog lists four of these exhibitions for 1967. Requests have been received from many foreign institutions for circulation abroad of exhibits such as the 1964-1965 Bridges, Tunnels and Waterworks after they finish their United States tours. Funds are being sought to respond to these requests. Art in Science and Polish Graphic Art were previewed in the Arts and Industries building. The latter exhibit was opened with ceremonies sponsored by the Polish Ambassador. During the year the small staff of the Service, which negotiates, organizes, and circulates the exhibitions, explained the Service to a number of foreign visitors at the request of the State Department, advised other institutions on circulating specific exhibitions, and re- sponded to many inquiries about the objectives and organization of the Smithsonian Institution. Close liaison was maintained with foreign cultural attaches and embassies. The Chief of the Service was in- vited to Belgrade as the guest of the Yugoslav Commission for Cul- tural Relations with Foreign Countries. TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE 55 Exhibitions carried over from prior years number 53. The service initiated 28 new shows, dispersed 32, and negotiated for 39 new ones during 1 966. During the year the exhibits were shown on 625 occasions to an estimated total of 1,250,000 viewers. Exhibitions Initiated in 1966 Painting and Sculpture Art in Science New Names in Latin American Art Eyewitness to Space Art Treasures of Turkey Pre-Columbian Gold from Peru Drawings and Prints Six Danish Graphic Artists Contemporary African Printmakers The World of William Hogarth Contemporary Dutch Graphics Mirror of the Artist Polish Graphic Art Action-Reaction Diirer and His Time Architecture Art in Urban Architecture Early Chicago Architecture Design and Crafts Calligraphy in Islamic Textiles Jazz Posters Folk Toys from Japan Posters from Denmark Glass from Czechoslovakia Rugs from the McMullan Collection History Early Monuments and Architecture of Ireland Children's Art Danish Children Illustrate Hans Ghanian Textiles Christian Andersen Museum Impressions Embroideries by Children of Chijnaya Natural History and Science The Preservation of Abu Simbel Photography Gentle Wilderness: The Sierra Nevada 56 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Exhibits Continued from Prior Years 1964-65: Arte Programmata; Watercolors by Pop Hart; Modern Watercolors from Sweden; The Art of the Yoruba; Contemporary American Drawings II; William Blake: Poet, Printer, Prophet; Bridges, Tunnels, and Waterworks; Contemporary Fine Presses in America; Eskimo Graphic Art III; The Fabulous Decade; Kokoschka: King Lear, Apullian Journey, Hellas; Prints from the Mourlot Press; Old Master Prints; American Costumes; American Furniture; Masters of Ballet Design; Murals in Lace; The American Flag; Be My Guest!; Brass Rubbings from England; World Fairs; Paintings by Young Balinese; Paintings by Mexican Children; National High School Prints; Ancient Rock Paintings and Engravings; Colors and Patterns in the Animal Kingdom; The Stonecrop Family: Variations on a Pattern; The Color of Water; Pier Luigi Nervi. 1963-64: Alvar Aalto; Albers: Interaction of Color; Contemporary American Landscape Architecture; Birds of Asia; Antonio Frasconi 1952-63; Hearts and Flowers; The Nile; Religious Themes by Old Masters; Eero Saarinen; Swiss Posters. 1962-63: Craftsmen of the City; Historic Annapolis. 1961-62: Physics and Painting; UNESCO Watercolor Reproductions; Con- temporary Italian Drawings; The Face of Viet Nam; Le Corbusier — Chapel at Ronchamp. 1960-61 : The Image of Physics; Tropical Africa II. 1959-60: Images of War; Paintings by Young Africans; Japan I by Werner Bischof. 1956-57: Japan II by Werner Bischof. Smithsonian Activities Natural Sciences For the natural sciences the year was one of reappraisal and program consolidation. During this period an effort was made to reassess the Institution's role in the encouragement and support of of Scientific research in terms of its basic mission to increase and diffuse knowledge among men and in relation to the logistic resources re- quired to maintain the high quality of its research activities. It is appropriate to highlight here some of the new programs and activities to be described in greater detail elsewhere in this annual review in order to point up changes and trends in the Institution's research concepts. The Smithsonian's traditional interest in the biological sciences, particularly in systematics, prompted creation of a Task Force for Tropical Biology. Its mission was to survey the field of tropical biology and to design a comprehensive Tropical Biology Research Program embracing our existing scientific investigations in the Tropics and at the same time identifying other zones of research warranting the attention and the support of the Institution. One result of this survey, as the Secretary has noted, is that the Institution has broadened the research objectives and activities of its Canal Zone Biological Area, and redesignated it as the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. Also, a marine biological laboratory was added to STRI's research facilities and a program of research in tropical biology, involving close collaboration with other organizations concerned with the tropics, was initiated. During the same period, the Institution established on a tract of land located on the southwestern shore of the Chesapeake Bay, in Maryland, the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology. Its scientific research program is now being formulated by a consortium of academic institutions presently consisting of the Johns Hopkins University, the University of Maryland, and the Smithsonian Institution. The Center, which provides a natural biological preserve, both terrestrial and estuarine, in which to conduct long-term ecological and behavioral investigations, is visualized as the first of several field research stations strategically located so that scientists can construct a set of normal ecological standards, or so-called ecological bench marks. This system will permit them to measure and compare ecological changes, including those resulting from controlled environmental manipulation. The research objectives of the Office of Anthropology were broadened to include a Program of Urgent Anthropology designed to investigate 59 60 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 and document the cultures, languages, and physical characteristics of isolated communities and tribes threatened with extinction through assimilation and the encroachments of modern civilization. Professor Sol Tax of the University of Chicago is serving as a special advisor in anthropology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in order to facilitate this program. Another noteworthy change is the enlargement of the scientific responsibilities of the Office of Oceanography to include limnology. The Institution historically has been a leader in biological ocean- ography, and this enlargement is a tangible expression of its concern with the need for encouraging basic research concerned with fresh- water resources, especially lakes and rivers. The Office of Oceanog- raphy and Limnology has established a unique Oceanographic Research Guidance Committee to assist the Institution in assessing the taxonomic and ecological resources needed to support the research programs of public agencies and universities in the field of oceanography. The rapidly growing national program in oceanography involving the collection of marine organisms from the oceans of the world, requires facilities for processing and identifying specimens. The Committee will apprise the Institution of the status of oceanographic research programs and expeditions to that any necessary taxonomic assistance can be made available through the Smithsonian Ocean- ographic Sorting Center and through the research efforts of its scientists. To further the objectives of the International Biological Program and to consolidate the several investigations conducted by our scientists, a Smithsonian Institution Committee for the International Biological Program was formed. One noteworthy project initiated under this Program concerns the Center for Ecological Research, established in Belem, Brazil, which offers scientists from the United States and else- where an unparalled opportunity to collaborate on numerous inter- disciplinary ecological problems in the field. The problem of providing adequate logistic support for the Institu- tion's many research activities in the natural sciences has come in for a careful appraisal. As a result, the Smithsonian Research Awards Program concerns the center for ecological research established in who require "seed money" to initiate projects or to advance investiga- tions in progress. The Program was established to provide a mech- anism for responding rapidly to urgent financial requirements that cannot wait for the usual review and budgeting procedures. During this same period, the Institution established the Smithsonian Research Foundation as a means for increased administrative and logistic flexibility in the support of research projects. In this connec- tion, the Institution has established an annual inventory of research NATURAL SCIENCES 61 projects in order to determine the current and future resources needed to sustain the Institution's scientific research programs. A project- planning system was devised to enable each investigator to present the status of his research project as well as the future fiscal and man- power requirements for maintaining an optimum level of research activity. Finally, computer programs and automatic data processing tech- niques are being adopted for the collection, storage, and retrieval of information concerning museum specimens. As a first step in this process, an electronic punchtape system is being used to produce at one operation a tape from which cross-indexed catalog cards, specimen labels, and shipping lists can be produced. Museum of Natural History Richard S. Cowan, Director ~\ tore and more the museum scientist, whose goal is to elucidate the ■*■*■*- particular aspect of nature that is his specialty, finds that to achieve his goal he must seek data from ancillary fields to complement the conventional criteria of his own field. Thus, as his scientific horizons widen and he attacks larger, more complex problems, he finds that the research team approach is essential. In anthropology for example, teams of botanists, archaeologists, and geologists are working together to solve the riddle of ancient man's existence in the Oaxaca Valley of Mexico. In zoology, taxonomists are working directly with histologists and anatomists to unravel the mysteries of evolution in several groups of animals. In at least two major groups of plants, chemical data are being used to support the validity of gross morphology in the study of their systematics. In mineral sciences, rocks from the deep-water mid-Atlantic ridge and extra-terrestrial meteorites and tektites are being analyzed by the non-destructive electron probe. In paleobiology, the significance of variation in fossil animal populations is being tested and evaluated on the basis of studies of modern forms. In entomology, the subadult stages are being studied along with the total biology of the organism in order to better interpret the traditional criteria for elucidating the evolution of various insect groups. That such studies can coexist with the more classical ones is not merely evident, the conviction grows that they are truly interdependent and that the Museum scientist, sharing goals with scientists in other institutions — universities, for example, must seek closer ties with them. 63 64 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 With this in mind, it is heartening to report that an increase in the number of supportive personnel has permitted our professional staff to undertake such significantly broadening activities, among which, perhaps, the most important are those related to education, especially at the graduate or near-graduate level. In summer 1966 numerous college students served as temporary interns, working in the collections. Graduate students are working independently or with members of the staff for the doctorate degree. And several post-doctoral fellows are likewise studying in the collections. These, especially, while solving their own research problems, broaden the understanding and interest of our own people. But educational activities are not confined to non-Smithsonian researchers coming to work with our collections and with our scientists, for a growing number of the research staff are establishing formal and informal educational relationships with universities, both local and more distant. Several members of the staff are conducting seminars at these centers of learning, others have been granted leave of absence from the Institution to teach courses for one or more semesters, and a number are preparing to participate in a pilot program that will integrate the exhibits of the Museum with the curriculum of the District of Columbia secondary schools. The growing concern of the scientific staff that it relate more closely to the mainstream of science is further attested to by its broad participa- tion in both national and international meetings. Smithsonian policy seeks to have representation at every national or international scientific meeting of significance to the areas of our interest. In consequence, one or another of the scientific staff has journeyed to distant parts of the globe in the past year to interact with his counterparts overseas. In addition, a substantial number of conferences and symposia involv- ing outstanding scholars from this country and from abroad, have been convened at the Museum to discuss mutual problems, to formulate research programs, and to evaluate the progress of organizational units with respect to their ultimate goals. In biological research, the necessity for studying organisms in their living condition has understandably led to increased scientific travel to the field. It is with the deepest sadness and a sense of irreparable loss that it must be reported that one of the research staff gave his life in the service of science during the past year. Dr. E. Yale Dawson, whose article immediately follows this statement, was drowned in the Red Sea June 22 while studying the kinds, distribution, and ecological relationships of the marine algae there. An incredibly well-organized MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 65 and outstandingly productive researcher, Yale Dawson will be re- membered equally as a warm, friendly human who always had time for the interests of others. Though he himself is gone, the work he accomplished in research and in building the algological collections in the Museum will stand for a very long time as a monument to the industry and devotion he applied to his every scientific undertaking. To his memory, the following report on the Museum's activities for 1966, a year unparalleled for scientific progress, is dedicated. Marine Botany at the Smithsonian Early in its history the Smithsonian Institution recognized the significance to man of a knowledge of the vegetation of the sea. Its Contributions to Knowledge in the years 1851 to 1858 included a sumptuous monograph by W. H. Harvey on the seaweeds of North America, a work which has served as a superlative model to marine botany ever since. During succeeding years the study of marine animals in the Smith- sonian's Museum of Natural History far outstripped the study of plants of the sea. The classical collections of Harvey remained, however, in the National Herbarium, and to them were added through the years some 25,000 specimens of seaweeds of the world. The vast oceanographic enterprise of the International Indian Ocean Expedition in the early 1960s, in which the Museum of Natural History became deeply involved, provided a new impetus. The need for marine botanical studies became sharply evident, and from that need, a plan was developed through the office of the Assistant Director (Oceanography) to renew and to expand the established interests of the Smithsonian Institution in the vegetation of the sea. Activation of these plans was begun in 1963, and they received their most effective encouragement in 1965 with the establishment of an algal research facility in the new west wing of the Museum of Natural History. This facility, its use and application, has expanded rapidly during the past year. Some of the exciting and promising aspects of the program are outlined below. MARINE BOTANY FOR MARINE STATIONS The marked advance of higher education in biology in the United States is nowhere better illustrated than by the rapid advances since World War II in the field of oceanography, with all its biological ramifications. Nor has the new emphasis on marine sciences been confined to seaside institutions, for numerous inland colleges and uni- 66 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 versities are successfully seeking to provide marine facilities for their students. Yet these advances have not been achieved without growing pains. On the Pacific Coast, in 1940 there were, for example, but five marine laboratories, whereas now there are 22, and at each of these where courses in marine biology are taught, publications describing local faunas and floras are needed to serve teacher, student, and re- searcher in the identification of the organisms being studied. Yet since 1944, only a single local marine algal manual (designed for use at the Hopkins Marine Station in Pacific Grove, California), has been avail- able for the entire Pacific Coast with its varied and elaborate algal representation. Recognizing this need, the Smithsonian Institution in 1965 began to encourage the preparation of identification manuals on the marine plants of the Pacific Coast. In cooperation with Humboldt State College at Areata, California, and the National Science Foundation, a course in marine botany was presented, and, with che help of the class, an identification manual was written for the seaweeds in the vicinity of the new marine facility at nearby Trinidad. Currently, in collaboration with the University of Arizona and the Office of Naval Research, a similar manual is being completed for the algal flora near the new marine facility, on the upper Gulf of California, jointly operated by the University of Arizona and the University of Sonora. . Obviously, the rapid development of marine laboratory facilities of California, of which a major new one is that established on Catalina Island by the University of Southern California, makes imperative a modern and thorough treatment of the marine algae of the entire State. The Smithsonian, through arrangement with the Stanford University Press and with partial support of the Office of Naval Research, is now engaged in preparing such a "Marine Algae of California," coauthored by Dr. Isabella Abbott of the Hopkins Marine Station, Dr. G. J. Hollenberg of the University of Redlands, Dr. Paul C. Silva of the University of California at Berkeley, and the writer. This study involves the treatment and illustration of nearly a thousand species. Many of these, especially the deepwater forms, have re- mained underscribed to date, and new entities are being discovered regularly as underwater explorations are conducted by diver-botantists. The Smithsonian Institution has been collaborating with the Uni- versity of California at Santa Barbara in such exploration in the southern California Channel Islands, through Dr. Michael Neushul and his students at the marine laboratory in Goleta. Another aspect of the rapid expansion of marine stations in this country and the enormous enlargement of student bodies in marine science is the concurrent need for more instruction in marine botany. MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 67 Traditionally, the subject has been taught only by highly specialized researchers in marine algae, and no textbook on marine botany, as such, has been available to the less specialized botany teachers. The Smithsonian Institution recently supported the completion of the first such textbook which, in conjunction with the use of local marine floras such as are available or in progress, will make possible the teaching of marine botany at almost any college or university in the nation to which representative marine plants can be brought. Such a course, as part of the Smithsonian's program, will be presented in early 1967 at the University of Arizona, in Tucson, a seemingly un- likely place for the subject, but one at which much marine interest has been aroused by the provision of marine facilities only four hours distant in connection with the experimental desalination plant at Puerto Penasco, Sonora, Mexico, operated by the U.S. Department of the Interior. THE HERBARIUM IN FLORISTIC RESEARCH The conduct of phytogeographic research in the algae, as in any other group of organisms, requires the use of large collections for com- parative examination. The more comparative material that is avail- able, the more conclusive can be the taxonomic results and the more reliable the interpretations of specimens of an organism to which a useful name is assigned. The building up of the algal reference col- lections at the Smithsonian's Museum of Natural History is a major consideration. Although 25,000 specimens had accumulated up to 1965, no concerted effort had been made to develop a useful world representation, nor had adequate provision been made for deposition of liquid-preserved algal materials. Beginning in spring 1965, fieldwork directed toward assembling an extensive working collections of liquid-preserved algae was undertaken in California, in the Gulf of California, and in the Bahamas. A fortunate circumstance early in this program led to the acquisition by the Smithsonian of the large herbarium of the Beaudette Foundation for Biological Research, containing over 7,300 specimens, including 1500 liquid preparations and 700 microscope slides. This algarium was incorporated into the Museum's herbarium during summer 1965, and to the combined collection nearly 10,000 specimens have since been added through the able assistance of museum technician Charles F. Rhyne. Fieldwork is currently being continued through cooperation with several foreign algologists, who arranged field collecting trips for the writer during the summer of 1966. These include Dr. B. Toziin, University of Istanbul, Turkey; Prof. Joseph Powell, American Uni- 68 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 versity of Beirut, Lebanon; Dr. A. A. Aleem, University of Alexandria, Egypt; Dr. T. V. Desikachary, University of Madras, India; Mr. H. M. Burkill, Botanic Gardens, Singapore; Dr. H. B. S. Womersley, Uni- versity of Adelaide, Australia; and Dr. Valery May, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Australia. The conduct of fieldwork and the preparation and identification of specimens for the herbarium are greatly enhanced by collaboration of specialists who know well their own local floras. Thus, much of the field effort planned in the near future is to be conducted at estab- lished algological centers where rapid assembly of materials can be accomplished with the help of the most knowledgeable persons. At the same time, these foreign specialists are encouraged to prepare and send sets of their local materials in exchange. A number of such exchanges are already active, and additional agreements are being made from time to time. One of the latest of these is with the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum, Berlin-Dahlem, Germany, which lost its entire algal collection during World War II and is endeavoring to rebuild through exchanges for specimens currently being collected in an area of classical German algal research in the Adriatic Sea. Another major asset to the program of floristic studies and the prep- aration of manuals of Pacific American marine algae has been provided by the cooperation of the Allan Hancock Foundation at the University of Southern California. Its director, Dr. Leslie A. Chambers, has agreed to place on 5-year loan to the Smithsonian Institution the 26,000 algal specimens of its herbarium. The availability of these collections, assembled by the writer during 20 years' research in the Pacific, will greatly enhance and speed the current program. In addition to its herbarium collections of macroscopic algae, the Smithsonian's Museum of Natural History has developed over the years an outstanding collection of carefully prepared slides of diatoms. These, under the care of Paul S. Conger since 1935 now number some 24,000 microscope slides. A further research facility of considerable value is the Dawson marine algal library of some 5,000 titles which has been installed for use in the Museum's division of cryptogams. MONOGRAPHIC STUDIES OF CORALLINE ALGAE The continued development of field manuals and textbooks, and the integration of algological knowledge into a broader understanding of the oceans must ultimately depend upon detailed basic research on particular groups of marine algae. For many algae, even widespread and common species, only superficial information is available. There Seaweed collecting at Trinidad, California, near the Marine Station of Hum- boldt State College, one of the institutions with which the Smithsonian is cooperating in marine botany research (see p. 66). Below: Seaweed and sea lions at Bahia Independencia, Peru, in the southern region of the Marine Botany Program. E. Yale Dawson sampling sea- weed on a muddy shore in Potrero Bay, Costa Rica. Below: Phycologist at work on the sea floor, Isla Brin- canco, Panama. MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 69 are few specialists who enter into detailed anatomical, cytological, morphological, biogeographical, and physiological investigations of species and who are able, therefore, to integrate the results into system- atic studies of genera and families. Some large and important groups have been studied during the past century by only a handful of specialists the world over. The "crustose corallines," the calcified benthonic marine members of the red algae, comprise just such a neglected group. They occur from the Tropics to the Arctic; they are the major and, in some cases, even the primary elements of "coral" reefs; they form extensive banks and often control bottom form and benthonic animal populations in northern waters; and, being calcified, they are important fossils, occurring especially abundantly in rocks of Tertiary age. As fossils, they are of much interest to oil geologists because of their potential in dating and in determining paleoecology. Nevertheless, because of a lack of basic information, the crustose corallines are often treated in regional manuals with strong reservations as to accuracy, and in practice they are generally unidentifiable. Since 1964, Walter H. Adey of the Museum's division of paleo- botany has been engaged in a biosystematic-monographic study of the crustose corallines of the North Atlantic — arctic to tropic. Un- fortunately, the abundant, well-preserved collections and associated detailed field data needed for such a study have never been assembled, and even in the North Atlantic the necessary field facilities for such work are limited or not available. These difficulties notwithstanding, the area from Long Island Sound to northern Labrador has now been surveyed in some detail by use of small boats and diving gear. During the summer of 1965 the 134-foot freighter Phykos, obtained temporarily from the Navy reserve fleet, was used for preliminary study of the region from Sandy Hook to the Florida Keys. This vessel also pro- vided, below diving limits, a dredging and submersible capability for coralline work which cannot be matched with small boats. Continued extensive field work is planned for the next several years. Stations occupied in Jamaica during February 1966, with the assistance of Thomas Goreau and his staff at the Univeristy College of the West Indies, provided the additional information and collections prerequisite to preparing for the intensive Tropical Western Atlantic program that will begin in 1968-1969. During the summer and winter of 1966-1967 small boats will be used for intensive collecting of crustose corallines in Iceland and Norway, and in the spring and summer of 1967 this program will be extended to France and the British Isles. Integrated with the field investigations during 1966-1967 will be a "type" search and study program, at European museums, directed 70 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 toward providing a firmer taxonomic base for crustose corallines. This is necessary because the literature of coralline algae is largely deficient in the kind of detailed information on type specimens needed for accurate taxonomic interpretations. In many cases the whereabouts or even existence of type specimens is in doubt and must be researched and established. ALGOLOGY ALONG PACIFIC LATIN AMERICA The development of the University of Arizona marine station on the Gulf of California has stimulated renewed interest in the marine algae of Pacific Mexico and has shown a need for a revised marine flora of the Gulf of California to serve not only the station but other nascent marine facilities at Bahia de Los Angeles, at La Paz, at Guaymas, and at Mazatlan. In addition, a developing economic exploitation of sea- weed resources along the Pacific Coast of Mexico has created need for a more thorough knowledge of the kinds and distributions of Mexican algae. Several important species are currently being harvested along northwestern Baja California, Mexico, and the Smithsonian Institution has recently been instrumental in the birth of a new industry in the Gulf of California. There, through our assistance, Marine Colloids, Inc., of Rockland, Maine, has been successful in finding and initiating the harvesting of Eucheuma uncinatum, a seaweed much needed as a raw material for the production of industrial phycocolloids. A major focal point of biological attention along Pacific Latin America in recent years has been the Galapagos Islands. The Amer- ican Secretariat of the Charles Darwin Foundation for the Galapagos Islands is now situated in the Department of Botany, and several Smithsonian scientists are currently studying material obtained in 1964 on the expedition of the Galapagos International Scientific Project. Preliminary accounts of the cacti, the marine algae, and several groups of insects have been completed, and work on the amphi- pods and other animal groups is in progress. Several members of the Department of Botany are participating in the preparation of a new flora of the Galapagos being undertaken by the California Academy of Sciences through support of the National Science Foundation. Marine algal studies are continuing, and the Galapagos marine flora is currently being compared with the marine flora of mainland Ecuador and Peru. Planned collaboration in this program includes phycolo- gists Cesar Acleto of the Universidad de San Marcos, Lima, Peru, and Sylvia E. Taylor of Dunedin, Florida, both research participants on recent Pacific South American cruises of the National Science Founda- tion's research vessel Anton Br nun. MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INTRODUCTION 71 A further objective of the Pacific Latin American marine algal work is the continued preparation of floristic accounts and of illustrated identification keys to the genera and species. These are aimed at stimulating interest and promoting algological studies by resident investigators in the various eastern Pacific republics. Such manuals, in Spanish and English, have been prepared with support of the Office of Naval Research for El Salvador and for Pacific Central America, generally. A Spanish edition of Seaweeds of Peru is planned by Sr. Acleto, who is expected as a visiting investigator at the Smithsonian Institution during 1966-1967. E. Yale Dawson Division of Cryptogams Research and Publication SYSTEMATIGS While the overall objective of the office of systematics is to facilitate systematic undertakings within the entire biological community, its main concern is to help systematists in the Museum of Natural History initiate and extend research projects, especially those with an orientation transcending departmental structure. Externally the office seeks to develop in the entire scientific community an awareness of and appreci- ation for the stature, intrinsic importance, and intellectual content of systematics. The Office contracted with the Federal Services Division of the International Business Machine Corporation for a study of how data processing methods techniques can be applied to museum problems. Funds provided by the Office of Systematics enabled the department of invertebrate zoology to purchase equipment with which one operator can catalog all the very large number of collections being accessioned by the department, and which at the same time prints index cards on as many parameters as desired. In addition, the same operation automatically generates paper tape bearing the data from the collec- tions, and these data may then be inserted automatically in a central data center. It has been estimated that as much as a 60 percent in- crease in the efficiency of the cataloging operation is gained by having this equipment. A conference of distinguished primatologists was convened to assist in the development of a primatology program for the Museum of Natural History. The implementation of their planning in conjunction with that of the division of mammals is expected in the next fiscal year. Funds were provided for a joint study of the systematics of fishes of the mackerel assemblage by Tetsuo Matsui of the Institute of Oceano- ography and Robert Gibbs of the division of fishes. This support enabled Matsui to visit to the Smithsonian Institution for the purpose of studying the Atlantic populations of some of these fishes, on which Gibbs is a recognized specialist; this was especially important since Matsui previously had worked only with Indian and Pacific Ocean materials. 72 RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ECOLOGY 73 Systematic research is often hampered by a lack of knowledge of Oriental and less familiar languages in which scientific results are sometimes reported. Assistance was provided for the translation of critical research papers which were important to the successful com- pletion of monographic studies. ECOLOGY In recognition of the challenges and opportunities in the field of environmental biology, the Smithsonian on July 1, 1965, established an Office of Ecology. This new Office is headed by Dr. Helmut K. Buechner, formerly professor of zoology at Washington State Uni- versity, Pullman, Washington. The foundations for a program in ecology at the Smithsonian have existed for some time. Extensive biological collections such as those at the Smithsonian are essential for precise determination of the com- ponents of the ecosystems under study; the Smithsonian has long engaged in a variety of ecological and behavioral studies at the Smith- sonian Tropical Research Institute on Barro Colorado Island, Panama; and excellent experimental programs on photosynthesis and the effects of radiation on organisms have been developed at the Smithsonian Radiation Biology Laboratory. Against this background the Smithsonian is now building a program in environmental biology that will extend through all levels of biological organization. At the cellular and subcellular levels, and reaching up- ward into the organismal level, it hopes to expand the Radiation Biology Laboratory to provide a broad base in environmental physi- ology. Present research there is concentrated on plants — in studies of the transmittal of solar energy into metabolic responses, storage aspects of photosynthesis, energy conversion, and genetic mutations induced by radiation. Expansion of the program on the animal side in close association with the scientists at the National Zoological Park would provide the physiological foundation essential to an overall program in environmental biology. At the organismal level, ecological ap- proaches contribute to an understanding of phylogenetic relationships and evolutionary biology. At the higher levels of biological organi- zation— population systems, vegetation, and whole ecosystems — the Smithsonian is expanding into new fields. By adding this new dimen- sion effectively, it hopes to develop a broadly conceived, integrated program in ecology of significance both to science and to society. Within this general framework, the Smithsonian is now in the process of refining objectives to identify those areas in which effective contribu- 74 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY tions can be made through its own unique program and through an integration of its efforts with those at universities and other institutions here and overseas. In this connection the Smithsonian is initiating a survey of leading university programs in ecology to determine how and where it can contribute best to the growth of knowledge vital to establishing harmonious adjustments between man and his environ- ment in the years ahead. One way in which the Smithsonian can collaborate with universities is through its new foreign currency program. Under this program, initiated a little over a year ago, the Institution now has the financial capacity to pursue reseaixh in archaeology and anthropology in the countries where foreign currencies have been declared excess. These funds, derived from the sale of agricultural commodities, are made available to the Smithsonian under Public Law 480. Beginning in Fiscal Year 1967 the foreign currency program will be expanded substantially into environmental biology and oceanography. Through the use of these funds the Smithsonian has an unusual opportunity to combine and direct the efforts of anthropologists and ecologists toward developing a more complete history of man's environmental relation- ships as a basis for understanding his current behavior in various regional ecosystems. Foreign currencies will enable the Smithsonian to develop programs to study the structure and functions of natural ecosystems, with a view toward conservation and the orderly develop- ment of natural resources, in countries like India, Pakistan, and Ceylon. Both inventory and descriptive types of ecological investigations will be required, but thorough understanding of ecosystems will depend on studies of energy conversion through primary and secondary trophic levels, of the dynamics of population systems, and of regulatory mech- anisms of the system. It will be necessary, however, for the Smith- sonian to develop capabilities for handling ecosystem studies at home as well as abroad. The International Biological Program (IBP), which has a strong focus on environmental biology with a view toward broadening the productivity base for human populations, will provide unprecedented opportunity for ecological research and international conservation efforts during the 5-year period from 1967 to 1972. The Smithsonian will be engaged in the terrestrial conservation program of the IBP. Dr. Lee M. Talbot, an internationally known conservationist on the staff of the Office of Ecology, will work closely with the terrestrial conservation section of the IBP in the establishment of a World Network of Nature Reserves and the development of a world program in conservation. It is highly important that ecological benchmarks be RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ECOLOGY 75 set aside for scientific research. Some of these may be National Parks, others, Wilderness areas, and still others, small Nature Reserves. They should not be merely set aside for posterity — they should be carefully studied for their contributions to knowledge now and in the future. One of our major contributions to this network of reserves can be in the inventories of the biological components and general descriptions of the ecosystems preserved. The success of the IBP will depend largely on the rapid training of young people at all educational levels. Through its new division of education and training the Smithsonian can contribute to the educa- tional program of the IBP. On-the-job training with the collections at the Institution and in the field under the guidance of our own scientists and those from cooperating universities will be an essential part of the Smithsonian participation in the IBP. During 1965 the Smithsonian established the Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology on about 700 acres of land about 7 miles south of Annapolis, on the west shore of the Bay. To the original Forrest bequest, known as Java Farm, the southern portion of Ivy Neck has been added through the cooperation of Miss Adelaide Colhoun and a generous grant from the Ford Foundation. The Smithsonian on February 9, 1966, formed a consortium with The Johns Hopkins University and the University of Maryland for coopera- tion in research and education. It is an open-ended consortium, which may be joined by other universities in the Washington area, in what it is hoped will become an intellectually stimulating venture. Dr. Kyle Barbehenn, Director for the new Center, is now planning a well- rounded research program with the universities, including studies of vegetation change, field and laboratory studies of social behavior of mammals, estuarian ecology, and population regulation. One of our most important facilities in the developing ecological program is the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (formerly the Canal Zone Biological Area). Over the past 20 years an impressive series of studies have emanated from this island station. Recent em- phasis, under the excellent leadership of its Director, Martin H. Moynihan, has been on comparative behavior of primates, the evolution of interspecific relations, the significance of social signal systems, social organization and behavior of tropical birds, and isolating mechanisms in marine fishes (a detailed report of this work appears on p. 1 63) . STRI provides a model and a base for expanding ecological research in the New World tropics. Increased activity in tropical research has been initiated under the guidance of Dr. F. Raymond Fosberg, a newly appointed specialist on tropical biology who comes to the Smithsonian 76 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY from the Geological Survey with a wealth of tropical experience. The increased emphasis on tropical biology is in recognition of the signif- icance of this region to an understanding of the principles of ecology and evolutionary biology. A conference on bird life in central and northern Latin America, supported by a grant from The Conservation Foundation, was held at the Smithsonian April 13-15, 1966. The objective was to assess numerical changes in the populations of both resident and migratory birds in relationship to alterations in their habitats. This conference was first proposed by William Vogt, Secretary of The Conservation Foundation, who wondered whether the destruction of rain forests and other changes in vegetation might not have as much influence on recent declines in the numbers of migratory birds as agricultural pesticides. Most of the seven contributors from the five Latin American coun- tries represented, and appi-oximately a dozen contributors from the United States, agreed that because of their adaptability to wintering habitats, most migratory birds that breed in the north temperate zone can survive considerable environmental changes in their winter ranges. On the other hand, the conservation of resident species, particularly those of the humid tropical forests, is a much more serious problem. These birds, which through a long period of evolution are adapted to rain forests for nesting, are apparently losing ground. A group of conferees, headed by John W. Aldrich, compiled a list of 2 1 suggestions for action based on the conference papers and discus- sions. Among these the principal points covered were: (1) conservation of all renewable natural resources, as a basis for preservation of avifauna; (2) inventories and descriptions of samples of ecosystems; (3) control of illegal traffic in live birds and turtles and in cayman skins; (4) inter- national fellowships for training Latin American technicians; (5) trans- lations into Spanish of bird guides, of examples of successful conser- vation efforts, and of digests of books and articles on conservation; (6) the organization of bird-banding programs; (7) the development of intergovernmental studies on changes in the abundance of migratory birds; (8) international exchange of information; and (9) research, education, and publicity. The results of this conference may assist greatly, not only in the preservation of bird life, but in the overall conservation of renewable natural resources in northern Latin America. In summary, the Smithsonian plans to form a small group of some of the best research scholars in the country who will integrate their efforts (1) to contribute to theory in population biology and ecosystem science and (2) to provide information essential to the Federal Govern- RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION OCEANOGRAPHY 77 ment in the evolution of our society in the critical years ahead. In this challenging new era of ecological orientation the Smithsonian can serve as a point of focus for both national and international programs in basic research and education. The Smithsonian is in a position to play a major role in the IBP — the outgrowth of which it is hoped will be a continuing emphasis on environmental biology as the background for harmonious relationships of human societies within the world's ecosystems. As opportunities for making contributions to ecosystem science and conservation emerge, the Smithsonian stands ready to accept its responsibilities in the firm conviction that the survival of human soci- eties at high standards of living in quality environments depends on what is accomplished in environmental biology within the next decade. OCEANOGRAPHY As has been the case in recent years, the Smithsonian plays a key role in biological oceanographic operations at the federal level. We are the national center for the identification and study of whole marine organisms. Although complementary studies of commercial and sports fisheries are made by the Department of the Interior, the Institution provides basic information on the kinds, distributions, and populations of organisms in the world ocean. The principal work of the oceanography program is the support of specimen-oriented research that leads to the preparation of mono- graphs of groups of marine organisms, showing their relationships and describing their ecology. The Institution's staff members participated during the past year in 74 cruises of 14 ships belonging to 10 organizations. The oceanography effort was expanded to include marine sedi- mentology. Cores and sediments have been given to the Institution by the Navy, the Coast Guard, the Coast and Geodetic Survey, the Army Engineers, the Geological Survey, and other organizations. A new constant low temperature storage facility has been constructed and cores from the National Science Foundation's deep coring project will be transferred soon from their temporary storage area to our facility. Rocks from the mid-Atlantic ridge and from other oceanic areas have been collected and sent from other sources to the Institution for study by our active petrology group. In cooperative project undertaken with the U.S. National Academy of Sciences and the Government of the Republic of China, Assistant Director I. E. Wallen spent four weeks in Taiwan advising on ocean- ography development. The Institution, with support from the 78 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Department of State, sent Wallen to the meeting of a special panel of the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission on Mutual Assistance to Developing Countries. The Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center continued to expand its operations: the shipment of specimens increased, with 2,844,941 being sent to 190 specialists from 27 countries during the year, as contrasted to 2,260,949 to 70 specialists in the prior 2% years of its existence. The total of specimens sorted during the year was 3,527,415, against 4,924,210 for the previous 2% years. The involvement of specialists from 27 countries emphasized the point that there does not exist in any one country the capability to identify all marine organisms. Biological oceanography as practiced in the Smithsonian Institution is as international as the seas themselves. During the year the surplus oceanographic vessel Phykos was used for 2}{ months before being laid up. The small sailing yacht Ellida, acquired as a gift, was reconditioned at modest cost and was used for research in the Chesapeake Bay area during May and June 1966. ANTHROPOLOGY Two additional senior research scientists joined the office of anthro- pology this year, John C. Ewers, formerly Director of the Museum of History and Technology, and T. Dale Stewart, formerly Director of the Museum of Natural History. Both had accomplished sub- stantial amounts of research and writing during past years, in spite of the demands of their administrative duties; they will now be able to devote much more time to their scholarly activities. During the year, John C. Ewers completed seven papers on the ethnohistory of the Great Plains and on the artists who recorded or interpreted its Indians. He also began work on an historical intro- duction to a centennial edition of George Catlin's O-kee-pa, the famous artist's major descriptive contribution to ethnology, to be published by the Yale University Press. He served as chairman of the planning committee of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration, held at the Institution from September 16 to 19, 1965. On June 5, 1966, The University of Montana awarded Ewers the honorary degree of Doctor of Laws, in recognition of his contributions to museology and to the history and ethnology of the Plains Indians. T. Dale Stewart worked on his report on the archeological site in Stafford County, Virginia, known as Patawameke, from which Pocahontas was kidnapped in 1613 and taken to Jamestown. He edited portions of the volume on physical anthropology of the Handbook of Middle American Indians, being published by the University of Texas ", .jM^r--" ~ - • *^Stfr ' ^&>&^ B^^^ip^*" ■ Chesapeake Bay Center for Field Biology. Grants (see pp. 14 and 45) have enabled the Smithsonian and its associates in the consortium — The Johns Hopkins University and the University of Maryland- — -to add two key parcels of land to the recentiy established Center. The three peninsulas that make up the southern half of Ivy Neck Farm are shown in the foreground while the B-shaped Corn Island is in the upper right. Hog Island, lying beyond Corn Island, and the forest to the right of that Island are part of the original Forrest bequest of 368 acres, acquired in 1962. The Center now contains 700 acres, including mature forest, second growth, old fields, cultivated fields, and salt marsh. With control of over 10 miles of shoreline, it is the largest undeveloped expanse on the western shore of the Chesapeake Bay. It lies a mere 7 miles south of Annapolis and an hour's drive from Washington or Baltimore, making it a convenient site for the use of biologists in the region. As the facility develops, it should attract students of ecology and behavior from around the world. (Official U.S. Navy photo.) Etruscan amphora of the late 6th century B.C. before and after cleaning in the anthropology conservation laboratory. Below: Example of thickening in Neolithic skulls from Turkey (see p. 85) caused by anemia, probably the result of chronic malarial infection: Top one is normal, middle (cremated) and bottom ones are thickened. xkf - > RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 79 Press, and he outlined exhibit scripts for the section of the hall of physical anthropology concerned with ancient man. Waldo R. Wedel was in the field in the summer of 1965, assisted by museum specialist George S. Metcalf and five university students, excavating an early historic Indian village in central Kansas. Believed to have been inhabited by a Wichita Indian group about A.D. 1500-1 700, the site consists of refuse heaps scattered around an elliptical pattern of shallow oblong depressions placed end-to-end around a low earth mound. Excavations in 1940 had disclosed two long narrow curving pithouses inside the ring of surface depressions. In 1965, two more such pithouses were found; with those opened previously, they formed a subrectangular pattern around the mounded center and within the ring of depressions or "borrow pits." No similar structures or arrangement of structures have yet been reported from the Plains region or elsewhere. From their floors, beneath a thick layer of burned roof and wall material, were taken much pottery, and stone, bone, and shell artifacts generally like those found elsewhere on the site in stor- age pits and refuse mounds. From their central location in the village and their unusual construction and arrangement, it is tentatively in- ferred that these earth-covered pithouses probably represented the dwellings of the village leaders. At two other village sites lying about 800 and 2,100 yards east and south of the circle excavated, similar circles of depressions occur around a central mound. The line connecting their centers runs 30° south of due east, and, projected to the eastern horizon, corresponds exactly with the sunrise position at the winter solstice. Local observers on December 21-22, 1965, verified the alignment of these two circles with the rising sun. Since no obvious topographical or other reason appears for such an alignment, and in light of other alignments and orientations of sites and features, the location of these circles and their unique character argues for an intentional or planned placement on a recognized axis. These findings suggest strongly that the Wichita Indians of the 16th and 17th centuries, like their contemporaries among the upper Rio Grande pueblos, had a ceremonial calendar based on an astronomical year beginning with the winter solstice, instead of a descriptive calendar like most of their Plains neighbors in which the time reckoning began with some event of particular importance to the Indian. Scattered and disarticulated human bones found in the four pithouses, some of them charred or burned, suggest the possibility of enemy action or that human sacrifice was practiced. Ethnographic data indicate that winter solstice rituals in the Southwest were somehow connected with human sacrifice. Further examinations at other of the known 80 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY circles in central Kansas are urgently needed to determine more accurately the relationships between these specialized structures and astronomical points, and the possibility that rituals of human sacrifice were directly involved. As a result of widespread newspaper publicity given the dig, visitors came in ever-increasing numbers, averaging 30 to 50 a day during the last few weeks, so that a total of about 3,000 persons, including many foreign visitors, saw Smithsonian research in progress at the site. Henry B. Collins continued his Eskimo research, supervising the preparation of two volumes issued by the Arctic Institute of North America: volume 6 of the series, Anthropology of the North: Translations from Russian Sources, a translation of A. P. Okladnikov's "The Soviet Far East in Antiquity, An Archaeological and Historical Study of the Maritime Region of the U.S.S.R.," and volume 12 of Arctic Bibliography, a series which summarizes and indexes the contents of publications in all fields of science, and in all languages, pertaining to the Arctic and sub- Arctic regions of the world. Robert M. Laughlin continued his work on a Tzotzil-English, English-Tzotzil dictionary (Tzotzil, a Mayan language, is spoken by approximately 100,000 Indians in the state of Chiapas, southeastern Mexico). The dictionary now contains some 20,000 entries. This is the most complete dictionary compiled since the 16th century for any American Indian language. As part of the Archbold-Bredin-Smithsonian Biological Survey of the Island of Dominica, in the British West Indies, Clifford Evans and research associate, Betty J. Meggers conducted an intensive arche- ological survey on Dominica during January 1966. After field recon- naissance located 22 different sites, many of which are early French and English colonial rather than Indian, it was determined that the ecological conditions for Indian occupation were so poor in comparison to nearby Guadaloupe and Martinique and other lesser Antilles that Indians must have used the island as a "stepping stone" without long occupation at any one spot. Supported by a Smithsonian research award, a long-range program of archeological research was begun in Brazil with Evans and Meggers as principal investigators. Nine Brazilians trained by them in 1964 under the auspices of the Fulbright Commission have carried on the collaborative research efforts in the field. Official negotiations and agreements were arranged between the Smithsonian Institution and the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas of Brazil, which named as their official representative in Brazil the Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, in Belem. The program was assisted by Artur Hehl Neiva of the Fulbright Commission who served as liaison. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 81 At the close of the fiscal year, Evans and Meggers were in Brazil inspecting each project to be sure that all participants were conducting their work according to standardized procedures of note-taking, classification, record-keeping, etc. so that at the close of the 5-8 year program all interpretations from all sites are comparable. The nine Brazilian archeologists have conducted field work to date in the States of Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catarina, Parana, Sao Paulo, Guanabara, Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Rio Grande do Norte and Matto Grosso. Al- ready some extremely important data have been secured, including deep stratified Paleo-Indian deposits in Rio Grande do Sul, and pottery-bearing sites in the State of Bahia, from which pottery had not previously been recorded. Using the hydration thickness technique of dating, Evans analyzed and interpreted the obsidian artifacts from Easter Island for inclusion by Thor Heyerdahl in volume two of the history and archeology of Easter Island. The reliability of an aspect of glotto-chronology is being questioned in an article now in preparation by William H. Crocker. Two Canela vocabularies taken from the same group and collected by different people in the same decade have been found to contain enough non- cognates to account for one thousand years of geographical separation. These noncognates are generally either synonyms or words with similar meanings, or attributable to errors of the field workers concerned. Newly collected data on the Canela messianic movement were prepared for presentation at the Symposium on the Biota of the Amazon, in Belem, Brazil, in June 1966.* For the 37th Congress of Americanists, being held in Argentina in September, Crocker has prepared an acculturative history of the Canela Indians since 1900. The early monograph on the Canela, The Eastern Timbira, by Curt Nimuendaju, was utilized as a mid- point base to assure the reliability of the information and the trends. Groups of informants of different age-grades were used to reconstruct the conditions of each of their adolescent initiation periods as the tribe moved from one old village site to another. As a result of the efficacy of this technique, a fairly full history of innovations, losses, and trends has been reconstructed, with the maximum error for most items being about plus or minus two years since 1900. In order to continue his acculturation study of the Canela and to obtain informa- *As reported in Smithsonian Tear 1965 (pp. 40-42) a prophetess among the Canela Indians of Brazil predicted that the traditional culture hero would come to earth to save his people and turn them into civilizados. They believed her and danced continuously and stole cattle to facilitate the festivities untd they were attacked and driven out of their lands by the neighboring Brazilian hinterlanders. 230-457—66 8 82 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY tion between field visits, Crocker has trained three Canela Indians to record information on certain daily events. They write from 40 to 60 pages a month, and these manuscripts have been received regularly by mail. It is expected that at least one autobiography can be edited from these materials, and since one of the Indians makes his contribu- tion partly in his own language using phonemic script, his texts will serve to facilitate the linguistic analysis of the language. A system for coding the Canela ethnographic materials has been worked out, and a collection of about 12,000 Keysort cards is now ready for utiliza- tion in the analysis of specific topics. Gus W. Van Beek concentrated his research on the pre-Islamic pot- tery chronology of Hajar Bin Humeid, the longest continuously oc- cupied pre-Islamic site as yet excavated in southern Arabia. In addition to the ongoing descriptive work, technical studies of certain types of pottery were initiated. One of these, in collaboration with William Melson of the department of mineral sciences, involves the petrographic analysis of representative pottery types to permit a more accurate description of the composition of the pottery. The other, in collaboration with Edward V. Sayre of the Brookhaven National Lab- oratory, utilizes neutron activation analysis to investigate the composi- tion of one type of pottery, sand-tempered ware, with a wide distribution at a number of sites stretching in a belt from northeastern Ethiopia to Hadhramaut in southern Arabia; this analysis of trace elements should show whether sherds from all sites are identical and these data will indicate whether examples of this ware were made at one or more centers and whether direct trade was involved in its distribution. During the year, Van Beek also studied the enigmatic monolithic stele at Axum, Ethiopia, and presented before the African Studies Association, meeting in Philadelphia, October 27-30, 1965, a paper entitled "The Monuments of Axum in the Light of South Arabian Archeology," in which it was shown that these gigantic granite stele probably belong to the beginning of the Christian era in Ethiopia (A.D. 327), and must be interpreted in the light of the then rapidly developing Christian symbolism. He also prepared a survey and annotated bibliography on the archeology of Arabia during the period from 1960 to 1965 for the Council on Old World Archaeology. William C. Sturtevant continued his research on the culture of the Seminole Indians and related topics, in Washington and through visits to museums and archival collections elsewhere. He also initiated a long-term project aimed towards an exhaustive catalog of all illus- trations of Northeastern Indians done before 1860 and having any claim for ethnographic accuracy. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 83 Research on the collections, in conjunction with preparation of materials for exhibition in the hall of the cultures of Africa and Asia, was continued by Gordon D. Gibson. At the Peabody Museum and at Essex Institute, both in Salem, Massachusetts, Saul H. Riesenberg abstracted ethnographic and historical materials from the collections of ship's logs and journals in connection with his research in Micronesian ethnohistory. With the aid of a native Ponapean in this country, a student at Princeton, he carried forward the task of translating an important Ponapean manu- script which he and John L. Fischer of Tulane University, are anno- tating and preparing for publication. A sourcebook of Korean anthropology being prepared by Eugene I. Knez, in collaboration with Chang-Soo Swanson and assisted by Willie Song, will include, in translation, a selection of articles pertaining to Korean life and culture written by Korean and Japanese scholars and scientists representing the major subdivisions of anthropology. A selected and annotated bibliography of 500 articles, monographs, and books has been completed and will constitute the other half of the sourcebook. Most of the Asian articles and the bibliographic items have appeared in print since 1900, but are from many sources not well known here, or from out-of-print journals. Kent V. Flannery and his field party left in December for Mexico to begin their study of the prehistoric human ecology of the Valley of Oaxaca. Geomorphologists Michael and Anne Kirkby began by mapping the land forms and geological strata of the Valley, which is in the shape of a capital T, 70 miles from north to south and 30 miles east to west. It is now clear that the region was cut by the upper tributaries of the Atoyac River, and is, in effect, a river valley with at least three definable terraces; there never was a "giant lake" in central Oaxaca as suggested by earlier investigators. The distribution of archeological sites, and even the different types of soils accompanying them, make it clear that the prehistoric rise to prominence of the Valley of Oaxaca was not a product of any "lush, fertile, well-watered" aspect attributed to the Valley by earlier writers; in fact, its rise was a tribute to the ingenuity of the prehistoric Indians in making use of its scanty surface water and alluvial soil. No great "irrigation civiliza- tion," with centralized bureaucratic control of water resources was possible here, because no single stream in the valley could be used to irrigate more than a square mile; rather, there are at least 15 types of irrigation going on all over the valley, with intensively local adapta- tions. Some regions produce 10 alfalfa crops a year, while others can grow only maguey (Agave sp.). Preliminary indications are that early farmers here clung desperately to the alluvial areas with a 3-meter 84 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY water table and spread only later into the vast stretches of marginal land upstream. The oldest prehistoric phase excavated dates to roughly 5000-3500 B.C. and resembles the Coxcatlan phase in the Valley of Tehuacan, 160 miles to the north. These early agriculturalists hunted deer and rabbit in the mountains near Mitla, and in the rock shelters where they camped have been found occupation floors containing hundreds of plant specimens pre- served by dessication. The presence of acorns and hardened deer antler suggests that these were autumn encampments by groups who were harvesting both wild and domestic plants as well as doing some hunting. Also during Early Formative times, in the Valley, villages were being built with houses having partial stone foundations and walls of wattle and daub. The pottery decoration, figurines, and other artifacts clearly show that important strides had already been made toward the craft specialization and urbanization that mark the growth of civilization in Mexico as elsewhere. Four main vegetational (and faunal) zones have been located in the Mitla area. One is the valley floor itself, at 1 ,600 meters, characterized by mesquite and prickly pear. A lower zone, the canyons east of Mitla, at 1,300 meters, is arid tropical, with iguanas and kapok trees {Ceiba sp.). A higher zone, on the lower mountain slopes at 1,900 meters, has oak, organ cactus, maguey, copal (Bursera) and guaje (Lucaena). This is the richest zone in wild plants and was intensively used for collecting and hunting, while the valley floor was intensively used for agriculture. The fourth and last zone, the surrounding moun- tain tops at 2,200 meters or more, has oak, pine, manzanita, and madrono. Caves have been located in all four of these zones, and it is hoped to excavate one in each this season in order to extablish use of wild resources in prehistory. The definition of vegetation zones will be made easier by the 800 specimens of plants collected in January and February by Wallace Ernst of the department of botany. Tie-ins between the ethnographic work of Aubrey Williams, Univer- sity of Maryland, and the archeological work have been numerous. For example, working near Mitla at a purely dry-farming village, Williams discovered that farmers there plant one crop a year of yellow corn, black beans, and squash, in the same field, as well as a crop of small black beans which are cultivated on marginal land. Four miles away, at "Guila Naquitz" cave, in levels dating to A.D. 900, the archeologists uncovered a series of storage pits which contained exactly the same four food products. In February 1965, Robert L. Stephenson began a sabbatical leave from his duties as Acting Director of the River Basin Surveys. Before and during this leave he worked on reports on his archeological research RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION — ANTHROPOLOGY 85 in the Whitney Reservoir area of Central Texas, on the Blue Blanket Island Site, on the Potts Village Site and on the Sully Site, all of Oahe Reservoir, South Dakota. Richard B. Woodbury and research associate, Nathalie F. S. Wood- bury, in collaboration with Watson Smith, Peabody Museum, Harvard University, completed a report on the 1917-1923 excavations at the Zuni ruin of Hawikuh, New Mexico, which were directed by Frederick Webb Hodge, formerly Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology. The excavations were sponsored by the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, New York, which is publishing the report. Hodge's voluminous field notes and the extensive room plans and drawings of pottery designs were used in the compilation. In addition, the pottery was reclassified and new type definitions were prepared in accordance with current archeological practice, although Hodge's own stratigraphic study was discovered in manuscript form and is included in the report. In August 1965, the Smithsonian Institution and the Georgia Kraft Company of Rome, Georgia, entered jointly into a research contract for the salvage of archeological sites, near Cottonton, Alabama, along the Chattahoochee River, which would otherwise be lost forever through the construction of a new paper mill and its supporting services. Research associate C. G. Holland, conducted field work for six weeks in areas ahead of the construction and as the work continues additional archeological investigation will be carried out. The salvage archeology is being conducted in an early to middle 18th-century Indian village producing gunflints, Indian pottery, kaolin pipes, trade beads, and iron artifacts. Olga Linares de Sapir continued archeological research in Senegal as an honorary collaborator. She made extensive excavations in shell mounds that unfortunately are being destroyed rapidly in the wanton excavation of the shell for paving primary and secondary roads. In addition to the work in Senegal she was able to travel into the Cameroons, Nigeria, and Ivory Coast and compare the status of archeological research in these areas with Senegal. Interesting com- parative information was obtained, but only in Nigeria is there a fully developed research program in archeology through the University in Ibadan. Museum specialist George S. Metcalf, in collaboration with Kent Flannery, prepared a report on an Olmec "were -jaguar" from the Yucatan Peninsula. He also collaborated with Stephen de Borhegyi on a study of an inscribed celt from Guatemala. J. Lawrence Angel, in Greece and Turkey in summer 1965, studied more than 500 human skeletons from sites ranging from Paleolithic 86 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY to 19th century A.D. The Early Neolithic material from Catal Hiiyuk (N=34) in the marsh-edged Konya plain and from Nea Nikomedeia (N=104) in the marshy Macedonian plain near the old coastline shows a high incidence (20-30 percent) of fully developed porotic hyperostosis in adults (healed) and children. This overdevelopment of blood-forming diploe of skull and bone marrow (children) indicates anemia, probably sicklemia or thalassemia occurring in response to chronic severe infestation by malarial Plasmodium falciparum. Later Neolithic skeletons from Kephala (51) on rocky Kea and bones from Early Bronze Age Karatas (155) in mountainous Lycia show little or no hyperostosis. Angel is synthesizing results from about 150 later skeletons combined with his 1,200 from the Greek mainland to analyze the interaction between such health factors as malaria, arthritis, level of nutrition and age at death, and historical change. Lucile E. Hoyme directed a Howard University student, Walker B. Moore, in the identification of juvenile skulls in the collections of the Division of Physical Anthropology, in terms of physiological age at death. A precoded form for automatic data processing was designed, with the help of museum technician Donald J. Ortner, on which were recorded stage of tooth eruption, tooth wear, caries, and suture closure. Approximately 4,000 Eskimo and Aleut crania were examined, of which 291 proved to be juveniles. A method was also worked out for establishing the sequence of tooth eruption, and W. B. Moore used this as the basis for a prize-winning exhibit at the 100th annual meeting of the District of Columbia Dental Society. Donald J. Ortner developed methods for microprobe study of mineral concentration in bone, and in a pilot study found probable aging differences in Haversian systems. Hoyme also continued research on the geographical distribution of various human cranial characteristics, to determine whether patterns of distribution corresponding to climatic regions would suggest the mode of action of natural selection. Certain predicted correlations between cranial form and climatic factors proved absent, but it appears that natural selection maintains and even increases individual variation. Preliminary analysis of the American Indian and Siberian crania studied suggests other internal correlations, which will be tested as the research proceeds. Organizing and filing the data sheets of the Human Relations Area Files was completed during the year. There are now files of informa- tion (mostly photocopied from published sources, but also using un- published material) on 266 ethnic or political groups, representing the entire inhabited world. Use of the files by the Smithsonian staff and by visiting scholars and other government agencies has increased RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 87 markedly. About 50 outside research projects made use of the files, compared to 30 the previous year. River Basin Surveys In February 1966, Warren W. Caldwell was appointed Director of the River Basin Surveys, succeeding Robert L. Stephenson, who had been serving as Acting Director. The Smithsonian River Basin Surveys participated in a wide range of archeological projects during the year, concentrating on the Missouri Basin as in previous years. Field investigations totaling 13, of which 9 were active in July and August 1965, were focused primarily upon the major enclave of horticultural communities extending along the axis of the Missouri River in the two Dakotas ; however, reconnaissance and excavation parties worked in Iowa, Wyoming, and elsewhere in North Dakota as well. 1. The Sommers site, upper Big Bend Reservoir, South Dakota, continuing investigations begun in 1964 at what is perhaps the largest of the early villages in the Middle Missouri area. In addition to the clearing of several deeply buried houses, the 1 965 excavations demon- strated that at least part of the village was defended by a deep ditch or dry moat. 2. The Cattle Oiler site, a small, isolated village in the upper Big Bend Reservoir where for the first time evidence was found of con- temporary or closely subsequent occupations by peoples of the Initial Middle Missouri and Extended Middle Missouri Traditions. 3. The Ketchen site, just downstream from the Cattle Oiler village appears to have been occupied by peoples of the Middle Missouri Tradition. Although architectural features are abundant, other evi- dences suggest that the occupation was of short duration, or possibly, that the village was never completed. 4. The eastern shore of the upper Big Bend Reservoir just down- stream from Pierre, South Dakota, where five sites were tested. For the most part, architectural remains were few and indeterminate; however, enough evidence was found to indicate that the principal occupations fell within the generic "La Roche" category. 5. The Thomas Riggs site, in the Oahe Reservoir just upstream from Pierre, South Dakota. Prior investigators had concluded that the village was unfortified; however, aerial photographs suggested the presence of a complex, bastioned defensive perimeter. Test excava- tions using heavy earth-moving machinery proved the existence of a moat and palisade and indicated that further, intensive work is necessary. 88 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY 6. The Fort Manuel site, in the upper Oahe Reservoir of north- central South Dakota, an important but short-lived trading establish- ment of 1812-1813. 7. The Medicine Crow site, near Fort Thompson in the lower Big Bend Reservoir where a renewed excavation exposed a fire hearth attributable to the early preceramic occupations. 8. The Fort Yates area, upper Oahe Reservoir, south-central North Dakota, excavating at the Ben Standing Soldier and Battle Greek Sites where remains of the Extended Middle Missouri Horizon ("Archaic Mandan") were found. In addition, tests at the Porcupine Creek Site produced good evidence of the early period of settlement on the Standing Rock Reservation. 9. The Arpan site, in the middle Oahe Reservoir near Mobridge, South Dakota, where a low mound was excavated that contained sec- ondary human burials within a sub-floor pit. The remains were culturally related to others in the immediate vicinity and are assumed to date within a few years of A.D. 1200. 10. The Stelzer site, a Plains Woodland camp area near the Arpan Mounds that has produced significant Plains Woodland remains in the past. Continued excavations here added no new evidence, however, remains of early-day "homesteader" activities were found. 1 1 . Some 47 sites were recorded in reservoir and canal rights of way within the Garrison Diversion Project of eastern North Dakota. At least 12 of these, including mound groups and Woodland camps seem to be important enough to warrant continued investigation. 12. A number of sites were found during a reconnaissance of the Bowman-Haley Reservoir on the upper Grand River in southwestern- most North Dakota. Two camp areas, both of McKean affiliation, will require intensive excavation. 13. A brief shoreline survey of the Angostura Reservoir, south- western South Dakota, assessed the effects of bank erosion. In June of 1966, 6 additional parties began field investigations as follows: 1. Additional work at the Sommers site to trace the defensive ditch discovered during previous excavations. 2. Continued excavation at the Cattle Oiler and Ketchen villages in order to establish relationships between the sites and to clarify the sequence of occupation. 3. The Durkin site, a large, early village in the Big Bend Reservoir that is assumed to be important to the interpretation of the adjacent Sommers Site. 4. The lower Cannonball site, a large village in the upper Oahe Reservoir that seems to mark a crucial point in the putative transition from the Extended to the Terminal Middle Missouri Horizon. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ANTHROPOLOGY 89 5. Excavation of one or more sites of McKean affiliation within the Bowman-Haley Reservoir. 6. Mummy Cave, near Cody, Wyoming, where a combined Whitney Gallery of Western Art-National Geographic Society- Smithsonian Institution party was excavating deep deposits containing a long sequence of human occupation. In addition to the field parties of the River Basin Surveys, a number of other institutions worked within the Missouri Basin under coopera- tive agreement with the U.S. National Park Service. At the beginning of the year, the cooperators included: the University of Missouri, the University of Kansas, the Kansas State Historical Society, the State Historical Society of North Dakota, and the University of Nebraska. At the end of the fiscal year, cooperative agreements had been con- cluded with four institutions for investigations within the Basin: the University of Missouri, excavating in the Stockton and Kaysinger Bluff reservoirs of Missouri; the State Historical Society of North Dakota in the Oahe Reservoir of North Dakota; the University of Kansas, excavating in the Clinton Reservoir, northeast Kansas; and the University of Nebraska in the Glen Elder Reservoir, north-central Kansas. New Programs Towards the end of the fiscal year, the Smithsonian Office of An- thropology was engaged in preliminary planning for several major new research programs under the stimulus of Professor Sol Tax, of the University of Chicago, who on January 1, 1966, was appointed special advisor on anthropology to the Security of the Smithsonian Institution. As part of a substantial long-range research program of the Office of Anthropology on ancient technology, Precolumbian metal artifacts excavated from the Milagro Culture of Ecuador by Evans and Meggers in 1961 have been submitted to the Battelle Memorial Institute of Columbus, Ohio, for metallographic and spectrochemical studies. The reports received to date are so significant that the study is being broadened for the next several years to include the testing of artifacts from both New and Old World archeological cultures such as Arabia. Field research to rescue data on traditional crafts ahead of the rapidly changing cultures brought on by western industrialization is being organized in such areas as Iran and will be extended to other parts of the world. In April 1965, the Office of Anthropology decided to begin work towards a multi-volume "Handbook of North American Indians" to update the encyclopedic Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico (Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, 2 vols., 1907-1910), which has been the most widely useful of the 200 Bulletins and 48 large Annual 90 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Reports of the Bureau. William C. Sturtevant agreed to serve as editor of this new Handbook, and planning as to its content and format began. The aim is to produce a reference work for scholars and the interested public, which will summarize and systematize anthropological and historical knowledge of the cultures, languages, and physical form of the Indians north of Mexico, and outline the course and results of their relationships with the later European and African settlers of the continent. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Research activities in the division of fishes included a broad range of studies by the staff and the approximately 160 visiting investigators who came to the division to consult with the staff on their research projects and to study the extensive fish collections. Ernest A. Lachner's studies of eastern North American barbeled nest-building chubs (Cyprinidae) have resulted in a comprehensive synthesis of their systematics, morphology, and distribution. His field studies contributed to the understanding of the biology and biogeog- raphy of the species and species groups. His ichthyological data have been correlated with the geology and physiography of the area, resulting in a comprehensive summary of the origins of the upland freshwater fish fauna of the eastern United States. The systematic studies by Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., with Bruce Collette, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, of the giant-sized tunas of the world will have broad application in the fishery industry, and will be used by the industry and by fishery management organizations in many countries of the world where a* tuna fishery is part of the economic income of the nation. It is the first real analysis of the specific identity of the several populations found in the oceans of the world. William A. Gosline, Professor of Zoology, University of Hawaii, was appointed senior postdoctoral research associate for the year beginning September 1965. The subject of his investigation was the arrangement and classification of the major groups of the order Perci- formes, which with several thousand species, is the largest single order of living fishes. His approach to the problem is primarily through comparative osteology. Victor G. Springer completed a revision of the circumtropical blennioid fish genus Entomacrodns. One of the few intensive studies of tropical marine shore fishes, this research has resulted in a broader concept of fish speciation, distribution, origin, and evolution than has existed heretofore. A major advance in the zoogeography of this Many surviving village sites along the Big Bend Reservoir are in danger of destruction. Much of the Catde Oiler Site here (see p. 87) has already collapsed into the lake. Below: Remains of defensive stockade at Fort Manuel (see p. 88), a fur-trade post of 1812-13 in the central Oahe Reservoir, north-central South Dakota. Collecting macaroni penguins on Elephant Island, off the Antarctic Peninsula (see p. 92), are Smithsonian scientists George Watson and J. P. Angle. The site is that where Shackleton's party wintered during his 1914-16 expedition. Below: Robert H. Gibbs, Jr., dissecting a marlin during cruise 14 of RV Anton Brun in the Southeast Pacific (see p. 90). \ RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 91 area has resulted. He is continuing his studies of the osteology, phylogeny, and relationships of the Blenniidae. Stanley H. Weitzman's osteological studies of numerous families and groups of fishes contributed to a recent classification of fishes, pub- lished in 1966, which he wrote in collaboration with P. H. Greenwood, D. E. Rosen, and G. S. Myers. This classification collates for the first time in many years the abundant nomenclature of the higher categories of fishes and presents tentative phyletic arrangements of families and orders. A new service to the science of herpetology was inaugurated in the division of reptiles and amphibians with the appearance of the first issues of the Smithsonian Herpetological Information Services. These are intended to provide multilithed copies of translations, indexes, bibliographies, lists, and similar material for distribution to herpeto- logical laboratories. It is common for an investigator to prepare as a useful adjunct to his own work an index or translation which would be equally useful to his colleagues if available but is generally not suitable for formal publication. This is the type of material which the Information Services distribute, and the scope of the project is indicated by the items currently available: A list of the herpetological publications of the United States National Museum, 1853-1965. 12 pp., issued December 10, 1965. On the biology of the giant Indonesian monitor lizard; by Darevsky and Kadarsan [translated from the Russian]. 6 pp., issued Decem- ber 10, 1965. A list of institutions offering course work and degree programs in herpetology. 9 pp., issued December 18, 1965. Considerations concerning the variability of amphibians and reptiles, by Stugren [translated from the Rumanian]. 10 pp., issued May 6, 1966. Curator Doris M. Cochran and her collaborator Coleman J. Goin submitted for publication their monograph on the frogs of Colombia. In this study, 27 new species and subspecies of frogs are described. James A. Peters pursued his long-term work on Ecuador, with current emphasis on the zoogeographical and taxonomic problems of the fauna of the higher altitudes of the Amazonian slopes of the Andes. He spent October on the coastal plain investigating the transition zone between the dry, almost desert conditions of south- western Ecuador, which lie under the influence of the Humboldt Current, and the dense tropical rain forests of northwestern Ecuador, which show greatest relationships with the Caribbean slopes of Central America. Work was begun on a list of the snakes of the family Typhlopidae for Das Tierreich, to be included in the Liste der rezenten 92 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Amphibien und Reptilien. An annotated list of rare and endangered species of reptiles and amphibians in the United States was prepared for the Department of the Interior's "Redbook," written by the Com- mittee on Rare and Endangered Species, of which Peters is a member. Curator George E. Watson continued work with J. P. Angle on an identification manual of Antarctic birds, participating in a joint U.S. Antarctic Research Program oceanographic research cruise on USCGC Eastwind to the Antarctic Peninsula, South Shetland and South Orkney Islands, from the end of December until early March. He also continued research on the birds of Greece, visiting seabird colonies throughout the Aegean islands, under the sponsorship of the National Geographic Society. Paul Slud concluded his field work in Costa Rica, where he collabo- rated with an ecological team working on a project sponsored by the Army Research Office. During the dry season, Slud conducted a survey of birds and environments on Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, and at the Area de Pesquisas Ecologicas do Guama, Belem, Brazil. Richard L. Zusi, continuing his studies of functional anatomy, locomotion, and feeding behavior in shorebirds by means of laboratory and field studies, obtained 1,300 feet of motion picture film of feeding shorebirds in California, including species of the rocky coast, mud flats, and ocean beach, to be analyzed by stop-motion projector. He studied the definition and interaction of functional complexes of the skull and the skeletal proportions of the trunk and limbs. He found that variations of the neck, wing, and pectoral girdle proved useful in the classification of plovers. As an outgrowth of the work on shorebirds he began a functional analysis of the schizorhinal skull in diverse orders of birds. With David Bridge, he obtained data at Assateague Island, Maryland, for a study of the unique pupillary mechanism of the black skimmer. Charles La Rue, a Smithsonian pre-doctoral intern and graduate student from the University of Maryland, under Zusi's direction worked on a functional-anatomical study of the head in certain Ci- coniiformes, with emphasis on variations in functional complexes. Useful in these anatomical studies are the newly installed X-ray machine and darkroom facilities of the division of birds. As honorary curator of North American birds, Lester L. Short, Jr., continued his research on hybridization and intergradation in birds of the Great Plains. New material for these investigations totalled 800 specimens taken in Nebraska during summer 1965. He continued investigations of hybridization among three ecologically and morpho- RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 93 logically divergent species of southwestern North American wood- peckers (Dendrocopos) and described other interesting hybrids. Fossil (Tertiary) hawk and stork bones from Nebraska were studied, and a new genus and species of stork were described. Work progressed on a zoogeographical analysis of North American birds, being conducted jointly with Ernst Mayr of Harvard University, and on a review of woodpeckers of the world, the latter in cooperation with Walter J. Bock of Columbia University. The first volume of Alexander Wetmore's Birds of Panama was issued in December. Dr. Wetmore conducted field work in south- western Chiriqui (Panama) from January until March. S. Dillon Ripley continued to work closely with his associate Salim Ali on the "Handbook of Indian Birds," to be published in India. The first volume has been completed and is scheduled to appear in late 1966. The publication of this and subsequent volumes represents a long cherished desire on the part of both authors to bring up to date information on the bird fauna of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, and Nepal, and related islands and small territories and countries such as Sikkim and Bhutan. Ripley also continued his work on a projected mono- graph of the rails of the world, and completed, with research assistant Gorman M. Bond, a study of the birds of Socotra and Abd-el-Kuri. As part of the mammals of Panama project, directed by Charles O. Handley, Jr., systematic collections were made at opposite extremes of the Pacific coast of the Republic, near Jaque and near Puerto Armu- ellas, by Francis M. Greenwell and Theodore H. Fleming. Fleming stayed on in Panama to conduct an all-seasons study, supported in part by the National Science Foundation, of mammalian population dynamics. During the first year of the Smithsonian Venezuelan project, also under the direction of Charles O. Handley, Jr., about 8,000 specimens of mammals, their associated ectoparasites, and a large body of ecological and biological data for each were collected. In cooperation with Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones Cientificas (IVIC) and Middle American Research Unit (MARU), collection of blood sera to establish a virus antibody profile for the wild mammal population was begun. Altogether 20 scientists (parasitologists, virologists, mam- malogists, and ecologists) in 5 countries are participating in this project, which enjoys the support of the Consejo de Bienestar Rural, the Museo de Ciencias Naturales, and Universidad Central de Venezuela, in Caracas. It is financed by the Office of the Surgeon General, Depart- ment of the Army. Also with the support of the Office of the Surgeon General, Henry W. Setzer's studies of the mammals and their ectoparasites in the 94 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY African fauna continued in the southern part of the continent, particu- larly in the Bechuanaland Protectorate and South-West Africa, and they were extended to Nigeria and Senegal in West Africa. A pre- liminary synopsis of the Hyracoidea, by J. Bothnia, was issued as the first part in a projected identification manual for African mammals, being prepared under the direction of J. Meester, University of Pretoria. Steps were taken in the division of mammals toward development of a center for study and identification of subhuman primates. Particu- larly significant was a conference of prominent primatologists that considered the Smithsonian's assets and potential in this field and produced a plan for development of a center. Through the support of Helmut K. Buechner, Office of Ecology, the department of vertebrate zoology in January 1966 participated in the establishment of the Area de Pesquisas Ecologicas do Guama (APEG), Bel em, Brazil. The APEG was established through a series of official announcements by Director Jose Maria Gonduru, of the Instituto de Pesquisas e Experimentacao Agropecuarias do Norte (IPEAN). One of the primary objectives of the APEG is the establishment of a broad program of basic research on the ecology of the Amazonian forest, one which will also serve as a means of offering scientific training directly related to regional needs. Both the Smithsonian and the IPEAN are collaborating in the development of a scientific program for the APEG through the provision of grants from the Smithsonian and facilities, personnel, and equipment from the IPEAN. As a result of this support, research programs are already under way on soils, botany, entomology, and epidemiology. Several members of the department of vertebrate zoology have already participated in the research program of the APEG. In August 1965 Handley made a significant collection of bats in the APEG bringing the known bat fauna of the Bel em area to a record total of over 60 species. He also gathered data on the vertical distribution of the bat fauna in the tropical forest making use of canopy mist nets. Philip S. Humphrey, in collaboration with the Belem Virus Labora- tory and supported by the Rockefeller Foundation, continued his studies on the ecological distribution and epidemiology of birds in the APEG. His field work was made enormously productive through the enthusiastic assistance of Thomas Lovejoy, David Soleau, and Stephen Humphrey. The emphasis of the summer's field work was on intensive banding of tropical forest birds, an approach never before attempted in the Amazon res-ion. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 95 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY On July 1, 1965, three new divisions — of Crustacea, of echinoderms, and of worms — were formed from the old division of marine inverte- brates and were joined with the existing division of mollusks to form the department of invertebrate zoology. It is one of the largest departments of its kind in the world with specialists in many of the groups of invertebrate animals. Staff members concentrate primarily on basic research in systematics, and their interests include classical tax- onomy, embryology, population dynamics, ecology, and oceanography. Raymond B. Manning concluded a monographic study on the stomatopod Crustacea of the western Atlantic. He also furthered his studies on decapod Crustacea during field and study trips to Dominica, the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, and to the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. J. Laurens Barnard completed an illustrated handbook for the identifi- cation of families and genera of marine gammaridean amphipods. In addition he continued studies on the abyssal and bathyal antarctic amphipods. The origin of cave faunas is a fascinating study for the systematist because it so often divulges what appear to be direct evidences of evolutionary processes upon animals. Thomas E. Bowman completed three reports on cave isopods from Mexico and Cuba. John C. McCain carried out studies on caprellid amphipods of the southeastern United States. To supplement existing study material, McCain made collections at several localities in the northern Gulf of Mexico. In addition he completed a manuscript on a new deep-water genus and species of caprellid from the eastern Pacific. Louis S. Kornicker conducted research on the taxonomy and distri- bution of the myodocopid ostracods of the Atlantic Shelf, the Bay of Naples, and the Red Sea, and he studied collections at the British Museum, London, and the Naples Zoological Station. David L. Pawson completed studies on the bathyal holothurians and other echinoderms of the New Zealand-Australian region. He and Donald F. Squires participated in an expedition to the Antarctic Peninsula, during which large collections of invertebrates were ob- tained. Earlier in the year, Pawson studied holothurian and echinoid specimens in European museums. With the assistance of Joseph C. Britton, Joseph Rosewater completed a catalog of the more than 500 species of mollusks collected during Cruise "A" of the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Rosewater 230-457—66- 96 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY continued studies on the littorinid snails of the Indo-Pacific region, and the periplomatid clams of the western Atlantic. Joseph P. E. Morrison continued his research on brackish-water mollusks of the world and on the hydrobiid snails of American waters. He carried out field work in Dominica, Antigua, Montserrat, and Guadeloupe in an attempt to determine which of the mollusk species are endemic and which had been dispersed by artificial means. Studies on the composition and relationships of the Polynesian molluscan fauna were continued by Harald A. Rehder who completed for publication a number of reports on his research. He made progress on his monographic study of the gastropod family Harpidae, and in connection with his interest in Indo-Pacific mollusks examined museum collections in Europe. Meredith L. Jones carried out field work in the tropical western Atlantic in search of the marine polychaetous annelids upon which his systematic work is focused. He participated in an expedition to the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea; he was joined by T. Peter Lowe in making collections on Santa Catarina Island, Brazil; and he also acted as scientific leader of an expedition to Andros Island, Bahamas, sponsored by H. J. Bowen, of Wilmington, Delaware. Jones also continued his monographic study of the magelonid polychaetes of the world. Studies on the fauna of northern waters were continued by Marian H. Pettibone, who specializes in the systematics of polychaete worms of the New England region. Her work continues on a revision of genera of polynoid polychaetes and on deep-water collections made by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries off the mouth of the Columbia River, Oregon. In addition to administering the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., continued his monographic work on the freshwater crayfishes and their associated entocytherid ostracods. He engaged in field studies on Dominica, and also collected decapod Crustacea during a field trip through southeastern Virginia, South Carolina, and Georgia. During part of the year Hobbs examined crayfish collections in a number of European museums. The classification of collections of freshwater and terrestrial decapod crustaceans from Dominica was the object of a collaborative study by Hobbs and Fenner A. Chace, Jr. In addition, Chace began prelimi- nary work on the marine caridean shrimps collected by the Bredin- Smithsonian expeditions to the Caribbean in 1956, 1957, 1959, and 1960. *" ' ^^r^ Aboard the RV Anton Brim off the coast of Chile, curator Roger F. Cressey (foreground) aids in the capture of a shark from which he will remove the parasitic copepods as a part of his studies on host-parasite relationships (see p. 97). Below: Photographed by curator Klaus Rutzler, a diver collects sponge specimens at a depth of 120 feet from the coral reef slope of northern Jamaica during the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian survey of Dominica. The specimens are being studied by Rutzler. Ernst Kirsteuer, from the American Museum of Natural History, examines pieces of coral rock for its microfauna as a participant in the Bredin-Archbold- Smithsonian biological survey of Dominica, Lesser Antilles. Below: Cata- loguer in the division of Crustacea typing labels on an SCM typewriter assembly which produces a master tape from which any number of individual specimen labels may be prepared. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 97 An interesting facet of evolutionary biology concerns the systematic problems arising from parasite-host relationships and the interpretation of host specificity. Roger F. Cressey, who is studying the copepods parasitic on fishes, has found indications that where host specificity occurs, it may provide new information relating to the phylogeny of the fish host. In carrying out his studies during the past year he participated in three expeditions, to the Gulf of Mexico and to the southeastern Pacific, during which sharks, tunas, and billfishes were examined for parasitic copepods. Cressey completed a revision of the Pandaridae, a family of copepods parasitic on sharks. Studies on community structure of animal populations were carried out by Thomas E. Bowman, involving distribution of planktonic marine Crustacea. J. Laurens Barnard was engaged in a study of the benthic fauna of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California; and Mere- dith L. Jones is completing an analysis of a community of benthic invertebrates from San Francisco Bay, California. Donald F. Squires, former chairman of the department and now Deputy Director of the Museum of Natural History, continued his research on solitary corals. While on shipboard during the recent expedition to Antarctica, he made observations on living deep sea corals and he succeeded in returning several of the living corals by air to Washington for further study. W. Duane Hope has continued a monographic study of the freeliving marine nematode genera Deontostoma, Thoracostoma and Pseudocella. In winter 1965 he completed the field work for a study of seasonal changes in the populations of marine nematodes in Hadley Harbor, Massachusetts, and a survey of the marine nematodes for the Cape Cod area. Klaus Rutzler, who came from Austria to join the division of echino- derms in fall 1965, has gained, through wide field experience, an under- standing of the ecology as well as the systematics of Porifera, for ecology is often the key to classification of sponges. Since his arrival he has continued investigations on Caribbean and Adriatic sponges, and during the first half of 1966 carried out an ecological survey of the marine sponges of Jamaica and Dominica. Mary E. Rice has conducted a comparative study of the repro- ductive biology and development of three species of sipunculids from the San Juan Archipelago in the State of Washington. In addition she continued her study of the taxonomy of sipunculids collected from the Maldive Islands in the Indian Ocean. Honorary research associates of the divisions contributed sub- stantially to the furtherance of research in their several disciplines. Waldo L. Schmitt carried out a monographic study of the pinnotherid 98 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY crabs and began compilation of the field notes covering his extensive collecting trips in the past, aided by his former secretary, Lucile McCain. Mildred S. Wilson continued her studies on the diaptomid copepods, which ultimately will lead to a revision of the North Ameri- can species. Ailsa M. Clark proceeded with her work on the shallow- water Indo-West-Pacific echinoderm fauna, and Elizabeth Deichmann completed a study of collections of holothurians from the Gulf of Guinea and continued her studies on the sea cucumbers of Florida and the West Indies. Roman Kenk studied the systematics, life cycles, and distribution of freshwater planarian flatworms. He has established a series of laboratory cultures which allow him to observe food habits, reproduction, and the behavior of planarians. Gilbert L. Voss, University of Miami, continued his research on the Cephalo- poda of the Atlantic. Supported by a Guggenheim Fellowship, Dr. Jayme de Loyola e Silva, Universidad do Parana, Curitiba, Brazil, was in residence in the division of Crustacea studying the collections of sphaeromatid isopods. NAS-NRC visiting research associate F. J. S. Maturo, from the University of Florida, continued his systematic studies in the division of echinoderms on the bryozoans of the Atlantic continental shelf in general, and of the southeast coast of the United States in particular. Also, during the past year, Dr. I. Canet was in residence in the division of Crustacea. She has nearly completed a revision of the economically important western Atlantic species of penaeid shrimps. This year an histology laboratory was established under the re- sponsibility of the division of worms to serve the needs of staff members. Equipment, supplies, and technical assistance are now available for making routine histological preparations for light microscopy. Under agreements reached with a number of universities making it possible for graduate students to carry on research projects in the department of invertebrate zoology, seven students were associated with the department under the guidance of five staff members. ENTOMOLOGY Oscar L. Cartwright continued his research on the Scarab beetle family Scarabaeidae, especially the Aphodiinae. Many hundreds of additional specimens of Ataenius including additional types have been studied. A revision of two allied genera, Euparixia and R/iyparus, also received some attention. Cartwright participated in the Smith- sonian-H. J. Bowen expedition to Andros Island in the Bahamas, RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ENTOMOLOGY 99 obtaining undescribed species in several orders of insects as well as new distributional records for many other species. He also collected winter and early vernal forms of Aphodiinae in several areas along the Gulf Coast in Florida, Alabama, and Mississippi. Paul J. Spangler actively continued his research on several families of water beetles. Identifications and ecological data for an additional 3,800 specimens were added to his monograph of the hydrophilid genus Tropisternus. A manuscript on the Haliplidae of Mexico and Central America was advanced by the preparation of about 500 specimens for critical study and the completion of 38 illustrations. The study of a collection of Hydrophilidae from southern Argentina was undertaken at the request of the Hungarian National Museum; another study, on the water beetles of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, was begun; and a revision of the hydrophilid genus Enochrus from Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies was undertaken as a joint project with Ralph Gunderson. These and other taxonomic studies were forwarded by 2 months of museum study in England, Belgium and France, and by 12 weeks in Mexico and Central America, where 99,100 insects and 1,375 miscellaneous specimens, including 46,200 water beetles for his various research projects, were collected. His field work was completed by 10 days of collecting in the Virgin Islands to obtain material for one research project. Research associate Doris H. Blake continued work on her review of the chrysomelid beetle genus Glyptoscelis of the Western Hemisphere. Mrs. Blake collected for 10 days in Puerto Rico. Much of Richard C. Froeschner's research time was devoted to the completion or continuation of several projects begun by the late re- search associate Carl J. Drake: two papers have been submitted for publication with Drake's name as sole author; a paper on the Gala- pagos lacebugs was rewritten and will be submitted with Froeschner as coauthor; and some work was done on an important revisionary study of the American lacebug genus Corythuca, on which Drake had made only some preliminary plans. Froeschner completed a paper on the burrower bugs (Cydnidae) collected by the Danish Noona Dan expedition to the Philippines and New Guinea. He also commenced work on an illustrated manual of the known genera of lacebugs as a complementary volume to the Drake and Ruhoff Lacebugs of the World, a Catalog (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 243, 1965); it will be based on Drake's remarkably complete collection of lacebugs. Sorting, preliminary examination, and determination was begun of some of the hemipterous insects collected on the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Sur- 100 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY vey of Dominica; preparation of actual reports will be started after the survey teams complete their activities in 1966. Karl V. Krombein began a revisionary study of a new Oriental genus of myzinine wasp which is parasitic on cerambycid larvae boring in trees. He received proofs of a large volume on the biology, nest architecture, and associates of trap-nesting wasps and bees, and also of his section in the second supplement to the Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, of which he is also co-editor. Research associate Carl F. W. Muesebeck completed a manuscript describing two new reared species of the diapriid genus Trichopria. He has also made considerable progress on his revision of the braconid genus Orgilus, an important parasite of caterpillars. J. F. Gates Clarke continued his studies of the Meyrick types of Microlepidoptera with preparations for volumes 6, 7 and 8; completion of this monumental contribution is scheduled for 1968. Clarke has also made significant progress on the Microlepidoptera of the Pacific Islands and Neotropical Region. Donald R. Davis almost completed the second part (subfamily Incurvariinae) of his revision of the New World Incurvariidae; work was intiated on the third (last) part treating the subfamily Adelinae. Revisionary studies were also begun on the New World Carposinidae, North American Acrolophidae, and North American Tineidae. Davis conducted field work for four months on five major islands of the Philippines, accompanied during the first three months by Julian Jumalon of San Carlos University. Ecological information and ma- terial collected on this trip will form an integral part of Davis' long- term project on Indo-Australian Psychidae. W. Donald Duckworth continued his long-term study of the New World Stenomidae by conducting field investigations in Venezuela, Trinidad, Puerto Rico, and Jamaica. He also completed his study of the Amsel types of Venezuelan Stenomidae in Munich, and continued similar studies on stenomid types in Berlin and Vienna. William D. Field completed research on a new genus of thecline butterflies, and is preparing a manuscript for publication. He has also continued his investigations on a world revision of the butterfly genus Vanessa, and on the butterflies and larger moths of Dominica. During June, Field made a 10-day field trip into the New England mountains to collect rare and localized species of butterflies. Everett D. Cashatt, predoctoral associate, made considerable progress on a revision of the North American moths of the subfamily Chrysauginae. He also prepared a catalog of the Chrysauginae of the world, listing 174 genera and 532 species. Cashatt also completed investigations on the taxonomy and distribution of Oidematophorus RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION ENTOMOLOGY 101 balanotes (Pterophoridae) and initiated studies on the Neotropical chrysaugine genus Hyperparachma. The Southeast Asia Mosquito Project (SEAMP), started in 1964 as a cooperative endeavor between the Smithsonian and the Depart- ment of the Army and now, in its second year, has in preparation monographic studies on the mosquitoes of the area concerned. SEAMP has issued an informative field manual on the mosquitoes of Vietnam. Ralph E. Crabill, Jr., continued research on several projects initiated earlier. Several articles on the dolichocephalic Geophilomorpha were almost completed. Considerable work was done on revisions of the Mecistocephalidae and the genus Strigamia. Oliver S. Flint, Jr., continued his studies on the Trichoptera of the New World. In working on new collections from Mexico, Central America, and Chile, he found many species new to the collection as well as many new to science. During the summer Flint collected for two and a half months in Mexico and Guatemala. Later in the year he spent two months collecting in Chile and in the Palmer Peninsula area of the Antarctic; this trip provided much valuable new material as well as first-hand information on the habitats of many exotic species. Research associate K. C. Emerson identified large collections of Mallophaga from birds and mammals of Africa and Thailand, and of Anoplura from Africa. Research associate Thomas E. Snyder nearly completed the second supplement to his Annotated Subject-Heading Bibliography of Termites; to aid in the publication of this volume he obtained a grant from the National Science Foundation. Research associate Robert Traub and several assistants from the University of Maryland School of Medicine have been working on fleas (Siphonaptera) and trombiculid mites on collaborative projects with the Smithsonian, dealing primarily with specimens collected in Pakistan, Iran, and Mexico. The Pakistani material, which raises the number of fleas known from that country from 10 to 67, includes 3 genera, 1 subgenus, and 21 species new to science; this constitutes probably the richest single collection of fleas ever made. The need for further research in the field is illustrated by the genus Macrostylo- phora which parasitizes squirrels in South Asia; 16 species have been described to date, but 1 1 new species are at hand mainly from the Philippines and North Borneo. In December 1965, J. F. Gates Clarke was appointed senior scientist in recognition of his outstanding contributions to the development of the Department, and Karl V. Krombein transferred from the Department of Agriculture to become the new chairman. 102 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BOTANY Plant species and populations are often identified today, by joint studies of ecology, cytology, phytochemistry, physiology, and other nontaxonomic disciplines. The overall activities of the department of botany are directed toward such an integrative approach to problems in plant systematics. For example, a comparative study of the philo- dendron family has recently been completed by systematist Dan H. Nicolson and plant anatomist Richard H. Eyde. This horticulturally important, pantropical family is characterized by a peculiar arrange- ment of tiny flowers around a columnar floral stalk which often pro- trudes from the base of a cuplike, expanded, or strapshaped appendage. This appendage, or spathe, may be highly colored, as in the anthuriums of commerce and the jack-in-the-pulpit. The subject of their joint investigation was the anatomical structure of the flowers themselves and its possible bearing upon intrafamilial alignment, since no modern treatment was available. Their work was facilitated by Miss Priscilla Sherwin who, as a participant in the Smithsonian summer research assistant program, prepared the microscope slides upon which the study was based and assisted with the observations. Among other findings, their research showed that the genus Lysichiton was not evolutionary primitive; that the genus Philodendron did not arise from the Pothos subfamily, as advocated by some botanists; and that Acorus (sweet flag), is unique in the family and should probably be segregated and recognized in a new subfamily. These conclusions, which could not have been reached on the basis of the systematic or anatomical evidence alone, demonstrate the value of an interdisciplinary approach to problems in systematic botany. Kleinodendron, a new genus in the poinsettia family, was recently described from southern Brazil by Lyman B. Smith. He was anxious to know the closest relatives within this family but his own observations on floral structure and external morphology were insufficient to reach a conclusion. With the collaboration of William L. Stern, the ana- tomical structure of the wood was examined to establish, if possible, the nearest relatives of this Brazilian plant. Investigation and comparative study of related forms indicated that Smith was correct in his tentative interpretation that Kleinodendron could be assigned to the Cluytia tribe of the poinsettia family. Phytochemistry is playing an increasingly important role in system- atics. The presence of chemical substances is utilized by Mason E. Hale, along with data on morphology, geographic distribution, and habitat, in the identification and characterization of lichens. In an effort to complete world-wide studies of the important lichen genus Mason E. Hale of the depart- ment of botany finds lichens in many habitats (see p. 102), including Japanese rooftops, here near Biwako. Below: Foreign students are shown laboratory of grass anatomy (see p. 103) by T. R. Soder- strom (right) and Dr. Cleofe E. Calderon (far left), visiting Argentinian scientist. At the microscope is former Neigh- borhood Youth Corps girl Diana Newman, who works for Smithsonian research associate. Student of Lyman B. Smith holding plant of Tillandsia oerstedii in Costa Rica, where Smith taught course on epiphytes with the Organization for Tropical Studies. Below: Smith's class in the field. Here botany combines with entomology in the study ot orchid pollination. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION BOTANY 103 Parmelia, Hale during the past year undertook explorations in Hawaii and in western and southeastern United States to supplement previous wide-ranging excursions in southeastern Asia and Japan under the United States-Japan Cooperative Science Program. This research exemplifies a combined chemical, morphological, and field approach to the solution of taxonomic problems in a large genus. Chromosome morphology and number in plants of the melastome family are being investigated jointly by John J. Wurdack and col- laborator Peter H. Raven of Stanford University. Kittie F. Parker, honorary research associate, is working with biochemists at the Uni- versity of Texas on a study of chemical variation and taxonomy in Hymenoxys scaposa, a member of the composite family. Thomas R. Soderstrom is combining the taxonomic and anatomic methods in his continuing investigations of the primitive tropical olyroid grasses. His work is being aided by Cleofe E. Calderon who is concentrating on the anatomical phases of the research, while further assistance with studies of leaf epidermises was provided by Jerold Grashoff, a Smithsonian summer research assistant. Traditional phases of plant taxonomy continue to receive paramount attention notwithstanding some of the newer lines of research in which botany staff members are involved. Of major importance has been the establishment this year of the Index Nominum Genericorum Project in facilities provided by the department of botany. This project, initiated in 1954 at Utrecht, Netherlands, in association with the headquarters there of the International Association for Plant Taxonomy, has the aim of preparing a comprehensive card catalog of all plant genera which have been validly published according to the "International Code of Botanical Nomenclature." Each card carries the name of the author of the genus, the exact reference to the publica- tion in which the name appeared, and the name of the type species when available. Information on each card is verified by actual examination of the original publication as well as other publications pertinent to the establishment of a type species. This work is carried out insofar as possible by botanical monographers who volunteer their services, but where these are not available, the project staff undertakes to perform the necessary studies. To date 23,000 cards in sets of 1,000 have been issued and distributed by subscription to botanical institu- tions throughout the world. The work is directed by botanical bibliographer Ida K. Langman with the assistance of Mary F. South- well. Support is through a grant to the International Association for Plant Taxonomy by the National Science Foundation; botanist Richard S. Cowan, director of the Museum of Natural History, acts as administrator. 104 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY A conference to explore the feasibility of preparing a flora of North America, sponsored by the American Society of Plant Taxonomists, with Stanwyn G. Shetler as the local representative and organizer, was held during two days in May 1966. The meetings were attended by a select committee of ten botanists from the United States, Canada, and Mexico, as well as by members of the department of botany. The committee recommended that a flora be initiated and that the Smith- sonian Institution act as host institution for the production of the work. Shetler was suggested as secretary of the editorial committee. Each year the department is privileged to entertain distinguished visiting botanists who come for counsel, to examine the collections, and to use the library in pursuit of their research. Armando Dugand, Universidad del Atlantico, Barranquilla, Colombia, and Juan V. Pancho, University of the Philippines, College, have spent the year at the National Herbarium under the auspices of the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. Dugand's work concerns the systematics and ecology of the flora and vegetation of the arid lands of Colombia bordering the Caribbean Sea. At the same time he is engaged in monographic studies of the catalpa family, in which he needs our extensive holdings in order to make proper comparisons and sound judgments. Pancho is studying the floristics of Mt. Makiling, which stands astride the borders of the provinces of Laguna and Batangas on the Island of Luzon. Several attempts have been made to prepare a flora of this extinct volcano and surrounding countryside, and there exists a manuscript, which is incomplete, prepared in the 1920's by an American botanist, the late A. D. E. Elmer. Pancho is checking literature citations, examining critical specimens, and reorganizing Elmer's identification keys for the plants of the region. Julian Gonzalez Patino (Hermano Daniel), Rector of the Colegio de San Jose, Medellin, Colombia, with the assistance of a fellowship from the Pan American Union, is studying the medicinal plants of Colombia and the flora of the Departamento de Antioquia. John H. Beaman of Michigan State University spent the academic year in residence as a Smithsonian senior postdoctoral fellow continuing his studies on the alpine floras of Central America and Mexico. He is also collaborating with Thomas R. Soderstrom on a monographic treatment of the Central American bromegrasses. It is through assistance to such visiting botanists as these, by providing them with specimens and other facilities, that the department of botany is able to make contributions to science above and beyond the direct research of its own staff. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 105 PALEOBIOLOGY Research by G. Arthur Cooper was devoted largely to preparation of illustrations for his monograph on the Permian of West Texas (Glass Mountains) with Richard E. Grant of the U.S. Geological Survey. All but 17 genera have been photographed for his manu- script, which totals about 4,000 pages. With members of the U.S. Geological Survey, Cooper made much- needed collections from significant Ordovician localities in Utah and Nevada in an effort to determine the age and correlation of some poorly known formations. In May and early June, aided by Thomas Phelan, Cooper carried on a field investigation of the Cedar Valley and related Devonian formations of Iowa and Missouri. The purpose of this trip was to collect fossils and data for a study on the correlation of the Cedar Valley, for presentation at a 1968 symposium on the Devonian, to be held in Calgary, Canada. Research on various elements of the Lower Devonian fossil flora of eastern Canada by Francis M. Hueber has been delayed for want of laboratory facilities in the new quarters of the division of paleo- botany in the west wing of the Natural History Museum. On the other hand, some progress was made in the research project through addi- tional fieldwork. Important petrifactions of plant material from northern New Brunswick and the Gaspe Bay area of Quebec, Canada, were obtained during a 2%-week collecting trip. During another 2 weeks of fieldwork, fossil plant material for comparison with the Canadian fossil flora were obtained from Lower Devonian sediments at Beartooth Butte and Cottonwood Canyon, Wyoming. Investigation of the crustose corralline algae of the North Atlantic was continued by Walter H. Adey through use of the vessel Phykos, received from the Navy reserve fleet and remodeled for the coralline program. Collections were made aiong the shelf areas extending from Long Island Sound south to the Florida Keys. The Phykos was found to be well suited to the task, for it provided space and stability not available on the smaller vessels used earlier. The specimens obtained during the summer of 1965 form a nucleus collection for the south- eastern North Atlantic. Collections were made during February from land-supported stations along the coast of Jamaica at the invita- tion of Thomas Goreau, University of the West Indies. As a part of a more general investigation of the early Tertiary mammals of North America, C. Lewis Gazin has continued his detailed study of the morphology, systematics, and environment of the Eocene condylarthran mammal Hyopsodus, a companion piece to his earlier 106 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY study of the coordinal, and in part contemporary, Meniscotherium. A study trip to the Carnegie Museum in April permitted him to extend his statistical analysis of speciation in Hyopsodus to the upper Eocene and to an important middle Eocene occurrence in the Green River formation of Utah. At the request of the Wyoming Geological Associa- tion, Gazin contributed a paper on the early Eocene mammalian faunas related to the Rock Springs uplift for the guidebook to their field con- ference during the latter part of the summer. David H. Dunkle concentrated his studies on the poorly known and widely scattered Middle Devonian fish faunas of North America, with emphasis on a better understanding of the "Dinichthys"" tuberculatus- pustulosus complex of coccosteiform arthrodires. Based on new and underscribed specimens in the national collections and other materials generously loaned for study by the Cleveland Museum of Natural History, the University of Michigan Museum of Paleontology, the Ohio University, and Bowling Green State University, a revisionary manuscript on the fishes of the Silica Shale of Ohio is near completion. In addition he collaborated with Dr. Habib-ur Rahman, Geological Survey of Pakistan, in a report, in press, concerning the stratigraphy of occurrence of a recently discovered fauna of marine Eocene fishes in the Dera Ghazi Khan District, West Pakistan. Nicholas Hotton III has been studying the functional morphology of therapsid reptiles and the field occurrence of reptilian fossils in the Beaufort series (Permo-Triassic, South Africa), in preparation for a systematic revision of the dicynodont reptiles. Approximately 100 dicynodont fossil skulls from South Africa were prepared super- ficially during the summer of 1965, with volunteer assistance. About half of these have been tentatively identified. Functional morphologic studies completed since this material was prepared indicate that additional features of palate and jaws must be exposed before the specimens will be useful in the projected taxonomic revision of the group. Osteological variation in living lizards is being studied by Hotton from the viewpoint of their taxonomy, which is based on soft parts in these forms. The primary purpose of this study is to establish a model for determination of systematic patterns in the dicynodonts, but, if successful it will also provide information on the relationship between taxa established by neozoological techniques and taxa estab- lished by paleontological techniques. Petrographic studies of Beaufort sediments begun by research assistant Ruth O. Hotton, are showing increasing promise as technical problems, due chiefly to induration and fine grain of the material, are solved. About 350 rock samples, collected in 1961 to 1963-64 over an RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 107 area more than 600 miles long and about 150 miles wide, are being studied. In about 10 percent of the collection, quartz and feldspar percentages have been determined by grain count in thin section, and an extensive heavy-mineral suite, as yet undescribed, has been extracted. Clayton E. Ray continued work on Quaternary mammals, in par- ticular on materials from the southeastern United States, Mexico, the, Antilles, and Venezuela. Progress made on his comprehensive study of the fossil musk oxen of North America resulted in two small manu- scripts in press and a third nearing completion. The work of sorting and identification of the Ladds, Georgia, fauna has continued as field parties from Shorter College, Rome, Georgia, continued collecting and shipping materials. One paper resulting from this project, the de- scription of a new, giant chipmunk, was published during the year. Ray spent approximately two months in Mexico during the latter part of the year, doing fieldwork and examining museum collections. The field work, in collaboration with personnel of the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, is concentrated in late Pleistocene deposits of the Puebla Valley where the faunas are associated with early man. In June intensive fieldwork was begun at Saltville, Virginia, in collaboration with Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Research associate Remington Kellogg continued his study of the extinct whalebone whales, particularly those occurring in the Miocene Calvert, Choptank, and St. Marys formations of Maryland and Vir- ginia. Progress was made on the allocation to better preserved speci- mens of the unsatisfactory fossil mysticete vertebrae and mandibles which served as types for the genera and species proposed by E. D. Cope. A description was completed of a previously unknown large odontocete from the Calvert formation of Maryland. Richard S. Boardman was charged with the organization and part authorship of a complete revision, for the Treatise of Invertebrate Paleon- tology, of the volume on Bryozoa, which will deal with the entire phylum down to the genus level, averaging a plate of illustrations per genus. At present, nine scientists from this country and Western Europe are contributing to this large undertaking. The identification and use of bryozoan fragments in subsurface well cuttings in oil exploration was the subject of an investigation by Board- man and Jesse Merida, a graduate student at George Washington University. The fragments are generally identifiable and should prove useful in future exploration for oil. Boardman also, as a part of a training program established between the Smithsonian Institution and the Geology Department of Yale University, gave three lectures at New Haven this year. 230-457—66 10 108 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY The study of Recent and Pleistocene podocopid ostracodes by Richard H. Benson continued as a new laboratory including the most advanced photomicrographic equipment was being completed. A general examination of the history and present status of research on the living marine descendants of this important fossil group was com- pleted early in the year and submitted for publication. Two studies concerned with the stratigraphic and ecologic aspects of the Pleistocene freshwater ostracodes of Texas and Kansas were also completed. One of these examined the feasibility of using muscle-scar patterns for classification, and developed a simple quantitative method for com- parison of the relative position of individual scars among different taxa. A fourth area of study concerned the description and biogeographic evaluation of the ostracodes of the Indian Ocean collected by Benson and others during the International Indian Ocean Expedition. He and his associate Rosalie Maddocks, who made extensive collections in Madagascar before coming to the Smithsonian on temporary appointment, have been documenting many new species from a portion of the world's ostracode faunas previously unknown. A new technique for removing fossil ostracodes from abyssal muds yielded a very large population of ostracodes from depths of more than 12,000 feet in the Madagascar Basin and Mozambique Channel. The ability to examine these abyssal faunas has great promise in the understanding of similar forms recovered from future drill cores taken from the ocean floor. Another study in progress was concerned with the evaluation of the Bering Strait as an effective barrier to migrant benthonic animals of microscopic size, of which the ostracodes are a good example because of their abundant fossil record. Examination of large faunas from the Arctic and the northern Pacific is made possible by application of computers and numerical taxonomic methods applied to biogeography. Martin A. Buzas completed a study which utilizes a multivariate statistical model called canonical analysis for comparison of biofacies. Computation of canonical axes on the IBM 7094 simultaneously com- pared abundances of 45 species of Foraminifera distributed in 182 samples off the Texas coast. Data concerning the spatial distribution of Foraminifera from Rehoboth Bay, Delaware, are currently being analyzed by use of the binomial, Poisson, and negative binomial dis- tributions. In the Choptank River, Buzas is taking four foraminiferal samples monthly at each of three stations distributed across a faunal gradient. The temperature, salinity, oxygen, chlorophyll, phosphate, and nitrate are also measured at each station each sampling time. The study is unique in that its design will permit a statistical analysis of the relationship of the fauna to several environmental variables. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 109 Richard Cifelli continued his studies of planktonic Foraminifera in the North and Equatorial Atlantic regions. In conjunction with K. Norman Sachs of the U.S. Geological Survey, a study of the abundance relationships between planktonic Foraminifera and Radiolaria showed the two groups to occur in roughly equal numbers over much of the western North Atlantic. This is rather surprising, as Radiolaria appear to be mostly rare or absent in sediments over most of the North Atlantic, while planktonic Foraminifera are prolific. This implies that the siliceous radiolarian test is chemically less stable than the calcitic foraminiferal test in the oceanic environment, and that most radiolarian tests are dissolved and recycled into the sea water. Interesting results were obtained from a study, in conjunction with R. K. Smith, of the distribution of planktonic Foraminifera in the waters east of the Grand Banks. The distributional patterns of the Foraminifera appear to substantiate Worthington's hypothesis of a two gyred circulation in the North Atlantic. Additional samples of Tertiary consolidated foraminiferal ooze were dredged and cored from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. It has been postulated by Cifelli, V. T. Bowen of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, and R. Siever of Harvard University that consolidation of the oozes is a consequence of uplift of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Two major research projects were undertaken by Erie Kauffman during the past year. A detailed study of the Mesozoic bivalve family Inoceramidae revealed for the first time the morphology and evolution of interior shell features and provided a basis for a radically new taxonomy. In connection with this Kauffman spent a month diving in the Florida Keys studying the mode of life and habitat of living counterparts of the inoceramids, the Isognomonidae. A second study dealing with the ecologically unique cool-water bivalve Thyasira was completed. The ancestral Cretaceous thyasirids from North America were monographed for the first time. A detailed comparative study of living and Cretaceous Thyasira provided a means of interpreting paleoanatomy and equating the ecology of living and fossil representa- tives; it revealed major evolutionary trends in the group. Porter M. Kier spent the year researching on the fossil echinoid order Oligopygoida. He studied all the available specimens, excavated many lanterns, made a crystallographic analysis of the plates, and redescribed all the species. After a collecting trip to Jamaica to obtain more specimens, he is now completing a monograph of the order. Kier also gave three lectures this year at Yale University as a part of a training program established between the geology department of the University and the Smithsonian Institution. 110 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY During the year 1966, Kenneth M. Towe completed installation of the electron microscope facilities housed in the department of paleobiology. Cooperative work is now underway with several staff members. At the semicentennial meetings of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists held in St. Louis, Missouri, Towe and Cifelli presented findings dealing with shell-wall infrastructure in the cal- careous Foraminifera which clarified some misconceptions and incon- sistencies in the studies of earlier workers. Their paper demonstrated that the so-called "radial wall" is not necessarily constructed of fibrous or prismatic crystals of calcite oriented perpendicular to the shell surface, and also that the lamellar character of the walls of several of the Foraminifera is not in agreement with the models suggested for this group. This work, being prepared for publication, will have a strong influence on existing systems of classification of the Foraminifera, which have been heavily weighted by patterns of wall structure. In the application of the electron microscope to the study of bryozoan shell material, Towe and Richard S. Boardman made promising progress in interpreting patterns and mode of calcification of zooecial wall structure. It was found that in some Recent species of hetero- poroid Bryozoa an interpretation of edgewise addition of calcite crystals within the zooecial wall, as seen in the electron microscope, helps to explain the origin of the reverse lamellar structures seen in the light microscope. Continued work is providing more insight into this problem. In addition to these studies, Towe has projects underway dealing with the mineralogical composition of colloidal iron oxides of both organic and inorganic origin, the morphology of clay minerals, as well as studies of shell structure in molluscs and brachiopods. Thomas R. Waller, who joined the staff in April, completed a study (Columbia University Ph.D. dissertation, 1966) of the evolution of a common group of bivalves, including the western Atlantic Bay and Calico scallops and their fossil ancestors. The application of population systematics, utilizing automated data processing, has revealed a picture of species forming and evolving on the Atlantic coast relatively rapidly, so that within a period of about ten million years parallelism, con- vergence, and extinction can be demonstrated at the species level. In contrast, related scallops in the eastern Pacific have evolved relatively slowly and today are morphologically primitive and ecologically generalized. Richard A. Robison, a specialist in trilobites and Cambrian stratig- raphy, joined the Museum staff in mid June after five years on the geology staff at the University of Utah. This silicified Permian brachiopod Waagenconcha abichi, in an unusually fine state of preservation, was obtained by R. E. Grant of the U.S. Geological Survey from the Khisor Range in West Pakistan. Electron micrographs of skeletal calcite of marine organisms (see p. 110): 1 , Cross-sectional view of pore canals and microcrystals in the wall of Cibicides refulgens (Foraminifera) X 3,200. 2, View of the pores and microcrystals in the ventral wall of Ammonia beccarii (Foraminifera); the various micro- crystalline arrays in these minute animals may prove useful in their classifi- cation, X 4,500. 3, Calcite crystals lining the zooecial wall in Heteropora pelliculata (Bryozoa); the crystals point in the direction of growth, X 6,000. 4, Microscopic unicellular marine algal coccoliths (Coccolithus huxleyi) useful to geologists for dating ocean sediments, X 5,000. 5, Aragonite crystals in a portion of the nacreous layer in the shell of Brachiodontes recurvus (Mollusca) , X 5,000. Overleaf > RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION PALEOBIOLOGY 111 Honorary research associate J. T. Dutro, U.S. Geological Survey, continued his research on Paleozoic brachiopods, concentrating on a biostratigraphic analysis of the fossils from the Redwall limestone in Arizona. Field work included a 3-week trip to Nevada with G. A. Cooper and R. S. Boardman, R. J. Ross, Jr. (U.S. Geological Survey), H. B. Whittington (Harvard University), Fred Shaw (Mt. Holyoke College), and Brian Norford (Canadian Geological Survey) for the purpose of examining the regional stratigraphy of the Ordovician and making pertinent collections of fossils. Honorary associate curator Franco Rasetti, continued his work on the Cambrian trilobite faunas of the Taconic region of New York. Discovery of a Middle Cambrian fauna in addition to the previously recognized Lower Cambrian trilobites resulted in the preparation of several manuscripts of major importance to an understanding of the paleogeography and tectonics of the region during that period. Research associate W. P. Woodring continued his study of the Tertiary Mollusca of the Canal Zone and adjoining parts of Panama. A paper on the Panama land bridge as a sea barrier was prepared for publication. Working as a predoctoral intern under the direction of Woodring, Carmen Perrilliat is completing a study of Miocene mollusks from Santa Rosa, Veracruz, Mexico. Charles W. Harper, in residence under a visiting research associate- ship sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, has been studying the brachiopod collections as prelude to the preparation of manuscripts that include studies of Llandovian to Eifelian Chonetacea, of Middle Devonian North American chonetids, and of Middle Ordovician brach- iopods from Venezuela; a monograph on the family Stropheodontidae; and a memoir on the Brachiopods of the Arisaig series of Nova Scotia. Under its new curator, Jack W. Pierce, the recently established division of sedimentology, of the department of paleobiology, com- pleted its first year. During this formative period, space was remodeled for division laboratories and storage areas, equipment was acquired for a basic laboratory, and some field equipment was procured. Arrangements were made to start, in June, a feasibility study and initial sampling leading toward a research project treating the sedi- mentation and geochemical processes of the continental shelf and coast of Argentina. This is a joint venture between Pierce, Frederic Siegel (George Washington University), and Argentine scientists. His work on the evolution of the North Carolina Outer Banks is continuing. M. Grant Gross who agreed to join the staff in August 1966, will continue his work on the cores obtained from Midway Island in con- junction with J. I. Tracey and H. S. Ladd of the U.S. Geological Survey. 112 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY MINERAL SCIENCES Research in meteorites was concentrated on phase analysis in chon- drites and in several unusual iron meteorites. For the second year this work was to a large extent supported by the National Aeronautics and Space Agency. Under an Air Force contract a number of rare, so-called unequilibrated chondrites were analyzed chemically. Kurt Fredriksson completed a study of some 30 L — and LL — group (amphoterites) chondrites and demonstrated that these two groups can be clearly separated on the basis of olivine and pyroxene compositions, although bulk analyses may show overlap. An intensive study of the Sharps meteorite showed that this is one of the few H — group chondrites that has variable olivine and pyroxene composition. Furthermore, it contains fragments of a carbonaceous chondrite and secondary chondrules, thus three igneous and three "sedimentary" cycles can be recognized. This demonstrates that chondrites are products of very complex extraterrestrial rock-forming processes that took place early in the development of the solar system. Research by Brian Mason during the year was directed toward investigation of the chemical and mineralogical composition of stony meteorites. Specimens of special research interest from the Museum's collection are being chemically analyzed, and their mineralogy studied by microscope, x-ray diffraction, and electron microprobe techniques. A detailed examination of meteorites collected at Wolf Creek crater in Western Australia in 1963 resulted in the discovery of two new minerals. Descriptions of these were to be presented at a meeting of the International Mineralogical Association in Cambridge, England, in September 1966. During July 1 965 Mason collected tektites in central Australia and mapped their distribution. In August he was joined by E. P. Henderson and together they carried out similar field work on the Nullarbor Plain, a limestone plateau 500 miles from east to west and 100 miles north to south, extending across South and Western Australia. As a result of this and previous expeditions to Australia the museum now possesses the finest collection of well localized tektites in any institution. These are being intensively studied in cooperation with scientists from the NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. Roy S. Clarke, Jr., continued his research on tektites cooperatively with colleagues at the Corning Glass Works and the U. S. Geological Svirvey. Studies in progress on the potassium-argon ages of artificial glasses made from natural materials may have important implica- tions for the presently accepted interpretation of the potassium-argon experiment as applied to tektites. RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION MINERAL SCIENCES 113 Eugene Jarosewich analyzed 12 new meteorites, and a paper present- ing the results of these analyses is in press. In addition the pyroxenes from the Chainpur, Clovis, and Coolidge meteorites were analyzed, and a series of separate chemical determinations performed on the meteorites Knyahinya, Mangwendi, and Bjurbole. Installation of an X-ray fluorescence analyzer in the chemical laboratory was completed. Jarosewich and Joseph Nelen are devel- oping a method for analyzing stony meteorites by this technique. The fact that these meteorites have a silicate matrix containing finely dispersed metallic inclusions presented a problem, and the first objective was to obtain a fine, homogeneous powder. Various fusion techniques were tried but with disappointing results; however, acid attack to decompose the metal phase, followed by neutralization and low temperature ignition to oxides, seems to offer promise. After spending a month in Australia collecting tektites, E. P. Henderson continued his studies of hexahedrites. On December 31, 1965, he retired and was appointed honorary research associate. George Switzer continued his work on the garnet group of minerals, and with William G. Melson completed a study of plagioclase-spinel- graphite xenoliths in iron-bearing basalts from Disko Island, Greenland. In November 1965 he was re-elected Secretary of the Mineralogical Society of America and appointed U.S. member of the Museums Commission of the International Mineralogical Association. Paul E. Desautels completed a morphological study of nickel veyite and continued his studies of radioactive minerals from Mexico and lead oxychloride minerals from Greece. John S. White completed his description of plattnerite and with Brian Mason worked on the descriptions of two new mineral species from the Wolf Creek, Australia, meteorite. Peter B. Leavens joined the staff in November 1965 as an NAS-NRC postdoctoral research associate. His primary interest is the mineralogy and geochemistry of iron-manganese phosphates in pegmatites, and he has been studying suites of these minerals in the Museum collections. He has finished a reexamination of the incompletely described man- ganese phosphate bermanite. In cooperation with T. A. Simpson of the Alabama Geological Survey, he is preparing a paper on the iron-manganese phosphates found in a pegmatite in Coosa County, Alabama. Among other research projects undertaken by Leavens are a paper completed on the calcium oxalate mineral whewellite; another in preparation on the OH:F ratio in the beryllium phosphate, herderite; and one co-authored with C. S. Hurlbut of Harvard University on the lithium silicates bikitaite and eucryptite. The specimens used in this 114 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY study were collected by Leavens and John White at the Foote Mineral Company mine, King's Mountain, North Carolina. William G. Melson continued his investigations of oceanic rocks. Studies centered on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and include greenstones, basalts, and dolerites from lat. 22°N. ; ultramafic and alkali-rich mafic rocks from St. Paul's Rocks; and an alkali "basalt" (olivine nephelinite) and numerous other rock types dredged from the St. Paul's Rocks area. Melson in November 1965 participated in cruises to the 22°N. area (cruise 1 of the R.V. Thomas Washington) and in March 1966 to St. Paul's Rocks and the Romanche Trench in the equatorial Atlantic (cruise 20 of the R.V. Atlantis II). This work is part of cooperative investigations of the Mid-Atlantic with Tj. H. van Andel of the Scripps Oceanographic Institution and Vaughan T. Bowen of Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. The cruises were extremely successful from a petrologic standpoint. Dredging produced very large and complex suites of rocks which will be examined into and perhaps through 1966. Studies of greenstones from the R.V. Chain cruise 44 (1964) were completed and the results are in press. In addition, several short notes were submitted for publication on oceanic rocks and minerals that include montomorillonites (mainly saponite) in hydrothermally altered basalts from the 22°N. area, and an olivine nephelinite dredged near St. Paul's Rocks during cruise 20 of the R.V. Atlantis II. The Collections CARE AND CONSERVATION SPECIMENS ACCESSIONED, IDENTIFIED, AND DISTRIBUTED— FISCAL YEAR 1966 Accessions Trans- Lent for (transac- ferred to study to tions) Exchanged other Gov- investigators 1966 Received with other ernment and other Specimens Departments (new) on loan institutions agencies institutions identified Anthropology . . 76 1,226 81 9 559 2,228 Invertebrate Zool- ogy 460 4,388 1,802 0 14, 506 38, 578 Vertebrate Zool- ogy 191 9,648 6,751 6 16, 114 25, 438 Entomology . . . 477 6, 141 2,243 1,500 75, 507 31,547 Botany 337 3,229 7,876 37, 701 32, 160 18, 172 Paleobiology . . 138 341 2,579 0 13,706 46, 794 Mineral Sciences . 298 8 1, 188 151 39, 367 613 437 Totals . . 1,977 24, 981 22, 520 153, 165 163, 194 ANTHROPOLOGY Creation of the anthropological conservation laboratory, which replaces and incorporates the previous preparatory service, represents a major step forward. In August 1965, the laboratory was set up in its new quarters, and considerable progress was made in the acquisition of basic supplies and equipment. The staff includes A. Joseph Andrews, who remains chief preparator, and Bethune Gibson, who joined the staff as a technician specializing in conservation, under the immediate supervision of Gus W. Van Beek. During the year, a total of 1,313 specimens, ranging from fish-oil-saturated wooden bowls, from the Northwest Coast of the United States, to African iron weapons, to ancient Greek and Italic pottery, to bark paintings from Australia, have been cleaned and given conservation treatment. The laboratory personnel have also experimented with various materials in their search for solutions to problems of conservation. Noteworthy discoveries include development of processes for the removal of noncarbonate encrustations on pottery, and ubiquitous black "ink blot" and root deposits that occur on ancient pottery from various environmental situations. 115 116 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY In conjunction with the conservation laboratory, museum technicians have begun to reorganize the storage of all the ethnological specimens from the Northwest Coast of North America, the Philippines, and Korea and Japan. In the process it was determined that the U.S. National Museum has one of the finest collections from the Northwest Coast made in the late 1 800s — as yet unstudied except for an occasional piece which has attracted attention because of its esthetic qualities. Reorga- nization of the Old World archeological collection was also completed. Further progress was made in the storing of the Old World archeo- logical collections. The Asian anthropological collections are being systematically reviewed, and the orderly rearrangement of the skeletal storage was completed. During the year the archives of anthropology, which, under the management of Margaret C. Blaker continues to serve a large number of anthropologists, linguists, and other scholars, received and answered an increasing number of inquiries and orders for photographs. The archives, formerly a part of the Bureau of American Ethnology, are old, extensive, and well organized. The contents include ethno- graphic, linguistic, archeological, historical, and some physical anthro- pological manuscript material, large collections of personal papers of a few anthropologists, and a very extensive collection of photographs. The restrictions which limited the BAE archives to materials on the New World having been removed, and being by no means limited to materials gathered by the Smithsonian staff, the archives now may receive anthropological manuscript and photographic material relating to all parts of the world, as well as the personal papers of anthropolo- gists. The collection thus becomes a national archive of anthropology, serving the needs of ethnohistory, culture history, ethnology, compara- tive linguistics, and the history of anthropology. Important additions to the manuscript and photographic collections received during the year include the personal papers of James Owen Dorsey, ethnologist with the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1878— 1895, a gift from J. O. Dorsey's granddaughter, Mrs. Fitzhugh McLean of Takoma Park, Maryland. These papers, consisting of diaries, correspondence, autobiographical notes, lectures, and a volume of notes on Siouan ethnography and language, have been listed in detail and fill three manuscript boxes. The original manuscript which was printed as Ojibway Texts by William Jones (Truman Michelson, ed., Publications of the American Ethnological Society, vol. 7, pts. 1, 2, 1917, 1919), but was previously uncatalogued in the archives, was identified and arranged by comparison with the pub- lished texts. The originals include partial interlinear translations as well as the full English translations that were published. About THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 117 5,000 prints have been made from glass negatives in the collection of the former Bureau of American Ethnology and copied on safety film. However, about 15,000 glass negatives remain uncopied, as well as nearly 10,000 nitrate film negatives which are in an unsafe, deterio- rating condition. Copying will continue as funds become available. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The completion of the west wing of the natural history building enabled the division of fishes to move its collections into the new quarters during the summer of 1965. This move, accomplished in about three months through the cooperation of all staff members of the ichthyological laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, involved the transfer of approximately 300,000 jars of specimens in alcohol. Simul- taneously, the collection was rearranged and preservative was restored. All identified but uncataloged collections were placed in their proper family along with the cataloged material. The collection of large preserved specimens is gradually being transferred to 300 monel-metal- lined tanks in the west wing. The collections of reptiles and amphibians, moved into new quarters in FY 1965 and for the most part arranged in taxonomic order, are now more easily accessible. The program of relabeling and re bottling continued. In the division of birds over 400 new cases were added to the specimen storage area. With a few exceptions, anatomical specimens of birds preserved in fluid are no longer accessioned into the collections, as they are intended for dissection and replacement rather than for permanent reference. To encourage their use by qualified investigators, a catalog of the anatomical collections is being prepared, to be available on request. During the year Mrs. Julian Stein, Jr., volunteered her services towards rearranging the egg data file, and Mrs. John W. Boyd volunteered her services for working on maps of the distribution of Antarctic birds and for translating Russian articles. In the division of mammals, by the end of the year, the bulk of the collections were housed in permanent quarters that place major groups in areas which combine storage and research facilities. This is par- ticularly significant for certain groups like the rodents and primates for which special plans have been made for identification and service facilities. The osteological collections of cetaceans (whales, porpoises, and the like) are still scattered in various temporary storage areas, and plans are under consideration to centralize them in separate warehouse and research facilities outside of the Natural History Museum. 118 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY During the year the department acquired a typewriter system designed to reduce cataloging and processing time by providing replicate labels and/or catalog cards from a single typing. The system features macro- and micro-typewriter units that can be oper- ated from a punched-paper tape. The data typed on the label with the microtypewriter is automatically reproduced on the catalog cards, and as many cards as needed can be made up from the tape. For most of the newly-established divisions of the department, curatorial activities centered around rearrangement of the collections in the new storage areas of the west wing. In the division of mollusks, largely through the diligence of Museum technician, Florence Ruhoff, 15,736 lots were cataloged, a total higher than that during any of the past 6 years and three times the number produced last year. As a result, nearly all the large number of new accessions received during the year are processed and incorporated into the collections. A program initiated to sort the large backlog of uncataloged mollusk accessions to systematic and geographic groupings is expected to make this material more available to the researcher interested in obtaining representatives of various families of mollusks from particular faunal regions. Museum specialist H. B. Roberts began to identify the backlog of American crabs, particularly those from the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean, in a program designed not only to physically reduce the backlog but also to diversify the collections by arranging exchanges of excess material with other institutions. Also by providing routine identifications of specimens of crabs forwarded to the museum for examination, Roberts has materially reduced the burden of routine work formerly assumed by the professional staff. ENTOMOLOGY Under grants from the National Science Foundation, more than 20,000 specimens of Central and South American Lepidoptera were sorted and labeled; a catalog of New World Stenomidae was prepared; a photographic file of Stenomidae was initiated; about 5,000 specimens of Ataenius were mounted and labeled; some 54,000 miscellaneous in- sects were counted, sorted to order, and placed in fresh alcohol; 46,000 aquatic beetles were sorted to family and placed in fresh alcohol; and 5,100 water beetles were prepared for critical study by extraction of the male terminalia and by pinning, labeling, and sorting to genus. Summer student intern Judith Ann Holland sorted, determined to THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 119 genus, and placed in the working collection about 1 2,000 miscellaneous, unidentified Scarabaeidae. Pre-doctoral associate Robert Gordon studied, identified, and revised our collections of Hydroporus (Dytis- cidae). Another pre-doctoral associate, E. D. Cashatt, segregated and studied 3,000 American Chrysauginae, and prepared over 800 genitalic slides. Museum aid Gloria House sorted to family nearly 84,000 beetles, mostly alcoholic material from Bolivia; she also mounted and labeled nearly 2,500 specimens, and mounted an additional 500. Mrs. Joan Ledbetter labeled, sorted and distributed over 97,000 miscellaneous insects, of which some 25 percent was Lepidoptera and Diptera. Mrs. Sophie Lutterlough restored, relabeled, and rehoused thousands of ticks, most of which had dried out, as well as great numbers of dried myriapods and arachnids; and cleaned and sorted many mi- croscope slides. Mrs. Mary Ann Floyd completed rearrangement of the Odonata collection by working over the Oriental and North American sections. J. F. Gates Clarke continued his reorganization and classification of the Neotropical Microlepidoptera with the incorporation of over 4,000 specimens into the working collection. William D. Field transferred and reclassified several families of Lepidoptera, formerly housed in non-standard drawers; among the families transferred were the Amathusiidae, Brassolidae, and our extensive collection of Old World Papilionidae. Ralph E. Crabill found and verified the status of some dozen type specimens of the C. H. Bollman myriapod collection; he continued remounting O. F. Cook's microscopic slides, mostly typical, and he restored, relabeled, and rehoused large numbers of dried myriapods and arachnids, some of which turned out to be unsuspected type specimens. Research associate K. C. Emerson transferred and expanded the Mallophaga collection into new slide boxes; during this process he added the material from the Carriker collection. Miss Helle Starcke, assistant to research associate Robert Traub, began the transfer and arrangement of the Siphonaptera collection into new slide cabinets. Over 5,000 microslides of small Diptera were prepared for the collection by student aids at Radford College under a contract grant administered by the Department of Agriculture. This contract, initiated in 1961, has resulted in the addition of more than 30,000 microslides of specimens to the national collection. Agriculture contracts with other universities and individuals have resulted in the mounting and labeling of an additional 30,000 insects during the current year; for the several years during which these contracts have 120 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY been in effect the national collection has benefited by the preparation of some 1 1 5,000 specimens. BOTANY The addition of 363 new all-steel herbarium cases represents a major advance in specimen storage in the National Herbarium. Of these, 214 were incorporated into the phanerogamic segment of the herbarium, allowing for the much needed expansion of a small portion of the collections. The lichen collections are now completely housed in new steel cases as is a portion of the grass herbarium. Other steel cases were moved into the offices of curators to replace the wooden cases in which their study specimens had been kept. Over 2,000 more steel cases, however, will be needed to convert the entire herbarium to modern steel storage cabinets. During the year E. Yale Dawson, working with Charles F. Rhyne, curated and added to the research collections the entire accumulated backlog of algae. These totaled 14,931 specimens, In addition, a "wet stack" storage facility was established to house fluid-preserved specimens of algae. These specimens are represented by dummy sheets inserted in taxonomic sequence among the dried and pressed collections making the total collection available to users through consultation of a single file. Integration of New World and Old World type specimens into a continuous series was completed by Velva E. Rudd who has also transferred the formerly separate fruit collection into the general herbarium. Bulky fruits are now to be found taxonomically arranged in cases near the appropriate genus or family, a great convenience in systematic studies. PALEOBIOLOGY In the division of paleobotany, nearly all of the primary and second- ary type specimens of fossil plants have been segregated from the main body of the paleobotanical collections. There remain only certain elements of the Tertiary collection that require checking and relocation. The main body of the reference collection is being organized by Arthur D. Watt of the U.S. Geological Survey staff and placed in its permanent arrangement in the main storage area of the division's new quarters. In consequence of the lengthy period during which the laboratory of vertebrate paleontology has been concerned with exhibition, a very considerable backlog of preparation for the study series and general THE COLLECTIONS CARE AND CONSERVATION 121 attention to the condition of the study and reference collections has accumulated. Much of this backlog pertains to preparation of plaster- encased blocks included in field collections acquired during the past several years. General arrangement of the reference and study collections of fossil vertebrates has been completed, since their move from the old part of the building to the east wing, except for the rather large collec- tion of Oligocene titanotheres, including several type specimens which together with certain large fish and reptile specimens, are temporarily laid out on case tops pending construction of covered storage racks. The curatorial activities in the division of invertebrate paleontology centered on processing type specimens. More than 5,000 types were checked against published literature, cataloged, and placed in the collection. Carding of more than 500 type specimens representing a large number of publications furthered the preparation of the planned published list of types on deposit in the Museum. Also, the Tertiary and Ordovician stratigraphic collections were moved to facilitate storage of tens of thousands of specimens and make them more accessible to the scientists directly involved with their use. The Ordovician material was sorted geographically and stratigraphically during the move. The U.S. National Museum has been a repository for approximately 16,200 sediment samples, some of which were collected as early as 1840 by the U.S. Coast Survey. The division of sedimentology is making a detailed inventory of these samples, the usefulness of which has been limited by lack of an adequate inventory and of a single storage place. An attempt is also being made to collate the samples with any published or unpublished sample data and with available station information. A preliminary tabulation discloses that 10,343 of the samples are from the Atlantic continental shelf of the United States, including 815 from the recent U.S. Geological Survey - Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution project; 1,772 off the West Coast of the United States; 400 from Alaskan waters; 2,000 from the Albatross cruises; and 1,571 which can not be associated with any available station information or for which no information has been found. The remaining few samples are from the Caribbean Sea, the southeast Pacific Ocean, and the Arctic Ocean. 230-457—66 11 122 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY GIFTS AND ADDITIONS SPECIMENS IN THE NATIONAL COLLECTION MAY 31, 1966 Anthropology 1,005,034 Cultural Anthropology 967,217 Physical Anthropology 37,817 Invertebrate Zoology 12, 149,941 Crustacea 1,477,157 Worms 651,097 Echinoderms 80, 244 Mollusks 9,941,443 Vertebrate Zoology 2, 845, 582 Mammals 336,825 Birds 520, 338 Reptiles and Amphibians 166, 778 Fishes 1,821,641 Entomology 17,345,519 (Former Division of Insects total, 1963 15,978,513) (divisional totals are shown from this date) Coleoptera 306,477 Hemiptera 233,879 Lepidoptera 261,428 Myriapoda and Arachnida 405, 544 Neuropteroids 159,678 Botany 3,238,876 Phanerogams 2,009,269 Ferns 256,568 Grasses 394,317 Cryptogams 533, 758 Plant Anatomy 44, 964 Paleobiology 13,233,558 Invertebrate Paleontology 13,179,878 Vertebrate Paleontology 49, 104 Paleobotany 4, 576 Mineral Sciences 427, 655 Mineralogy 121,648 Meteorites 7, 351 Petrology 298, 656 Total Natural History Collections 50, 246, 1 65 ANTHROPOLOGY Among the several collections of ethnological materials from Africa received during the year, especially noteworthy were a complete costume of a Tuareg man, acquired from Sgt. Mohamcd Ali Ag. THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 123 Mamatal, of the Mali army; and a collection of artifacts from the Mandara Mountain area of northern Cameroon, collected for the Smithsonian by Paul Hinderling. Darius Thieme, a musicologist, has been engaged for over a year in making a collection of Nigerian musical instruments for the Smithsonian, and two shipments of these have arrived. About 600 artifacts of the Canela Indians (Brazil) were collected in the field. Including items as varied as life-size ceremonial masks and maroon chalk ear plugs, they constitute the largest and most complete assemblage of South American tribal material in the Museum. An exceptionally well selected and documented collection received directly from Asia in recent years is the Province Henry collection of 201 Taiwan tribal objects consisting of clothing, religious paraphernalia, utensils, weapons, woodwork, and other items. An outstanding collec- tion of 255 purchased and donated textiles was assembled mostly in India and Thailand by Mrs. Elizabeth Bayley Willis. Other valuable collections received were a Burmese collection of 600 objects from William C. Sturtevant, 125 Korean masks of folk drama from Professor Duhyun Lee, and 135 items of Iranian costumes from Mrs. Ethel Jane Bunting. From Mrs. Mary Slusser in Nepal came jewelry, clothing, toys, and games. A cast of the Niah Cave skull (North Borneo Paleolithic) as recon- structed by Don R. Brothwell, was received in exchange through Kenneth P. Oakley of the British Museum (Natural History) and placed on exhibit. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Major and significant additions to the vertebrate zoology collections of the Department were made through Smithsonian expeditions and surveys parts of the world, particularly in Latin America, the Pacific, and Africa, as well as by gift and exchange. Two outstanding collections of fishes, totaling approximately 10,000 specimens, are the several thousand fishes from the western Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, received from the Exploratory Program of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and a large collection of bathypelagic fishes, made during a survey of the fauna of the Cali- fornia Current, received from the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, California. More than 5,000 specimens of reptiles and amphibians were cata- loged, including 122 specimens as types or para types of new taxa. Donald Broadley of the Umtali Museum, Rhodesia, sent a carefully selected series of specimens, including paratypes of many new species 124 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY and also representatives of species not previously in the collections. Bernard Martof, of the University of North Carolina, gave his synoptic collection of 2,154 salamanders of the genus Leurognathus, which formed a basis for his recent review and revision of the genus. Gustavo Orces-Villagomez, Quito, Ecuador, deposited his extensive collec- tions of Ecuadorian reptiles and amphibians in the Museum, admirably supplementing the locality-oriented specimens obtained in Ecuador by Dr. Peters. The Pacific Ocean Biological Survey Program of the Smithsonian has continued to add to the lizard collections from all parts of the Pacific. Outstanding accessions of birds include a specimen of Pterodroma baraui, received by exchange through Dr. Jouanin, and a specimen of Wetmorethraupis sterrhopteron and two of Conioptilon mcilhennyi, by ex- change through Dr. Lowery. Both of these latter two genera are newly described tropical American passerines and as such represent exciting additions to the national collections. Among the anatomical speci- mens received were major collections from Chile, the Indian Ocean, and North America. Other valuable acquisitions included two skele- tons of the lesser flamingo donated by John G. Williams and skeletons of the cahow and black-capped petrel presented by David B. Wingate. More than 11,000 specimens of mammals were accessioned. Ap- proximately 8,000 of these result from major field operations in Vene- zuela and Africa, funded by Defense Department contracts. Important collections of bats were received from Belem, Brazil, through a col- laborative relationship with the Belem Virus Laboratory (Instituto Evandro Chagas); from Peru, from A. L. Tuttle; and from Colombia, sent by C. J. Marinkelle. In addition, an important collection of 387 mammal specimens from West Pakistan was received from Col. Robert Traub. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY One of the most significant of the additions to the collections of invertebrate zoology was a series of over 9,000 lots of leeches and an extensive library of books and reprints on the Hirudinea, received as a bequest from the late J. Percy Moore. Mollusks accessioned during the year include nearly 15,000 speci- mens from the southeastern Pacific, acquired through the studies of Harald A. Rchder. Joseph P. E. Morrison arranged the transfer of 4,000 mollusks and 3,000 radula slides left by the late J. A. Weber of Miami. Also added to the collection were over 9,000 marine mollusks from southeast Asia, collected by Joseph Rosewater while participating in the International Indian Ocean Expedition. On Philippine expedition of Donald R. Davis, the rare butterfly Troganoptera trojana was sought. Here, Julian Jumalon of San Carlos University sets out a damaged male, which is deep velvet black, except for a brilliant red collar and metallic green patches along both wings, as bait to lure the more valu- able female. Below: a perfect female specimen, of which very few have ever been obtained. On a Smithsonian collecting trip, Paul J. Spangler with Malaise insect trap at campsite in Costa Rica ("see p. 99), near Esparta, July 1965. Spangler aspirating water beetles from his net after collecting in a pond at Puntarenas, Costa Rica. ?" ji^FOSR* THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 125 Transfers of specimens from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service added two large series of decapod crustaceans from the Gulf and Caribbean area, and also a large collection of caprellid amphipods. Two large collections of decapod crustaceans were received through the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, and an extensive collection of freshwater crustaceans was donated by Northeast Louisiana State College. Representatives of over 60 species of echinoderms, many not pre- viously represented in the collection, were received on exchange from the British Museum. More than 50 species of echinoids taken during the International Indian Ocean Expedition were also added to the collection during the year. ENTOMOLOGY Over 856,000 insects and allies were accessioned during the year, the second highest total in the history of the department of entomology. The tremendous F. C. Bishopp collection of ticks accounted for more than a third of this total. Holotypes of 1,122 species were accessioned during the year. The largest and most important gift of Coleoptera was the C. H. Dieke library and world-wide collection of 24,468 specimens of Coccinellidae. Various members of the departmental staff added materially; P. J. Spangler collecting 72,825 specimens and O. S. Flint 10,234. The Dominican survey produced 7,244 specimens, with many more to be counted and accessioned. The African survey, under H. W. Setzer of the division of mammals, added 17,174 insects, a very important acquisition because our African material is so limited. Upon the death of research associate Carl J. Drake, full custody of the outstanding Drake Hemiptera collection passed to the Smithsonian and to the care of the division of Hemiptera. A small but critically important lot of 236 bedbugs from R. L. Usinger established our total holdings as the world's richest collection of species and types in the family Cimicidae. Other important acquisitions include 2,617 miscellaneous insects from various parts of the world, from K. W. Cooper; 2,567 from the American tropics, collected by W. D. Duck- worth; 2,202 from various parts of the world, from N. L. H. Krauss; and 1,045 North American aphids from J. O. Pepper. Lepidoptera and Diptera received include 7,305 specimens collected on Dominica by J. F. G. Clarke and his wife; 18,850 Lepidoptera and Diptera collected in the Philippines and Dominica by D. R. Davis; 12,778 moths and flies from Dominica and Central America, by O. S. Flint; 16,928 Central American Lepidoptera and Diptera 126 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY collected by P. J. Spangler and his wife. From non-staff members came 487 butterflies from Greece, from J. C. Coutsis; 786 New Zealand moths collected by T. H. Davies; 848 North American Lepidoptera and Diptera presented by G. F. Edmunds; 5,205 flies from North America, by K. Khalaf; and 3,841 moths from North America, from F. W. Stehr. The largest single accession was 43,160 flies collected by W. W. Wirth in Dominica, probably one of the finest representa- tions of Diptera ever assembled from any of the islands of the Lesser Antilles. In addition to the Bishopp tick collection, the Myriapoda and Arachnida holdings were augmented by several lots of critical im- portance: G. E. Ball presented over 600 chilopods mostly from pre- viously unsampled parts of Mexico; Smithsonian and Department of Agriculture colleagues collected an impressively sizeable assortment of myriapods and arachnids on Dominica; through W. Engelhardt was obtained an exchange of 29 chilopods from the K. W. Verhoeff collection, including a number of paratypes, an acquisition of critical importance because of Verhoeff' s position as a pioneer in myriapod studies. Among neuropteroids received were important synoptic collec- tions of Finnish Trichoptera from M. Meinander; Czechoslovakian Trichoptera from J. Sykora; North American Hydroptilidae from R. L. Blickle; and North American Plecoptera and Trichoptera from S. G. Jewett. The single most important accession was the collection of mostly South American Mallophaga assembled by the late research associate M. A. Carriker; it contains 17,882 specimens mounted on 7,830 slides and included 653 holotypes. K. C. Emerson was respon- sible for the transfer from the Department of Defense of over 2,000 slides of Anoplura and Mallophaga. A. B. Gurney of the Agriculture staff donated some 4,500 specimens of insects and allies collected by him in Ethiopia. H. W. Setzer and J. Neal of the division of mammals transferred more than 8,000 insects collected incidentally during their mammal survey in Iran. Both of these accessions were most welcome because previously these areas were virtually unrepresented in our collection. The U.S. Department of Agriculture transferred over 76,500 insects, many of them of considerable importance because of associated host data. One important acquisition in this transfer was the Alfieri synoptic collection of Egyptian Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidop- tera, and Neuroptera, consisting of about 7,400 specimens representing some 3,500 species and including several hundred types or cotypes. The tremendous value may be appreciated when it is noted that of the 531 species of wasps and bees identified specifically in the Alfieri THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 127 collection, over 70 percent were not represented previously in the Museum collection by identified specimens. Two other welcome lots were nearly 4,400 Diptera from Arizona collected by C. W. Sabrosky; and 800 Hymenoptera from North and South America, collected by D. R. Smith. BOTANY The inception of an algal research program has stimulated an increase in the botanical materials that are so important for staff activities. Holdings of algae have been appreciably enhanced by acquisition of the herbarium of the Beaudette Foundation for Marine Biology, comprising 7,677 specimens of dried and fluid-preserved seaweeds. E. Yale Dawson donated over 1,600 specimens of algae from his personal collections and more than 600 algal specimens were received on exchange from the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. The Plitt lichen herbarium of 21,564 mounted specimens was trans- ferred to the Museum from the national fungus collections in Beltsville, Maryland. Mason E. Hale contributed 5,833 specimens of lichens resulting from his field work in Southeast Asia and the University of Iowa donated its lichen herbarium of 3,000 specimens. Under a research project supported in part by the National Science Foundation, Conrad V. Morton deposited 16,174 photographs of type specimens of ferns from European herbaria, greatly augmenting the fern type collections. An outstanding collection of 622 ferns of Assam, India, collected by Walter M. Koelz, was received on exchange from the University of Michigan. Added to the already rich collections of grasses from Brazil were 1,216 collected for the museum by Lyman B. Smith and 1,035 specimens received on exchange from the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, collected by the British agrostologist W. Derek Clayton. These grass collections from Brazil together with the others in the U.S. National Herbarium form part of the basis for Thomas R. Soderstrom's continuing research on the luxuriant grass flora repre- sented in this country. Recent botanical activities on the Island of Dominica in conjunction with the Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey have resulted in the accessioning of 22,560 flowering plants collected by staff members Wallace R. Ernst and Dan H. Nicolson and by Grady L. Webster of Purdue University and Kenton L. Chambers of Oregon State Uni- versity. The Dominican plants form the basis, in part, for a forthcom- ing flora of the island being undertaken by staff members of the department of botany in collaboration with botanists at other insti- tutions. 128 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Accessions of woods from the Juan Fernandez Islands represented many new taxa for the national collections, including Lactoris fernan- deziana, sole species of the Lactoridaceae, a family endemic on these Pacific islands. A rare, historically important collection of woods, received in exchange from the museum of the V. L. Komarov Botanical Institute, Leningrad, came from plants, grown in the former imperial botanical gardens of St. Petersburg, which were brought into cultivation through the efforts of early Russian plant explorers. Over half of the 64 specimens represent plants for which there had been no previous examples in the wood collections of the Museum. A collection of 138 wood specimens gathered by Kenton L. Chambers, Oregon State University, were the first to result from the Bredin-Archbold-Smith- sonian Biological Survey of Dominica. PALEOBIOLOGY As a gift from J. Harlan Johnson of the Colorado School of Mines, the division of paleobotany received 76 slides containing 18 primary and 80 secondary types of fossil algae from Guatemala. Fieldwork by Francis M. Hueber and James P. Ferrigno under support from the Roland W. Brown fund for paleobotanical research brought to the collections about 329 specimens of Lower Devonian plant fossils from the Beartooth Butte formation at Beartooth Butte and Cottonwood Canyon, Wyoming. Noteworthy specimens in the collection include a series of excellent examples of Bucheria ovata Dorf, Drepanophycus spinaeformis Goeppert and representative examples of Psilophyton wy- omingense Dorf. From fieldwork in eastern Canada, 1,255 specimens of Lower and Middle Devonian plant remains were added to the collec- tions. A large number of anatomically preserved plants comprise the significant element of this collection. Outstanding among accessions of fossil vertebrates is a collection of approximately 473 specimens of early Tertiary mammals from various localities in the Green River Basin of southwestern Wyoming, princi- pally from the lower member of the middle Eocene Bridger formation, made by C. Lewis Gazin and Franklin L. Pearce under funds provided by the National Science Foundation. The collection is rich in remains of the smaller mammals, including the condylarth Hyopsodus; various primates, rodents, insectivores, and carnivores; and the ungulates Orohippus and Helaletes. Among the larger mammals represented are Tillotherium and the perissodactyls Hyrachyus and Palaeosyops. A particularly noteworthy acquisition, made by purchase through the Walcott fund, is an unusually well represented skeleton of a Miocene cetothere whale from the Choptank formation of Maryland. The THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 129 specimen was collected by Richard Warren of Robert, Louisiana, from the Calvert Cliffs south of Flag Pond. In addition to skull portions, ribs, and chevrons, the specimen includes an articulated series of 20 vertebrae from the first cervical to the first lumbar and 14 vertebrae from the eleventh lumbar to the twelfth caudal, only the second to tenth lumbars missing. Not only is the specimen remarkable for its completeness but it is the first cetothere to be discovered in the Chop- tank formation. Other notable accessions of vertebrate fossils include a collection of well over 100 specimens, principally fossil mammals, from a fissure filling near Ladds, in Bartow County, Georgia, acquired by purchase through the Walcott fund from Shorter College in Rome, Georgia, and approximately 100 specimens of late Pleistocene vertebrates from the Puebla Valley of Mexico collected by Clayton E. Ray, under funds provided in part by the National Science Foundation. The most notable addition to the invertebrate fossil collections was a gift of more than 30,000 specimens given by Johns Hopkins University. Included was a valuable identified, biologically arranged series of Tertiary mollusks, one of the most complete reference collections known of these organisms from the East Coast of North America. Many of the specimens were collected from localities no longer available because of construction activities. In addition, more than 500 type specimens previously deposited at the University were transferred to the Museum. The Walcott bequest provided funds for several other major addi- tions to the collections: Robert B. Neuman collected more than 1,000 Cambrian and Ordovician specimens in Newfoundland; E. G. Kauff- man and N. F. Sohl collected an important silicified fauna from the Mesozoic of Trinidad and additional Tertiary and Mesozoic specimens from the West Indies. More than 15,000 Tertiary mollusks were accessioned from the American Museum of Natural History including the specimens on which a major study of Tertiary and Recent pectinids was based. A gift of Triassic brachiopods from the Academy of Sciences of the USSR is considered of great value. Arranged through A. Dagis of the Institute of Geology and Geophysics, the gift will provide reference information for distributional studies of several genera. Most of the accessions made during the year involved type specimens sent to the Museum, and a sizeable increase over previous years has been noted in the number of types deposited. 130 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY MINERAL SCIENCES The past year has been an important one for the growth of the meteorite collection. Specimens were added from 26 meteorites not previously represented and an additional 1 7 new meteorites are now represented in the form of thin-sections. The total number of meteor- ites added to the collection was 137, and the total thin-sections was 85. Over 1,800 tektite specimens from various localities were also added. The Carl Bosch collection of nearly 600 meteorites was acquired. A number of these will be important additions to the collection. The University of Minnesota agreed to place their meteorite collec- tion, comprising approximately 120 specimens, on deposit in the Mu- seum. Some are of great scientific value. In return an educational exhibition of representative meteorites will be prepared and put on display at the University. It is hoped that similar agreements can be reached with other universities possessing a few unrepresentative but scientifically important meteorite specimens. The rate of growth of the mineral and gem collections remained high. Quantities of scientifically important type specimens were obtained from various sources. Also, excellent specimens were ob- tained from all the newly discovered occurrences of any importance noted during the year. Considerable time and effort was spent in negotiating for and obtaining the Carl Bosch collection of minerals and meteorites (approximately 28,000 specimens including almost 600 meteorites), which is the most important collection acquired since the Roebling and Canfield additions in 1926. The collection will be described more fully in the next annual report. It is estimated that it represents a 20 percent increase in the total mineral collection. Among several important gifts by individuals to the mineral col- lection were a fine large tourmaline crystal from Madagascar, presented by Randolph Rothschild; a superb specimen of torbernite from France, by the Lester Barrer family; an extraordinary specimen of the new mineral francevillite from Gabon, by Mr. Bernard T. Rocca; and an exquisite suite of fine specimens of Mexican agate, by Colonel E. M. Barron. Other fine specimen material and much research material was obtained, as usual, through exchange. Numerous new and rare species were added including dellaite, moctezumite, sonoraite, coaling- ite, rosenhahnite, sakuralite, marokite and gaudefroyite. The usual program of planned addition of specimens through use of the Roebling and Canfield endowments continued. The Roebling fund this year provided an extraordinarily beautiful specimen of vivianitc from near Richmond, Virginia; a large and striking speci- THE COLLECTIONS GIFTS AND ADDITIONS 131 men of barite from the mines of southern Illinois; excellent specimens of vanuralite and francevillite from Gabon; arsenopyrite from Portugal; silver from Mexico: amethyst from Ontario; and epidote from Baja California. Outstanding among additions from the Canfield fund are specimens of rubellite from Brazil, large sphene and spinel crystals from Madagascar, arsenopyrite from Portugal, and an unusually large and rare classic twin crystal of cumengite from Baja California. As in all recent years, the gem collection has received additions of great value and importance. Chief among the gifts was a 138.7-carat star ruby. This magnificent gem, the largest and finest star ruby on record, came as a gift from Rosser Reeves. Two very large faceted gems of topaz purchased through the help of the Chamberlain fund: one, weighing 7,725 carats is golden yellow; the other, weighing 2,680 carats, is colorless. Through the Roebling fund a 55-carat faceted and flawless gem of petalite, the largest of its kind on record, was obtained. The suite of carvings was enriched by a series of 13 jade carvings given by Mrs. Mildred Taber Keally and 9 carvings of various materials given by Sidney Krandall. Many interesting and described suites of rocks containing chemically analyzed specimens added to the petrology collections came from the U.S. Geological Survey, the British Museum, Cambridge University, and from several independent researchers through transfers, exchanges, and gifts. The number of oceanic rocks in the collections was greatly increased by a gift from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, through Vaughn T. Bowen, of a large suite of rocks dredged from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at lat. 22° N. Through Professor H. H. Hess of Princeton University was received the Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico, serpentinite core, one of the National Science Foundation's preliminary Mohole Project cores. The core is unique in furnishing a nearly 1,000-foot section of a serpentinite body, much of which has been unusually well described. Exhibits Although the new hall of physical anthropology was opened last year, work continued on some of its exhibits. The most important addition is a mural painted by Alton S. Tobey reconstructing in detail the performance of a prehistoric surgical operation, trephination, by the Incas in Machu Picchu. Reconstructions of varieties of australo- pithecines and of Oreopithecus by Jay Matternes are in preparation. The preparation of exhibit scripts by Gus W. Van Beek for the hall of Old World archeology, continued. The first of several murals planned for this hall — this one of Egyptian mourning women — was completed in the Egyptian alcove by artist Laurinda Gupta. A new mold and plastic cast was made from the plaster cast of the monumental statue of the Semitic storm-god Hadad for use in the Syro-Palestinian alcove. The African hall progressed significantly during the year with the completion, under the scientific direction of Gordon D. Gibson, of sev- eral exhibits on the cultures of Central and East Africa. A push-button program of African music was installed to illustrate with sounds several African instruments; the musical selections are correlated with color slides showing the manner in which the instruments are played. Additional units on East Africa and a section on southern Africa remain to be installed. Advice on the preparation of particular exhibits was received from several regional experts: Roger Summers, curator of the National Museum of Rhodesia at Bulawayo, consulted at length with the staff on the preparation of a diorama to represent the building of Zimbabwe; Barrie Reynolds, Director of the Livingstone Museum, Zambia, provided advice, pictures, and specimens for use in the preparation of a life group to illustrate an episode in an initiation ceremony; Alan Jacobs of the University of Illinois assisted very significantly in the preparation of plans for an exhibit on the Masai; Conrad Reining, Priscilla C. Reining, Walter Deshler, and Irving Kaplan advised with respect to several other exhibits dealing with East Africa; and the Voice of America staff assisted in supplying an appropriate recording for the Chinese opera exhibit in the East Asian hall. 132 The popular gem hall was remodeled to approximately twice its former size, most of the exhibits were redesigned, and new gems were added to the displays. The newly opened jade hall, adjacent to the gem hall, displays the Maude Monell Vetlesen jade collection of Chinese jade carvings of the 16th through 19th centuries. MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY EXHIBITS 133 In the department of vertebrate zoology the preparation of cases in the hall of osteology and of models and cases for the hall of cold- blooded vertebrates continued. Through the efforts of Joseph Britton, who joined the staff as an exhibits specialist during the year, development of exhibits for the hall of life in the sea progressed rapidly. The alcove on reproduction and parental care, illustrating the diversity of these activities in marine invertebrates, and a special exhibit featuring a random access slide projector designed to demonstrate a variety of marine organisms, neared completion. Specifications were completed for 32 models needed for other alcoves and 15 of these are in varying stages of pro- duction. Work continued on the coral reef group and on cases il- lustrating defense and methods of feeding. Considerable progress was made in the laboratory of vertebrate paleontology in the restoration and mounting of new skeletons and the remounting and repairing of previously displayed materials to be used in the new hall of Quaternary vertebrates. Mounts of the skeletons of the saber-tooth cat Smilodon, the four-horned antelope Stockoceras, and the dire wolf Aenocyon were completed, as were restorations and repairs to the previously displayed mastodon skeletons, and the Cumberland Cave wolverine Gulo was remounted. Mounting of the skeletons of the giant ground sloth Eremotherium from Panama and the smaller Paramylodon from Rancho La Brea, involving extensive use of heavy but essentially concealed steel supports, was well along toward completion. A diorama illustrating terrestrial life of the Triassic period, the first of four scheduled for the balcony of the dinosaur hall, was installed after completion of the background by Jay Matternes. The new exhibit hall of gems was completed and opened in September 1965, and the new exhibit of the Maude Monell Vetlesen collection of carved Chinese jades of the 16th to 19th centuries was opened in January 1966. Paul E. Desautels wrote the scripts for these new exhibits and the design was by Mrs. Dorothy Guthrie. Construction work was completed and installation of cases was begun on the new exhibits of physical geology and meteorites. Further details concerning the construction of exhibits in the Museum of Natural History are to be found in the report of the U.S. National Museum, Office of Exhibits, pages 52-53. 230-457 — 66 12 Staff Publications ANTHROPOLOGY The Smithsonian Office of Anthropology in December 1965 inaugu- rated a new series, "Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology,'-' replacing the "Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletins," which will be closed out with the appearance of numbers 196-200. The new series introduces a larger (quarto) size, double-column page, with higher quality printing and better reproduction of halftones and line drawings, and it has no geographical restrictions on subject matter. Angel, J. Lawrence (with Paul T. Baker). Old age changes in bone density: sex and race factors in the United States. Human Biology, vol. 37, pp. 104-121, 1965. Collins, Henry B. Pre-Eskimo cultures in Alaska. Pp. 374—396 in Japanese Archaeology, no. 1, Pre-Ceramic Age, Sosuke Sugihara, ed., Tokyo, 1965. (In Japanese.) . Foreword (as Chairman of Directing Committee) to volume 12, Arctic bibliography, p. v, 1965. Crocker, William H. A preliminary analysis of some Canela re- ligious aspects. Revista do Museu Paulista, n.s., vol. 14, pp. 163— 173, 1963. . Ethnology: South America. Pp. 112-152 in Handbook of Latin American Studies, no. 27. University of Florida Press, 1965. Evans, Clifford. The dating of Easter Island archeological obsidian specimens. No. 18 in Reports of the Norwegian Archaeological Expedition to Easter Island and the East Pacific, vol. 2: Mis- cellaneous reports. Monographs of the School of American Research and the Kon-tiki Museum, no. 24, part 2, pp. 469-495, 1965. Evans, Clifford, and Meggers, Betty J. Cronologia relativa y absoluta en la costa del Ecuador. Cuadernos de Historia y Arqueologia, Ano XI, vol. 10, no. 7, pp. 3-8, 1961. Casa de la Cultura Ecuatoriana, N video del Guayas, Guayaquil, 1965. — . Guia para prospeccao arqueologica no Brasil. Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Guia no. 2, 57 pp., Belem, 1965. (contributing editors). Archaeology: South America. Pp. 56-75 in Handbook of Latin American Studies, no. 27. University of Florida Press, 1965. 134 PUBLICATIONS ANTHROPOLOGY 135 Ewers, John C. Artists of the Old West. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday & Co., 240 pp., 164 plates (35 in color), 1965. . The emergence of the Plains Indian as the symbol of the North American Indian. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst, for 1964, pp. 531-544, 1965. . Last of the Buffalo Indians. The American West, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 26-31, 1965. . Iroquois Indians in the Far West; Literate fur trader among the Upper Missouri tribes; and The Medicine Rock of the Marias. Chapters (pp. 129-136, 137-148, 165-168) in The Red Man's West, ed. Michael S. Kennedy. New York: Hastings House, 1965. . Plains Indian reactions to the Lewis and Clark Expedition. Montana, the Magazine of Western History, vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 2-12, 1966. . The museum historian as scholar. Smithsonian Year 1965, pp. 105-109, 1966. . Chiefs from the Missouri and Mississippi, and Peale's silhouettes of 1806. Smithsonian Journal of History, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1-26, 1966. Holland, C. G. Migration in a late archaic horizon. Quarterly Bulletin, Archeological Society of Virginia, vol. 19, no. 3, pp. 65-68, March 1965. . An archeological survey of the Oakley Reservoir. Illinois State Museum, Preliminary Reports, no. 5, 1965. Hoyme, Lucile E. The nasal index and climate: A spurious case of natural selection in man. Amer. Journ. Phys. Anthropol., n.s., vol. 23, pp. 336-337, 1965. Meggers, Betty J. Ecuador. Vol. 49 in Ancient peoples and places, 220 pp., London and New York, 1966. Meggers, Betty J., and Evans, Clifford. A transpacific contact in 3000 B.C. Scientific American, vol. 214, no. 1, pp. 28-35, January 1966. Meggers, Betty J.; Evans, Clifford; and Estrada, Emilio. Early formative period of coastal Ecuador: the Valdivia and Machalilla phases. Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology, vol. 1 (whole vol.), xxi-f- 234 pp., 196 pis., 115 figs., 30 tables, Decem- ber 1965. Metcalf, George S. The barbed wire fence. Corral Dust, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 4-6, 1965. . Archeology: Western Hemisphere. Pp. 69-70 in Americana Annual, 1966. Riesenberg, Saul H. Table of voyages affecting Micronesian Islands. Oceania, vol. 36, no. 2; pp. 155-170, 1965. 136 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Stewart, T. D. The problem of analyzing the height of the cranial vault. In Homenaje a Juan Comas en su 65 aniversario, vol. 2 (Antropologia fisica), pp. 359-366. Mexico, 1965. ■ . The scapula of the first recognized Neanderthal skeleton. Bonner Jahrbuch, vol. 164, pp. 1-14, 1964. Some problems in human paleopathology. Chapter (pp. 43-55) in "Human Paleopathology," ed. Saul Jarcho. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1966. Sturtevant, William C. Report of the Book Review Editor. Amer- ican Anthropologist, vol. 67, no. 3, pp. 768-771, 1965. . Preliminary annotated bibliography on eastern North American Indian agriculture. Proceedings of the 21st Southeastern Archaeological Conference, Southeastern Archaeological Confer- ence Bulletin no. 3, pp. 1-24, Cambridge, Mass., 1965. . Historic Carolina Algonkian cultivation of Chenopodium or Amaranthus. Ibid., pp. 64-65, 1965. — . Ethnographic details in the American drawings of John White, 1577-1590. Ethnohistory, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 54-63, 1965. . Couvade: Toward the resurrection of Father Schmidt's stillbirth. American Anthropologist, vol. 67, no. 5, p. 1287, 1965. . Ethnological collections and curatorial records. Museum News, vol. 44, no. 7, pp. 16-19, 1966. . Duration of graduate study for the PhD. Fellow Newsletter (American Anthropological Assoc), vol. 7, no. 6, pp. 3-4, 1966. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Bothma, J. du P. Preliminary identification manual for African mammals, pt. 1, Hyracoidea, 15 pp., 1965.1 Corbett, G. B. Preliminary identification manual for African mam- mals, pt. 2, Menotyphla, 10 pp., 1966.1 Gibbs, Robert H., Jr., and Weitzman, Stanley J. Cryptostomias psychrolutes, a new genus and species of astronesthid fish from the southwestern Pacific Ocean. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Naturh. Foren., vol. 128, pp. 265-271, 2 figs., 1965. and Wilimovsky, Norman J. Family Alepisauridae. In Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Sears Found. Mar. Res., Mem. 1, pt. 5, pp. 482-497, 4 figs., 1966. 1 These are the result of a part of the Smithsonian Institution's effort for the International Biological Program, and were instituted by H. W. Setzer. PUBLICATIONS INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 137 Greenwood, P. Humphry; Rosen, Donn E. ; Weitzman, Stanley H.; and Myers, George S. Phyletic studies of teleostean fishes with a provisional classification of living forms. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 131, art. 4, pp. 341-455, 425 figs., April 1966. Handley, Charles O., Jr. [Review], Bats, by G. M. Allen. Atlantic Naturalist, vol. 20, no. 3, pp. 165-166, 1965. ■. [Review], Aves Brasileiras, by S. Frisch and J. D. Frisch. Auk, vol. 83, no. 1, p. 144, 1966. . [Review], Songs of Brazilian birds, by J. D. Frisch. Auk, vol. 83, no. 1, p. 144, 1966. A synopsis of the genus Kogia (pygmy sperm whales). In: Whales, dolphins, and porpoises, ed. K. S. Norris, pp. 62-69, 1 fig. Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press, 1966. Humphrey, Philip S. Auks, Murres, and Puffins. In A. Wetmore, et al., Water, prey, and game birds of North America. Washing- ton: National Geographic Society, 1965. Kanazawa, Robert H. The fishes of the genus Osteoglossum with a description of a new species from the Rio Negro. Icthyologica, the Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 161—172, 7 figs., May 1966. Krueger, William H, and Gibbs, Robert H, Jr. Growth changes and sexual dimorphism in the stomiatoid fish Echiostoma barbatum. Copeia, no. 1, pp. 39^3, 4 figs., March 1966. Lachner, E. A. Family Echeneidae. In Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 202, vol. 3, pp. 74-80, pi. 131, March 1966. Paradiso, J. L., and Handley, Charles O., Jr. Checklist of mam- mals of Assateague Island. Chesapeake Sci., vol. 6, pp. 167-171, 1 fig., 1965. Peters, James A. Miscellaneous notes on lizards from Ecuador. British Journ. Herp., vol. 3, no. 8, pp. 195-197, 1965. . Liste der rezenten Amphibien und Reptilien: Colubridae (Dipsadinae). Das Tierreich, lieferung 81, pp. 1-18, 1965. . A note on the concept of subspecies. Bull. Virginia Herp. Society, no. 45, pp. 3-4, 1965. and Robert Mullen. Electrocardiography in Caecilia guentheri (Peters). Physiological Zoology, vol. 39, pp. 193-201, 1966. Ripley, S. Dillon. Saving the nene, world's rarest goose. National Geographic Magazine, vol. 128, no. 5, pp. 744-754, November 1965. 138 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY — — — . Le Martinet pale de Socotra (Apus pallidus berliozi). L'Oiseau et la Revue Francaise d'Ornithologie, vol. 35 (Berlioz Jubilee Number), pp. 101-102, April 6, 1966. — — . A notable owlet from Kenya. Ibis, vol. 108, no. 1, pp. ISO- IS?, January 1966. and Heinrich, Gerd H. Additions to the avifauna of Northern Angola II. Postilla no. 95, pp. 1-29, February 1966. . Comments on the avifauna of Tanzania I. Postilla no. 96, pp. 1-45, March 1966. — . Anatidae, parts 1, 2, and 3. In A. Wetmore, et al., Water, prey, and game birds of North Ameiica. Washington: National Geographic Society, 1965. Schultz, Leonard P. Pseudochalceus kyburzi, a new characid fish from Colombia. Ichthyologica, The Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 1, pp. 25-30, 3 figs., January 1966. — . A new anemone fish, Amphiprion calliops from the Indo- Pacific Oceans. Ichthyologica, The Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 2, pp. 71-76, 3 figs., February 1966. . Parapercis kamoharai (family Mugilodidae), a new fish from Japan with notes on other species of the genus. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 151, no. 4, pp. 1-4, 2 figs., May 1966. . Pseudorhegma diagramma, a new genus and species of grammistid fish with a key to the genera of the family and to the species of the subfamily Pseudogramminae. Ichthyologica, The Aquarium Journal, vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 185-194, 4 figs., May 1966. — and Collaborators: Woods, Loren, P., and Lachner, Ernest A. Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. Families Kraemeriidae through Antennariidae. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 202, vol. 3, 176 pp., figs. 133-156, pis. 124-148, March 1966. Short, Lester L., Jr. Hybridization in the flickers (Colaptes) of North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 129: pp. 307^28, 1965. — . Variation in West Indian flickers (Aves, Colaptes). Bull. Florida State Mus., vol. 10, pp. 1-42, 1965. . [Review], The silent sky, the incredible extinction of the passenger pigeon, by A. W. Eckert. Atlantic Nat., vol. 20, pp. 245-246, 1965. - — . A melanistic pileated woodpecker specimen from Georgia. Wilson Bull., vol. 77, pp. 404-405, 1965. . Some spring migrant and breeding records from northern Nebraska. Nebraska Bird Rev., vol. 34, pp. 18-20, 1966. — . A new Pliocene stork from Nebraska. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 9, pp. 1-11, 1 pi., 1966. PUBLICATIONS INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 139 and Phillips, A. R. More hybrid hummingbirds from the United States. Auk, vol. 83, no. 2, pp. 253-265, 1966. and Banks, R. C. Notes on the birds of northwestern Baja California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, pp. 41-52, 1965. and Burleigh, T. D. An intergeneric hybrid flycatcher {Contopus X Empidonax) from Idaho. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 33-37, 1965. and Simon, S. Additional hybrids of the slate-colored junco and the white-throated sparrow. Condor, vol. 67, pp. 438-442, 1965. Slud, Paul. Report on the ornithological portion of the WNRE ecological investigation in Costa Rica. Chapt. 7, in Research on bioecological classification for military environments found in tropic latitudes, Wilson, Nuttall, Raimond Engineers, Inc., Chestertown, Maryland, 1965. Springer, V. G. Medusablennius chani, a new genus and species of blennioid fish from the Tuamotu Archipelago: its implication on blennioid classification. Copeia, no. 1, pp. 56-60, 3 figs., March 1966. Suttkus, Royal D., and Taylor, William Ralph. Notarus munitus, a new species of madtom, family Ictaluridae, from southern United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 169-178, 3 figs., October 1965. Watson, George E. et al. The families and genera of the petrels and their names. Ibis, vol. 107, pp. 401^05, 1965. . [Review], The birds of Kentucky, by R. M. Mengel. Atlantic Naturalist, vol. 20, pp. 244-245, 1965. . Pomarine jaeger near Lake Saranac. Kingbird, vol. 51, p. 25, 1965. Weitzman, Stanley H., and Chan, Lai Lee. Identification and relationships of Tanichthys albonubes and Aphyocypris pooni, two cyprinoid fishes from South China and Hong Kong. Copeia, no. 2. pp. 285-296, 7 figs., 1966. Wetmore, Alexander (with other ornithologists). Water, prey, and game birds of North America. Pp. 464, 643 illus. Washington: National Geographic Society, 1965. . Foreword. In Johnson, A. W., The birds of Chile and adja- cent regions of Argentina, Bolivia, and Peru, vol. 1, pp. 9-10, December 1965. — . The Birds of the Republic of Panama. Part I. — Tinamidae (tinamous) to Rynchopidae (skimmers). Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 150, 483 pp., 73 figs., December 1965. 140 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY . Aves. In Leaky, L. S. B., Olduvai Gorge 1951-61, vol. 1, pp. 71-72, 1965. . Additions to the list of birds of the Republic of Colombia. L'Oiseau et la Revue Francaise d'Ornithologie, vol. 35 (Berlioz Jubilee Number), pp. 156-162, April 1966. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Barnard, J. Laurens. Marine Amphipoda of atolls in Micronesia. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3516, vol. 117, pp. 459-552, 35 figs., December 1965. . Marine Amphipoda of the family Ampithoidae from southern California. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3522, vol. 118, pp. 1-46, 28 figs., December 1965. Bowman, Thomas E. Cyathura specus, a new cave isopod from Cuba (Anthuroidea: Anthuridae). Stud. Fauna Curacao, vol. 22, no. 85, pp. 88-97, 1965. . Xilitloniscus, a new genus for the Mexican troglobitic isopod, Cordioniscus laevis Rioja (Oniscoidea: Trichoniscidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 209-215, 1965. • ■ — ■ and Lancaster, L. J. A bloom of the planktonic blue-green alga, Trichodesmium erythraeum, in the Tonga Islands. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 291-293, 1965. — -. Haptolana trichostoma, a new genus and species of troglobitic cirolanid isopod from Cuba. Internat. Journ. Speleology, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 105-108, pis. 24-27, 1966. and Peterson, LaNelle W. Bibliography and list of new genera and species of amphipod crustaceans described by Clarence R. Shoemaker. Crustaceana, vol. 9, pt. 3, pp. 309-316, pi. 22, 1965. Clark, A. M. Japanese and other ophiuroids from the collections of the Munich Museum. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 39-71, 1965. and Owen, H. G. Eucidaris Pomal, 1883, Papula Bayle, 1878, Cidaris papillataconoidea Parkinson, 181 1, and Cidaris savignyi Audouin, 1826, proposed suppression; coupled with validation of Eucidaris Doderlein, 1887, Stereocidaris Pomel, 1883, and Diadema savignyi Michelin, 1845. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 237-242, 1965. Cressey, R. F. A new species of Dentigryps Wilson (Copepoda, Caligoida) from Madagascar. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 79, pp. 91-94, figs. 1-13, 1966. PUBLICATIONS VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 141 . Bariaka alopiae n. gen., n. sp. (Copepoda, Caligoida), a parasite on the gills of a thresher shark. Bull. Mar. Sci., vol. 16, pp. 324-329, 1966. Gonzalez, Juan G., and Bowman, T. E. Planktonic copepods from Bahia Fosforescente, Puerto Rico, and adjacent waters. Proc.U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3513, vol. 117, 21 figs., pp. 241-304, August 1965. Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. A new crayfish from Alabama with observa- tions on the Cristatus section of the genus Cambarus (Decapoda, Astacidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 79, pp. 109-116, figs. 1-10, 1966. ■ ■. Astacus oreganus Randall, 1840 (Crustacea, Decapoda): Pro- posed suppression under the Plenary Powers. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, pts. 5/6, pp. 351-354, 1966. . A new crayfish of the genus Cambarus from Tennessee with an emended definition of the genus (Decapoda, Astacidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 265-273, 12 figs., 1965. and Bedinger, M. S. Observations of a new troglobitic cray- fish with notes on the distribution of troglobitic crayfishes in the Ozark region. Bull. Nat. Speleological Soc, vol. 27, no. 3, pp. 93-96, 1 fig., 1965. Manning, Raymond B. Stomatopoda from the collection of His Majesty, The Emperor of Japan. Crustaceana, vol. 9, pp. 249-262, pis. 11-12, figs. 1-2, 1965. . Stomatopod Crustacea from the Atlantic coast of northern South America collected by the Calypso in 1961. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, vol. 44, pp. 359-384, figs. 1-9, 1966. Morrison, Joseph P. E. New brackish water mollusks from Louisiana. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 217-224, figs. 1-9, 1965. . Notes on the genera of Hipponicidae. American Malaco- logical Union, Annual Reports 1965, pp. 33-34, 1965. On the families of Turridae. American Malacological Union, Annual Reports 1965, pp. 1-2, 1965. Pawson, David L. The bathyal holothurians of the New Zealand region. Zool. Publ. Victoria Univ., Wellington, no. 39, pp. 1-33, 1965. . New records of echinoderms from the Snares Islands, to the south of New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand (Zool.), vol. 6, no. 25, pp. 253-260, 1965. . The distribution of echinoderms along the east coast of New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand (Zool.), vol. 6, no. 24, pp. 245-252, 1965 142 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Pettibone, Marian H. Two new species of Aricidea (Polychaeta, Paraonidae) from Virginia and Florida, and a redescription of Aricidea fragilis Webster. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 127-140, 11 figs., 1965. . Revision of the Pilargidae (Annelida: Polychaeta), including descriptions of new species, and redescription of the pelagic Podarmus ploa Chamberlin (Polynoidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3525, vol. 118, pp. 155-208, 26 figs., March 1966. Rice, Winnie H., and Kornicker, Louis S. Mollusks from the deeper waters of the northwestern Campeche Bank, Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas, vol. 10, pp. 108-172, 16 pis., 1965. Roberts, Henry B. Fossil decapod crustaceans from the Marshall Islands. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 260-HH, pp. 1127-1131, pi. 303, 1964. Rosewater, Joseph. Studying living Tridacnidae in the Marshall Islands. American Malacological Union, Annual Reports 1965, pp. 18-19, 1965. Rutzler, Klaus. Substratstabilitat in marinen Benthos als okologischer Faktor, dargestellt am Beispiel adriatischer Porifera. Int. Revue Ges. Hydrobiol., vol. 50, no. 2, pp. 281-292, 965. . Systematik und Okologie der Poriferen aus Litoral-Schat- tengebeiten der Nordadria. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, vol. 55, pp. 1-82, 1965. Schmitt, Waldo L. Crustaceans. In Ann Arbor Science Library. 204 pp. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan Press, 1965. Squires, Donald F., and Ralph, Patricia M. A new scleractinian coral of the genus Flabellum from New Zealand, with a new record of Stephanocyathus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 259-264, 1965. . Neoplasia in a coral? Science, vol. 148, pp. 503-505, 1965. . A new record for Leptopenus, a rare deep-water coral. Nature, 207, pp. 878-879, 1965. ENTOMOLOGY Audy, J. R.; Nadchatram, M., Loomis, R. B.; and Traub, R. Trom- bicula minor Berlese (Acarina: Trombiculidae) : Designation of neotype with larval and post-larval stages from Malayan bats, and new name, Myotrombicula dilarami, for T. minor Cooreman 1960 nee Berlese, 1905. Acarologia, vol. 7 (suppl.), pp. 1-33, figs. 1—11, 1965. PUBLICATIONS ENTOMOLOGY 143 Blake, Doris H. More new galerucine beetles with excised middle tibiae in the male (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3528, vol. 118, pp. 233-266, 35 figs., February 1966. . A review of the beetles of the genus Neobrotica and some closely related genera (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, no. 3529, vol. 118, pp. 267-372, 16 figs., April 1966. Carriker, M. A., Jr. A revision of the genus Furnaricola (Mallophaga) with descriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 118, no. 3532, pp. 405-432, 31 figs., 1966. Clarke, J. F. Gates. Microlepidoptera of the Juan Fernandez Islands. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3508, vol. 117, pp. 1-106, 111 figs., 1 pi., 1965. Delfinado, Mercedes D. The culicine mosquitoes of the Philippines, Tribe Culicini (Diptera: Culicidae). Mem. Amer. Ent. Inst., no. 7, 252 pp., 275 fig., 1966. Drake, Carl J., and Hoberlandt, L. A revision of the genus Potamom- etra (Hemiptera: Gerridae). Acta Ent. Mus. Nat. Pragae, vol. 36, pp. 303-310. and Maldonado Capriles, J. A new lacebug from Haiti (Hemiptera: Tingidae). Journ. Kansas Ent. Soc, vol. 38, pp. 317- 319, July 1965. Duckworth, W. D. Neotropical Microlepidoptera, VIII. A review of the genus Falculina with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera: Stenomidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3531, vol. 118, pp. 391- 404, 1 pi, 5 figs., February 1966. Emerson, K. C. Notes on some Mallophaga from Formosan mammals. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 77, pp. 195-198, 1964. . A new genus and species of Mallophaga. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 13, vol. 7, pp. 383-384, 1964. . Three new species of Mallophaga from Dassies (Hyracoidea). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 13, vol. 7, pp. 689-692. 1964. . A new species of Mallophaga from the Caracara. Florida Ent., vol. 49, pp. 49-51, 1966. and Stojanovich, C. J. A new species of Kelerimenopon (Meno- ponidae, Mallophaga) from the Philippine Islands. Florida Ent., vol. 48, pp. 117-119, 1965. Flint, Oliver S., Jr. Taxonomy and life-histories of the caddisflies of the Lesser Antilles. Amer. Philos. Soc, Yearbook 1964, pp. 262-263, 1965. . New species of Trichoptera from the United States. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 67, pp. 168-176, 11 figs., 1965. . The genus Neohermes (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Psyche, vol. 72, pp. 255-263, 19 figs., 1965. 144 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY . Notes on certain Nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 3530, vol. 118, pp. 373-390, 4 figs., February 1966. Type disposition of some recently described Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 68, p. 24, 1966. Hoogstraal, H., and Traub, R. The fleas (Siphonaptera) of Egypt: host-parasite relationships of cricetid rodents (Family Cricetidae, Subfamily Gerbillinae). Journ. Egyptian Public Health Assoc, vol. 40, pp. 141-175, 1965. Muesebeck, C. F. W. Two new braconid parasites of the spruce budworm (Hymenoptera). Ent. News. vol. 76, pp. 71-74, March 1965. . A new diapriid (Hymenoptera: Diapriidae) from termite nests from South Africa. Journ. Ent. Soc. South Africa, vol. 27, pp. 188-190. rice, R. D., and Emerson, K. C. A new species of Machaerilaemus (Mallophaga: Menoponidae) from the red-plumed bird of para- dise. Ent. News, vol. 76, pp. 275-277, 1965. Snyder, T. E. Our native termites. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. for 1964, pp. 497-506, 1 fig., 1965. . Termite stowaways intercepted 1962-1966. PCO News, vol. 26, no. 4, p. 73, April 1966. Sp angler, Paul J. A new species of Derovatellus from Guatemala and a description of its larva (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae). Coleopt. Bull., vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 11-18. Stone, A.; Scanlon, J. E.; Bailey, D. L.; Delfinado, M. D.; and Bram, R. A. Preliminary keys to the mosquitoes of Vietnam. South East Asia Mosquito Project, 1st revised ed. (mimeogr. publ.), 92 pp., 5 pis., 1966. Traub, R. Some opportunities and problems in medical entomology in the Asian-Pacific Region. Pacific Insects, vol. 7, pp. 21-28, 1965. . A new subgenus of Ophthalmopsylla from Gilgit, West Pakistan, and a new Hopkinsipsylla from Libya (Siphonaptera: Leptopsyllidae) Journ. Med. Ent., vol. 2, pp. 123-136, figs. 1-23, 1965. and Nadchatram, M. A revision of the genus Chatia Brennan, with synonymic notes and descriptions of the new species from Pakistan (Acarina: Trombiculidae). Journ. Med. Ent., vol. 2, pp. 17-37, figs. 1-24, 1965. PUBLICATIONS BOTANY 145 BOTANY Cuatrecasas, Jose. Miscelanea sobre flora neotropica II. Ciencia (Mexico), vol. 24, no. 1, 2, pp. 121-124, June 1965. . Una Bombacacea nueva de Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat., vol. 24, no. 109, pp. 153-155, September 1965. . Some new Compositae from Peru. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., vol. 52, no. 3, pp. 304-313, October 1965. . El genero Sorocea (Moraceae) en la costa occidental de Colombia. Ciencia (Mexico), vol. 24, pp. 185-188, February 1966. . Establecimiento de la "Organization pro Flora Neotropica." Ciencia (Mexico), vol. 24, pp. 267-270, February 1966. Dawson, E. Yale. An undescribed Afelocactus? in the Galapagos Islands. Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 37, no. 5, p. 126, 1965. . Further studies of Opuntia in the Galapagos Archipelago. Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 37, no. 5, pp. 135-148, 1965. . Time of my life, pt. 1, 2. Cactus Succulent Journ., vol. 38, pp. 15-18, 58-60, 1966. . Marine algae in the vicinity of Humboldt State College, Humboldt Co., California. Pp. 77. Humboldt State College, 1965. . Intertidal algae. In An oceanographic survey of the southern California mainland shelf. State of California Water Quality Control Board, Publ. 27 and 27-Appendix, Chapt. 8, and Table IX, 1965. . Marine botany, an introduction. Pp. xii-J-371. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1966. Ernst, Wallace R., et al. Documented chromosome numbers of plants. Madrono, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 122-126, October 1965. Eyde, Richard H. The Nyssaceae in the Southeastern United States. Journ. Arnold Arb., vol. 47, no. 2, pp. 117-125, April 1966. Hale, Mason E., Jr. Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia of Japan (in Japanese). Misc. Bryol. Lichenol., vol. 3, pp. 161, 162, 1965. . Vertical distribution of cryptogams in a red maple swamp in Connecticut. Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 2, pp. 193-197, 1965. . Six new species of Parmelia from Southeast Asia. Journ. Jap. Bot., vol. 40, no. 7, pp. 199-205, 1965. Studies in the Parmelia borreri group. Svensk Bot. Tidskr., vol. 59, no. 1, pp. 38-48, 1965. King, Robert M., and Robinson, Harold. Generic limitations in the Hofmeisteria complex (Compositae : Eupatorieae). Phytologia, vol. 12, no. 8, pp. 465-476, 1966. 146 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY McClure, Floyd A. The bamboos — A fresh perspective. Pp. xv + 347, Harvard Univ. Press, 1966. Meyer, Frederick G., and Walker, Egbert H., eds., A flora of Japan (In English), by Jisaburo Ohwi. Pp. ix -f- 1067, 33 pis., 18 figs., Smithsonian Institution, September 1965. Morton, Conrad V. A new generic name in the Saxifragaceae. Leafl. West. Bot. vol. 10, no. 11, p. 181, August 1965. — . Una Gesneriaceae nueva de Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Ciena Nat., vol. 26, no. 109, pp. 156-158, September 1965. . Observations on cultivated ferns, VIII. Stenochlaena. Amer. Fern Journ. vol. 55, no. 4, pp. 164-166, January 1966. — . Varieties of Ballota nigra in the eastern United States. Rhodora, vol. 68, no. 773, pp. 93, 94, March 1966. — and Stern, William L. The United States National Her- barium. Plant Sci. Bull., vol. 12, no. 2, pp. 1-4, June 1966. Parker, B. C, and Dawson, E. Yale. Non-calcareous marine algae from California Miocene deposits. Nova Hedwigia, vol. 10, pp. 273-295, 1965. Robinson, Harold E. A small collection of bryophytes from Kashmir. Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 3, pp. 313-320, 1965. — . Notes on Oreoweisia and Hypnella from Latin America. Bryologist, vol. 68, no. 3, pp. 331-334, 1965. — . Venezuelan bryophytes collected by Julian A. Steyermark. Acta Bot. Venezuelica, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 73-83, 1965. . New or little known mosses from the eastern United States. Bryologist, vol. 69, no. 1, pp. 105-109, 1966. — . The status of the moss genus Rechingcrclla. Bryologist, vol. 69, no. 1, pp. 112, 113, 1966. Rudd, Velva E. The American species of Ormosia (Leguminosae). Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb., vol. 32, pt. 5, pp. 279-384, 6 pis., 15 figs., September 1965. — . Another Mexican Dcsmarithus? Leaf!. West. Bot., vol. 10, no. 13, pp. 243, 244, February 1966. . Acacia cochliacantha or Acacia cymbispina in Mexico? Leafl. West. Bot., vol. 10, no. 14, pp. 257-262, May 1966. Seidenschnur, Christiane E., and Shetler, Stanwyn G. The botanical activities of Paul Bartsch (1871-1960). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 78, pp. 275-292, December 1965. Shetler, Stanwyn G., and Montgomery, Florence. Insectivorous plants. Smithsonian Institution Information Leaflet No. 447, pp. 1-23, 1965. PUBLICATIONS PALEOBIOLOGY 147 Smith, Lyman B. [Letter.] Bromeliana (Greater New York Chapt. Bromel. Soc), vol. 2, no. 5, pp. 26-29, May 1965. . Herbarium notes, II. Phytologia, vol. 12, p. 249, July 1965. . Tillandsia's subgenus Phytarrhiza. Bromeliana (Greater New York Chapt. Bromel. Soc.), vol. 2, pp. 50-53, December 1965. — . Itinerary of Edouard Francois Andre in his expedition to the northern Andes 1875-76. Phytologia, vol. 12, pp. 401-413, December 1965. . The great bromeliad hoax. Bromel. Soc. Bull., vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 4, 5, January- February 1966. . Notes on Bromeliaceae, XXIII. Phytologia, vol. 13, pp. 84-161, March 1966. and Downs, Robert J. Xiridaceas. In Flora ilustrada Catarinense, pt. 1, fasc. xiri, pp. 1-54, August 1965. Soderstrom, Thomas R. Gramineae. In The botany of the Guayana Highland— Part VI. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 1-7, 1965. . Preparing a rain forest exhibit for Smithsonian's new Hall of Plant Life. Plant Sci. Bull., vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 1-3, 1965. . Phylogenetic position of Piresia, a grass of the tropical Ameri- can rain forest (Abstract). Amer. Journ. Bot., vol. 52, no. 6, pt. 2, p. 651, 1965. -, and Decker, Henry F. Allolepis: a new segregate of Distichlis (Gramineae). Madrono, vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 33-39, 1965. Stern, William L. The scientific name of "pink ivory." Internat. Wood Coll. Bull, vol. 19, no. 6, pp. 89, 90, June 1966. Steyermark, Julian A.; Aristeguieta, Leandro; and Wurdack, John J. Una neuva especie de Tapirira para Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat., vol. 26, no. 109, pp. 159-162, Sep- tember 1965. Wurdack, John J. Certamen Melastomataceis X. Phytologia, vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 65-80, March 1966. PALEOBIOLOGY Adey, W. H. The genus Clathromorphwn (Corallinaceae) in the Gulf of Maine. Hydrobiologia, vol. 26, nos. 3-4, pp. 539-573, 1965. Benson, R. H. Designation of ostracode lectotypes. Journ. Paleon- tology, vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 745-747, 1965. and Kaesler, R. L. The Benson-Kaesler bolapipe dredge. Micropaleontology, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 369-372, 1965. 148 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Boardman, R. S. In Doumani, G. A., et al., Lower Devonian fauna of the Horlick Formation, Ohio Range, Antarctica, Bryozoa. Antarctic Research Series, vol. 6, pp. 248-251, pi. 1, figs. 1-4, 2 tables, 1965. Buzas, M. A. The distribution and abundance of Foraminifera in Long Island Sound. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 1, 89 pp., 4 pis., 22 figs. 1965. , The discrimination of morphological groups of Elphidium (Foraminifera) in Long Island Sound through canonical analysis and invariant characters. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 585-594, 1 text-fig., 2 pis., 1966. Cifelli, R. Late Tertiary planktonic Foraminifera associated with a basaltic boulder from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Journ. Marine Research, vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 73-87, 1965. Cifelli, R.; Bowen, V. T.; and Siever, R. Cemented foraminifera! oozes from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Nature, vol. 209, no. 5018, pp. 32-34, 1965. Cooper, G. Arthur, and Phelan, Thomas. Stringocephalus in the Devonian of Indiana. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 151. no. 1, 20 pp., 5 pis., 11 figs., 1966. Dane, C. H.; Cobban, W. A.; and Kauffman, E. G. Stratigraphy and regional relationships of a reference section of the Juana Lopez Member, Mancos Shale, in the San Juan Basin, New Mexico. U.S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1224H, Contr. to Strat., 5 pp., 3 figs., 1966. Dunkle, David H., and Rahman, Habib-ur. On marine fishes from the Eocene of West Pakistan. Geological Survey of Pakistan, Prepublication Issue no. 10, June 1966. Dutro, T. J. Brachiopods, in Kummel, Bernhard, and Raup, David eds., Handbook of paleontologica! techniques, pt. 1, General procedures and techniques applicable to major fossil groups, pp. 44-48, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Co., 1965. . [Review] Treatise of invertebrate paleontology. Science, \ vol. 152, no. 3721, pp. 494-495, 1966. and Payne, T. G. Geologic map of Alaska, in Geologic map !] of North America, E. N. Goddard, chairman. U.S. Geol. Survey Special Map, 1965. Gazin, C. Lewis. Animates prehistoricos localizados en Guatemala. Historia Natural y Pronatura, no. 2, pp. 4-6, 4 figs., 1965. . An endocranial cast of the Bridger middle Eocene primate, Smilodectes gracilis. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 4, 14 pp., 2 pis., 1965. PUBLICATIONS PALEOBIOLOGY 149 — . Early Eocene mammalian faunas and their environment in the vicinity of the Rock Springs Uplift, Wyoming. Wyoming Geological Assoc. Guidebook, Symposium on Sedimentation of Late Cretaceous and Tertiary Outcrops, Rock Springs Uplift, 19th Ann. Field Conf., pp. 171-180, 1 fig., 1965. Hibbard, G. W. ; Ray, C. E.; Savage, D. E.; Taylor, D. W.; and Guilday, J. E. Quaternary mammals of North America, hi H. E. Wright, Jr., and D. G. Frey (eds.), The Quaternary of the United States, pp. 509-525, 9 figs.), 4 tables. Princeton Univ. Press, 1965. Johnson, J. H., and Adey, W. H. Studies of Lithophyllum and related algal genera. Quart. Colorado School Mines, vol. 60, no. 2, pp. 1-105, 1965. Kauffman, E. G. Middle and late Turonian oysters of the Lopha lugubris group. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 148, no. 6, 92 pp., 8 pis., 18 figs., 5 tables, 1965. . Taxonomic, ecologic and evolutionary significance of interior shell morphology in the Inoceramidae (Mesozoic Bivalvia) [Ab- stract], Geol. Soc. America, Ann. Meeting, 1 p., 1965. Kauffman, E. G., and McCulloch, D. S. Biota of a late glacial Rocky Mountain pond. Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 76, pp. 1203-1232, 5 figs., 2 pis., 1965. Kellogg, Remington. Fossil marine mammals from the Miocene Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 247, pts. 1 and 2, pp. 1-63, pis. 1-32, October 1965. Kier, P. M. Evolutionary trends in Paleozoic echinoids. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 436-465, pis. 55-60, 26 text-figs., 1965. and Grant, R. E. Echinoid distribution and habits, Key Largo Coral Reef Preserve, Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 6, 66 pp., 16 pis., 15 figs., 1965. Pierce, J. W. Sedimentology Program at the Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. In Interagency Conference on Continental Research, U.S. Army, Coastal Eng. Res. Center, Misc. Paper 1-66, pp. 9-11, 1966. . Sediment budget of a part of the North Carolina coast [Abstract]. Program of 1966 Annual Meeting, Southeastern Section, Geol. Soc. of America. , and Good, Donald I. FORTRAN II Program for standard size analysis of unconsolidated sediments using an IBM 1620 computer. Kansas Geol. Surv., Spec. Distrib. Publ. 28, 19 pp., 1966. 230-457—66 13 150 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Rasetti, Franco. Upper Cambrian trilobites of the Pleasant Hill Formation in central Pennsylvania. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 1007-1014, pis. 119-120, 1965. — . New Lower Cambrian trilobite faunule from the Taconic Sequence of New York. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 148, no. 9, 52 pp., 12 pis., 1966. Ray, Clayton E. A glyptodont from South Carolina. Charleston Mus. Leaflet no. 27, pp. 1-12, pis. 1-4, 1965. . A new chipmunk, Tamias aristus, from the Pleistocene of Georgia. Journ. Paleontology, vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 1016-1022, 1 fig., 1965. . Variation in the number of marginal tooth positions in three species of iguanid lizards. Mus. Comp. Zool. Breviora, no. 236, 15 pp., 5 figs., 1965. Ray, Clayton E. The identity of Bison appalachicolus. Notulae Naturae, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia., no. 384, 7 pp., 2 figs., May 1966. Rorher, W. L., and Gazin, C. Lewis. Gray Bull and Lysite faunal zones of the Willwood Formation in the Tatman Mountain area, Bighorn Basin, Wyoming. In Geological Survey Research 1965, U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 525-D, pp. D 133-D 138, 1966. Ross, R. J., Jr., and Dutro, T. J. Silicified Ordovician brachiopods from east-central Alaska. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, no. 7, 22 pp., 3 pis., 1 fig., 1966. Towe, K. M. Carbon films for electron microscopy: A reliable method for stripping from glass surfaces. Rev. Sci. Instruments, vol. 36, no. 8, p. 1247, 1965. and Cifelli, R. Aspects of wall ultrastructure in some hyaline foraminifera [Abstract]. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geol., vol. 49, no. 3, p. 638, 1966. Utgaard, John and Boardman, R. S. Heterotrypa Nicholson, 1879, and Peronopora Nicholson, 1881 (Bryozoa, Trepostomata) : Pro- posed designation of a type-species in conformity with generally accepted usage. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, pt. 2, pp. 112-118, 1965. MINERAL SCIENCES Buseck, P. R. ; Mason, B. ; and Wiik, H. B. The Farmington meteorite. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 1-8, 1966. Clarke, R. S., Jr.; Wosinski, J. F.; Marvin, R. R.; and Friedman I. Potassium-argon ages of artificial tektite glass [Abstract]. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 47, p. 144, 1966. PUBLICATIONS MINERAL SCIENCES 151 Desautels, Paul E. Interaction between light and minerals. Natural History, vol. 74, No. 8, pp. 52-57, October 1965. Donnay, G.; Mason, B.; and Ingamells, C. O. Buergerite, a new species of tourmaline. Amer. Mineral., vol. 51, pp. 198-199, 1966. Fredriksson, K. Standards and correction procedures for micro- probe analysis of minerals [Abstract]. IVe Congres International sur l'Optique des Rayons X et la Microanalyse. Faculte des Sciences, Orsay, 1965. and Reid, A. A chondrule in the Chainpur meteorite. Sci- ence, vol. 149, pp. 856-860, 1965. Mason, B. The geochemical behavior of some elements in meteorites. Probl. of Geochemistry, pp. 72-80, 1965. . The enstatite chondrites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 22-39, 1966. . Geochemistry and meteorites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 365-374, 1966. . Memorial to Mark Chance Bandy. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 77, pp. 13-16, 1966. Melson, W. G. Phase equilibria in calc-silicate hornfels, Lewis and Clark County, Montana. Amer. Mineral., vol. 51, nos. 3 and 4, pp. 402-421, 1966. , Bowen, V. T. ; van Andel, Tj. H.; and Siever, R. Green- stones from the central Valley of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Nature, vol. 209, pp. 604-605, 1966. and Switzer, G., Plagioclase-spinel-graphite xenoliths in metallic iron-bearing basalts, Disko Island, Greenland. Amer. Mineral., vol. 51, nos. 5 and 6, 14 pp. 1966. Olsen, E., and Fredriksson, K. Phosphates in iron and pallasite meteorites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 30, pp. 459-470, 1966. Wine, H. B., and Mason, B. Analyses of eight iron meteorites. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, vol. 29, pp. 1003-1005, 1965. National Zoological Park Theodore H. Reed, Director T7 5 1 ' CD I >» E£) o (>4 O 53 o ,—l s £ rt 'u C £ tf < £ u a n V 4h < cj - a a < u ■VI +j o - _2 < <*-t o ■-. o * United States exhibition of contemporary American Negro artists, organized by International Art Program of NCFA for the First World Festival of Negro Arts at the Palais de Justice, Dakar, Senegal. NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 287 History and Art and at M. Knoedler and Company in New York City. American Landscape: A Changing Frontier (April 28 through June 19, 1966). Organized by NCFA in commemoration of the fiftieth anniversary of the U.S. National Park Service, this exhibition showed the pursuit of unspoiled nature by our artists from the 18th through the 20th centuries. In connection with this exhibition, a series of six lectures on U. S. parks was given by officials of the National Park Service. Ancient Art From Afghanistan — Treasures of the Kabul Museum (June 30 through August 23, 1966). Opportunity to exhibit antiquities of high aesthetic quality and from a little known culture is rare. The NCFA was fortunate to be one of the three museums permitted to offer this exceptional artistic event in America. In conjunction with the exhibition, M. Karim Barakzai of the Kabul Museum spent several weeks in Washington as guest curator. Rugs of Afghanistan (June 30 through July 31, 1966). This exhibition of 34 examples of weaving by the nomadic tribes of Afghanistan presented as a complement to the showing of the ancient treasures of that country, was arranged through the courtesy of Mr. H. McCoy Jones. In addition to the special exhibitions in New York City mentioned above, the NCFA presented or assisted with the following special exhibitions in the Washington, D.C., area: OP and the Abstract, print show, in the East Wing of the White House; The Image, contemporary American prints, in the East Wing of the White House; Indiana Artists of Today, the first exhibition in the Senate Caucus Room; Modern American Painting, an Art-in-the-Embassies exhibit at the National Collection; Oil Reportage by J. S. Churchill, in the National Collection; and Georgia Artists, the first art exhibition in the House of Representa- tives Caucus Room. International Art Program The International Art Program, formerly a part of the United States Information Agency, joined the National Collection of Fine Arts in November 1965. Under the NCFA, the mission of the International Art Program (IAP) has remained the same — to plan, assemble, and send overseas exhibits of American art, and it continues to work with the overseas posts of the USIA in setting up itineraries for its exhibits. The biggest and most important project during the reporting period was the organizing of the American representation at the xxxm Venice Biennale. After the works were selected by U.S. Commissioner Henry 288 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Geldzahler, the IAP coordinated the assembling, packing and shipping of the works and the production of the catalog. NCFA staff members oversaw the installation in Venice and participated in the multifarious activities of the opening week. Another large exhibition, that of contemporary American Negro artists, was prepared for the First World Festival of Negro Art in Dakar, Senegal. Ten artists were represented and one of them, William Majors, won first prize in graphics. The President of the Republic of Senegal complimented the American exhibit and was especially pleased with the catalog. Other shows prepared and circulated by IAP during the period included seven different contemporary print exhibitions showing the various aspects of graphic arts in the U.S. today; a retrospective show of Stuart Davis' work for Paris, Berlin and London; two shows of American Indian art; four craft shows (one of contemporary textiles, one of Appalachian folk art, and two of general contemporary crafts) ; and a selection of 16 paintings by contemporary New York artists for showing in Latin America. These exhibits were, in most cases, sponsored overseas by the U.S. Information Service, which was re- sponsible for local exhibition costs, such as the preparation of catalogs and internal shipping. The USIA continued to provide financial assistance to the IAP during this period for projects begun before the transfer to the Smithsonian was effected. On July 1, 1966, the National Collection of Fine Arts is to assume full responsibility for this program. Special Projects and Events During the past year, at the request of and with the assistance of the Economic Development Administration, it engaged Charles Counts, a nationally recognized craftsman-designer from Georgia, as crafts consultant to evaluate specific crafts projects that had been submitted to the EDA. He also made a four months' survey and wrote a report which considered the economic and design problems of contemporary crafts, along with guidelines for the evaluation of craft project proposals. This report, "Encouraging American Handicrafts: What Role in Economic Development?" published by the EDA, provides a basis for further studies and activities in support of American handicrafts. The Art-in-the-Embassies Program continues to grow under the supervision of Mrs. Nancy P. Kefauver, and the NCFA serves as a repository for the over 1,376 works of art involved. These works are registered and cared for in new storage facilities and shipped by the State Department to American Embassies in all parts of the world. NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 289 The White House Changing Exhibitions Program continues to grow with over 300 works of art involved, changing on a rotating basis every six to eight months. The program is a means by which the President can directly encourage American art of today. Each work of art on loan to the White House offices is accompanied by a letter with biographical information about the artist. The works of art, displayed individually or in small changing exhibits, hang in the East and West Wing halls, offices and reception areas, as well as in the Executive Office building. The first annual White House Fellows' Seminar on American Art, a series of six informal lectures, was developed especially for the White House Fellows, members of the White House Staff, and the Cabinet. This survey of American art, with emphasis on the period since 1900, was presented by NCFA staff members and guest speakers Lloyd Good- rich, Director of the Whitney Museum of American Art, and Edgar P. Richardson, Director of the Henry Francis du Pont Winterthur Museum. Staff Activities Director David W. Scott represented the Smithsonian Institution and the NCFA at the Venice Biennale. He served on the Decorative Arts Committee of the American Federation of Arts, as well as on the Executive Council of the Art-in-the-Embassies Program. He also served as advisor to the Fine Arts panel of the National Council on the Arts, and on the Fine Arts Committee of the D.C. Recreation Board. He lectured to the NCFA White House Fellows' Seminar on various aspects of American Art and on the Landscape Show, and before the Art Association of Indianapolis on "The Arts in the Great Society." In Atlanta, Georgia, he juried the crafts section of the Arts Festival of Atlanta. Richard P. Wunder, curator of painting and sculpture, represented the U.S. Government at a 5-day conference held at UNESCO head- quarters in Paris concerning long-term loans between museums of different nations and the reconstitution of dismembered works of art. Also during the year he assisted in matters pertaining to the Cooper Union Museum. He served as Director of the Drawing Society, and he represented the NCFA at the openings of the Church exhibition at Albany and New York City. He also assembled an exhibition of 50 17th- and 18th-century drawings to be exhibited during the forth- coming year at the National Gallery of Art, and subsequently to be circulated by the American Federation of Arts. 230-457 — 66 24 290 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Harry Lowe, curator of exhibits, served as Vice Commissioner at the United States Pavilion of the xxxm biennial international art exhibition in Venice, Italy. He delivered two lectures and partici- pated in the seminar discussion on exhibits and installation design at the National Trust for Historic Preservation Seminar for Historical Administrators in Williamsburg, Virginia, and he lectured at the White House Fellows' Seminar. He also served on the panel of three judges for the Third Annual Art Exhibit of the National Association of Industrial Artists, Inc. In an advisory capacity, he attended the Conference on Arts and Humanities in the Southeastern Region held at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Donald McClelland, assistant to the director, lectured at the Chicago Institute of Art; at St. Alban's School and at the Taft School; for the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution; for the D.C. Chapter of the D.A.R.; for "Operation Headstart" at the D.C. Public Auditorium; at the White House Fellows' Seminar; and he presented a series of 9 lectures for the Heights School, D.C. In other activities, he juried 1 1 exhibitions, among which were the National Armed Forces show in Washington, the Petersburg (Virginia) Arts Festival, Fairfax County Art Association, and the Plains (Virginia) Art Exhibition. Stefan P. Munsing, special consultant, organized a Jasper Johns drawing show (to coincide with the presentation of the Drawing Society National Exhibition in September 1966). He supervised arrangements for the presentation of several films: "The Ivory Knife" (color film on the artist Paul Jenkins, with music by Irwin Bazelon), "Henry Moore, London, 1940-42," "Five British Sculptors Work and Talk," and "Sculpture by Lipton." He also lectured at the White House Fellows' Seminar and served as advisor to the Archives of American Art 7th airlift tour to Eastern and Western Europe, recom- mending the itinerary of museums, gallaries, and private collections. Special consultant Adelyn D. Breeskin sent a representative group of American contemporary prints to New Delhi for the International Exhibition held at the All India Institute of Arts and Crafts; helped choose exhibition material for the Edinburgh (Scotland) Fesitval; art for an exhibition of Old Lyme painters shown at the Institute of Contemporary Arts; and material for the Mary Cassatt exhibition at Knoedler Galleries, New York. She gave two lectures in the White House Fellows' Seminar on American Art. She lectured to the U.S. Foreign Service Officers, to members of the Jewish Educational Alliance of New York City, the National Council of Jewish Women, to the "Friends of Pakistan," to a group in Lincoln, Nebraska, to the Smithsonian Associates, and to the White House Fellows' Seminar, and she assisted in a symposium for the Washington Print Club. She NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 291 juried the Library of Congress Biennial Print Show; the Annual Art Exhibition in Birmingham, Alabama; a United Nations exhibition; the 16th Mid- America Annual Exhibit in Kansas City; and served as one-man jury for the annual exhibition in Huntington, West Virginia. She pursued her research for compiling a catalogue raisonne of the paintings, pastels, watercolors and drawings of Mary Cassatt. This took her in June to Europe, where she lectured in Munich and did research on Cassatt in several countries. Mrs. Breeskin received honorary degrees from Hood College, Frederick, Maryland, and Morgan State College, Baltimore, Maryland. Librarian William Walker was actively engaged in a project with the Library of Congress subject cataloging division to revise the Library of Congress "N" classification schedule for books on the fine arts. Moti- vation for the undertaking was primarily the benefit of this library, but it is believed by the Library of Congress staff that the proposed changes and improvements submitted by Walker will, if published, be of value to all art libraries using this classification system, including the Library of Congress itself. He was principally engaged in developing a strong library facility to serve the NCFA, while radically expanding that aspect supporting the National Portrait Gallery, which will share use of the facility in the new building. In anticipation of increased space and library use in the new quarters next year and reduced accessibility to the Smith- sonian Library's main reference facilities now close by, concentration has been on acquiring necessary reference works, including multi- volume sets, such as encyclopedias, library catalogs, and serial indexes. John Latham, assistant for special services, joined the staff in October to develop public service programs and to advise the art world and the general public of the objectives, needs, and services of the NCFA. In connection with this mission, he was in charge of public information for the American Section in Venice before the opening of the Biennale on June 18. This year an unprecedented number of university students and internes were in attendance for 10- or 12- week periods. This amounted to a great extension of the bureau's educational program. Ten students or internes were at work during the year, not including those of the 1 965 summer program. Among the conservators and consultants, in addition to those already mentioned, who assisted the program were Joseph Andrews, Thomas Carter, Sheldon Keck, Philip Vickers, Bruce Moore, and Marvin C. Ross. Continuing support was provided by Bayard Underwood, Harold Cross, Henri Courtais, Henry Heydenryk, Stewart Treviranus, Janice Hines, Ben Johnson, Istvan Pfeiffer, and H. B. Colborn. 292 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Publications Bolton-Smith, Robin. Miniatures in the National Collection of Fine Arts, Smithsonian Institution. New York: IBM Gallery, 1966. Breeskin, Adelyn D. [Introduction to] Mary Cassatt. New York: Knoedler Galleries, 1966, 56 pp., 42 illustr. . [Introduction to] Roots of Abstract Art in America, 1910-1930. Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4655, 1965, 93 pp., 47 illustr. — . Matisse in America. Harpers Bazaar (December 1965), 2 pp., 1 illustr. Lowe, Harry. [Introduction to] The Josephine and Phillip A. Bruno Collection. New York: Finch College Museum of Art, 1965. Scott, David W. [Introduction to] American Landscape: A Changing Frontier. Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4671, 1966, 42 pp. . [Introduction to the Catalogue of the Exhibition] XXXIII International Biennial Exhibition of Art, Venice 1966, United States of America. October House, Inc., 1966. . America's Role in the Biennale. Art Gallery (June 1966), vol. 9, no. 9, pp. 11-14. Wunder, Richard P. In Memoriam: Michel Nicholas Benisovich (1891-1963) [includes bibliography, "The Art Historical Writings of Michel N. Benisovich"]. Art Quarterly, vol. 27, no. 2, 1964 (pub- lished 1965), pp. 196-199. . [Preface to] Frederic Edwin Church. Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4657, 1966. National Portrait Gallery Charles Nagel, Director Touring these first years of its existence — this is but its third ■*-' annual report — the National Portrait Gallery has been in minimal temporary quarters and might almost be said to have been a museum in a filing case. The time, however, has been time well invested; the Gallery has had the opportunity to gather its forces for two activities that are of the utmost importance — to plan its future program and to attend to its housekeeping. In order to plan, the Gallery had first to assemble the nucleus of a staff. This has now been done; the growing staff can be regarded with satisfaction and its work in planning for the future with hope and confidence. As to housekeeping these months have made it possible to assure that each portrait in the collection is looking its best, and is in the best possible structural condition — matters too often neglected and all too often misunderstood or ignored by the public. But when the Gallery moves to its new quarters in the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries (the old Patent Office building) the collection as a whole will have received the expert care it deserves. With the air conditioning that will be part of the equipment of the building, the work that has been done may confidently be expected to last many a year. Renovation of the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries building was about eighty percent completed in June 1 966, and as finish materials begin to be applied, the building begins to reveal the character and dignity that stamp it as a distinguished work of architecture of its 293 294 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART period. The move into new quarters early in 1967 is anticipated eagerly, for it will permit the initiation, in greatly increased space, of a more complete professional program for the National Portrait Gallery, a program which will make it favorably known as the nation's repository for whatever treasures of American portraiture may be available. The Collections A National Portrait Gallery is not, after all, just another art museum; it is something new in America, a gallery devoted only to one thing: the likenesses in all media of those who in every walk of life have made a significant contribution to the development and culture of our country. It is a museum whose first consideration is the sitter. In short, it is the visual history museum for the Nation in terms of portraits of distin- guished individual citizens. In the course of the year the Gallery added to its still small collection 102 accessions by transfer, gift, or purchase. For the transfers the Gallery is beholden to the National Collection of Fine Arts, for the gifts, to a variety of donors — institutional and individual, and from all sections of the country. For the purchases, the Gallery is most grateful that its funds for purchase, though limited, have given it che rare privilege of selecting what seemed to be most important of the objects that have come upon the market. Since these accessions are of the utmost importance to the Gallery, a full list is appended. A brief discussion of some will give an idea of the spread in time and the personality of the individuals represented. Paul Wayland Bartlett (1865-1925), a portrait by Charles Sprague Pearce, came as a gift from Mrs. Armistead Peter, Jr. It shows Bartlett, a Yankee born but trained as an artist in France, in full profile and in the costume of the turn of the century. Among many other works he is responsible for the sculptured pediments of the House of Representa- tives. Bartlett was a handsome man and as a successful artist could not help but know it. All this is honestly shown with such faithfulness and conviction by his slightly older contemporary Charles Pearce that it is one of the most popular portraits in the collection. It is a transfer from NCFA. Mary Baker Eddy (1821-1910) by Luella V. Serrao. This fine marble bust of the founder of the Christian Science Church was pre- sented as a gift to the Gallery in May 1966 from Mrs. Frances Thompson Hill and Calvin C. Hill on the occasion of the hundredth anniversary of the founding of the church. NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 295 Ulysses S. Grant (1822-1885), a portrait by Samuel B. Waugh, was the gift of the International Business Machines Corporation. Another transfer from NCFA, it is a bust portrait that shows, beyond the rough force that is such a familiar aspect of Grant, a kind of sensitivity that explains the honesty and integrity with which he met gallantly the disasters of his later life. Michael Gratz (1740-1811), by William Edward West, is an ex- cellent, unusually large, pastel portrait of the man who with his brother Bernard did so much to support the American cause in the Revolution. It was the gift of Richard N. Tetlie. Julia Ward Howe (1819-1910), a portrait by her son-in-law John Elliott, was the gift of Mrs. John Elliott and was a transfer from NCFA. It is of unusual interest as it shows Mrs. Howe as the young woman who was inspired to write the "Battle Hymn of the Republic" for which she received $4 from the Atlantic Monthly and the undying devotion of her fellow Americans. John J. Pershing (1860-1948), a full length portrait by Douglas Volk of the famous leader of the American troops in France is a transfer from NCFA, and was originally presented by the National Art Com- mittee, which was responsible for the recording of many outstanding figures both civil and military associated with World War I. William Howard Taft (1957-1930), by Robert MacCameron, was presented by the artist's son and daughter, Robert, Jr., and Marguerite MacCameron. It is an unusually vigorous and convincing likeness, taken at the height of his powers, of the only man to have been both President and Chief Justice of the United States. John Bartram (1699-1777), by John Wollaston, purchased by the Gallery. Bartram, the first great native American botanist, laid out a botanic garden on the Schuylkill and began the first hybridizing experiments in America. He was called by Linnaeus "the greatest natural botanist in the world." Albert Einstein (1879-1955), by Joseph Scharl, purchased by the Gallery. This portrait of one of the most noted of modern scientists, is thoroughly contemporary in its approach. Yet, despite the abstract expressionist manner in which it is executed, it is a thoroughly recog- nizable likeness of Einstein by one of his close friends, and hence a remarkably fine document of our own time. Edwin Forrest (1806-1872), by Edwin Agate, purchased in memory of Alexander Sandor Ince from the gift made by the Kathryn and Gilbert Miller Fund. This portrait of our earliest American-born actor of first rank shows him in the Indian role of "Metamora" which he made famous. 296 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Alexander Hamilton (1755 or 57-1804) by Guiseppi Ceracchi, purchased by the Gallery. A bust in white marble, one of the famous portraits of Hamilton executed by this Italian sculptor. Gilbert Stuart (1755-1828), by an unknown painter, purchased by the Gallery. This small portrait of one of America's earliest native born painters is a fine likeness and a most valuable record. In addition to the funds appropriated by the Congress for the support of the program of the National Portrait Gallery, gifts of SI 0,000 were received from Kathryn and Gilbert Miller Fund and $5,000 from the Kauders Foundation. A gift of two extremely handsome pieces of furniture for the Gallery executive offices was made by Victor Proetz — a tall book-case veneered in blond European elm and en suite a low case for oversize volumes. Each of these pieces is one of a pair, the other of which will eventually come to the Gallery. They set a standard of style and distinction for whatever additional furniture is later acquired. In honor of Einstein week, March 14 to 21, the portrait later purchased for the collection and a drawing, both by Joseph Scharl, were placed on exhibition along with several portrait photographs. On April 9, the third anniversary of the conferring upon him of honorary United States citizenship, the portrait of Sir Winston Churchill by Douglas Chandor was put on exhibit. On April 28, a portrait of President Calvin Coolidge by Joseph Burgess was presented by the Phi Gamma Delta Fraternity and accepted for the permanent collection. On May 28th the portrait bust of Mary Baker Eddy, founder of the Christian Science Church, by Luella Varney Serrao presented by Frances Thompson Hill and the late Calvin C. Hill was placed on exhibition on the occasion of the celebration of the one-hundredth anniversary of the founding of Christian Science. Staff Activities Director Charles Nagel, worked with historian Daniel John Reed and curator Robert G. Stewart on planning for the future of their departments. He served as ex-officio member of the important Acquisitions Committee, addressed the New England Conference of the American Association of Museums in New Haven, and wrote articles on the Gallery for Antiques Magazine and Chronique des Arts. A most helpful outcome of his address in New Haven was an article on the gallery by Russell Lynes in the June 1966 Harper's Magazine en- titled "Public Faces" in which some of the difficulties and opportun- ities of the gallery were delightfully set forth. KS Wr Hh£Ee£ ■ 8S3k! "'■'*■■- ''.'•. ";.'.-'i j '"'■ Jf tI John Bartram (1699-1 777), attributed to John Wollaston. Purchased through Museum fund. Julia Ward Howe (1819-1910), by her son-in-law John Elliott. Gift Mrs. John Elliott (transfer from National Collection of Fine Arts). of Mary Baker Eddy (1821-1910), by Luella V. Serrao. Gift of Mrs. Frances Thompson Hill, who stands beside the bust. Calvin Coolidge (1872-1933), by Joseph Burgess. Gift of the Phi Gamma Delta Fraternity. Bernard M. Baruch (1870-1965), by Douglas Chandor. Gift of Mr. Baruch. NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 297 He also worked with the architects, Faulkner, Stenhouse, Fryer, and Faulkner and with Mr. Victor Proetz on the remodelling and fur- nishing of the NPG quarters in the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries building, and represented the Smithsonian Institution at various meetings related to the International Cooperation Year. Early in the year Daniel John Reed, formerly assistant chief of the manuscript division of the Library of Congress, assumed the duties of historian in the gallery. Since his arrival he has devoted most of his time to building up the library and the print collection and to planning and inaugurating a research and publication program. Basic to any program for the study of American portraiture is a national inventory of portraits of citizens of historical significance ; this was started under his direction. In it he was assisted by John Frazer, who has continued to search the records of the Frick Art Reference Library in New York for material to be included in what is to be called the Catalog of American Portraits. Information in the catalog is being extensively indexed and will be available to scholars and other galleries and museums. Curator Robert G. Stewart, directed a two-pronged program of conservation of the portraits in the collection and of research on their history, authenticity and authorship. He has successfully reattributed artists, has identified the artist or the subject, and, in some cases, has obtained for the collection portraits brought in for examination. In the course of this research, two portraits in the collection have been proved entirely fictitious and a number have proved to be by artists other than those to whom they had been assigned. Mr. Stewart arranged the Gallery's first exhibition "Nucleus for a National Collection,'"opened in the Arts and Industries building for the Bicentennial of James Smithson's birth. This exhibition of 65 portraits by 52 artists in painting, engraving, drawing, sculpture, and photography, represented a cross section of the various media in the collection. A catalogue of the exhibition, Nucleus for a National Collec- tion (Washington: Smithsonian Institution, publ. 4653, 1966, unpaged [30 pp.], illus.), was compiled by Mr. Stewart. Under the direction of Mrs. Genevieve A. Kennedy a program has been instituted to photograph for the gallery's archival file all portraits on loan or brought in for study. To date 200 black and white photo- graphs and 46 color transparencies have been made. The print collection of some 21,287 pieces has been alphabetized and biograph- ically identified by Mrs. Kennedy, who was greatly assisted in this work by student aides Richard L. Tyner and Joyce A. Keener. Librarian William Walker worked diligently with Dr. Reed in building up the library, which in its new quarters will serve both the 298 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART National Portrait Gallery and the National Collection of Fine Arts, and every effort has been made to avoid duplication while making the collection useful to both. Concentration has been on necessary refer- ence works, including multi-volume sets such as encyclopedias, library catalogues and serial indexes. Additions to the Collections Subject *Abbot, Charles Greely *Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe *Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe *Bartlett, Paul Wayland Bartram, John Baruch, Bernard M. Benton, Thomas Hart *Bliss, Tasker Brookings, Robert *Bryant, William Cullan *Byrnes, James Francis Carson, Rachel L. Carver, George Washington *Chase, Salmon P. Churchill, Winston S. Churchill, Winston S. *Clay, Henry Clemens, Samuel L. (Mark Twain) Compton, Arthur Holly Coolidge, Calvin Corcoran, William Wilson *Crosby, John S. Dahlgren, J. A. B. *Delafield, Richard *Delano, Jane A. *DuPont, Samuel F. Eddy, Mary Baker *Edison, Thomas Einstein, Albert Artist John N. Brewer W. Ingalls Louis Mayer Charles Sprague Pearce John Wollaston Douglas Chandor Ferdinand T.L. Boyle John C. Johansen Janet Gregg Wallace Henry Kirke Brown Alfred Jonniaux Una H anbury Betsey Graves Reyneau James R. Lambdin Bryant Baker Douglas Chandor Attributed to Rembrandt Peale Eulabee Dix Janet Gregg Wallace Joseph Burgess G. P. A. Healy Alfonse Jongers "McC" after Joseph Cotton Charles C. Curran Bjorn Egeli Daniel Huntington Luella V. Serrao A. A. Anderson Josef Scharl Donor or Fund Nicholas R. Brewer Unknown Unknown Mrs. Armistead Peter Jr. Museum fund Bernard M. Baruch Museum fund Anonymous Donor Janet Gregg Wallace H. K. Bush-Brown Robert C. Vose Jr. Museum fund The George Washington Carver Memorial Committee Anonymous Donor Bryant Baker Bernard M. Baruch International Business Machines Corporation Museum fund Janet Gregg Wallace Fraternity of Phi Gamma Delta Mrs. David E. Finley & Mrs. Eustis Emmit Unknown Mrs. J. V. Dahlgren Albert Delafield Jane A. Delano Post of American Legion Mrs. May DuPont Saulsbury Mrs. Francis Thompson Hill, Calvin C. Hill Dr. Eleanor A. Campbell Museum fund NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 299 Subject *Ericsson, John *Ericsson, John *Espy, James Pollard Evans, Robley D. Forrest, Edwin Franklin, Benjamin (2 portraits) *Fuller, George *Garfield, James A. Glover, Charles *Grant, Ulysses Gratz, Michael Hackett, James K. *Halsey, William F. Hamilton, Alexander *Hammerstein I, Oscar Harding, Warren Gamaliel *Hare, Robert Harriman, Averill Harris, Townsend *Henderson, John Brooks Henderson, Mrs. John Brooks *Henry, Joseph *Hodgkins, Thomas G. *Hooper, Reverend William "Hoover, Herbert "Howe, Julia Ward "Hull, Cordell "Kellogg, John Harvey Kennedy, John Fitzgerald Key, Phillip Artist Arvid F. Nyholm A. Saint-Gaudens Thomas Sully August Franzen Edwin Agate Giovanni B. Nini Edward T. Billings Ole P. H. Balling John McLure Hamilton Samuel Waugh William West Albert d'Andrea Albert K. Murry Guiseppi Ceracchi Unknown *Hammerstein II, Oscar Abby Altson Margaret Lindsay Williams Alvin Clark Gilbert Early Albert d'Andrea J. J. Benjamin-Constant J.J. Benjamin- Constant W. Ingalls Robert G. Hardie After John Smibert Edmund Tarbell John Elliott Gregory C. Stapko Emil Fuchs William Draper Donor or Fund Swedish-American Re- publican League of Illinois Georgiana Wills Sargent The Espy Family Horatio S. Rubens Kathryn and Gilbert Miller fund Museum fund Catherine Ames International Business Machines Corporation Charles C. Glover International Business Machines Corporation Richard N. Tetlie The City College of New York International Business Machines Corporation Museum fund Mrs. Oscar Hammerstein II Mrs. Oscar Hammerstein II Museum fund Unknown Gilbert Early City College of New York Heirs of Mrs. J. B. Henderson Mrs. John Brooks Henderson W. Ingalls Unknown Transfer from United States National Museum — G. Brown Goode Collection National Art Committee Mrs. John Elliott International Business Machines Corporation Dr. Edward Kellogg Museum fund Charles Willson Peale Charles van Ravenswaay 300 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Subject *King, Ernest J *Kinkaid, Thomas C *Lane, Franklin K. *Lea, Isaac Lee, Robert E. *Lockwood, Belva Ann MacArthur, General Douglas *McClellan, George B. *McKean, Thomas McKinley, William McNamara, Robert Madison, Dolly *Mann, James R. *Mansfield, Richard Artist Albert K. Murray Robert Sloan Ossip Perelma Bernard Uhle H. G. Matthews Nellie M. Home Rodolphe Kiss Julian Scott Charles Willson Peale Charles A. Whipple Gilbert Early Unknown J. Gari Melchers Orlando Rouland *Marshall, George Catlett J. Anthony Wells "Maynard, Edward Meyer, George von L. Morgan, John Pierpont *Mitscher, Marc Andrew *Morrill, Justin Smith Motley, John Lothrop *Nimitz, Chester W. *Noyes, Frank B. Osceola Pershing, John J. *Pershing, John J. *Polk, Frank L. *Polk, James Knox *Ranger, Henry Ward Read, Thomas Buchanan Roberts, Robert Richford *Roosevelt, Franklin Delano *Rush, Richard Salk, Jonas Edward *Scott, Winfield George W. Maynard Julian Story Adrian Lamb Albert K. Murray Preston Powers H. G. Matthews Albert K. Murray Ossip Perelma Lewis C. Gregg Moses W. D. Dykaar Douglas Volk John C. Johansen Max Westfield Alphonse Jongers H. A. Root John Neagle Henry S. Hubbell Thomas W. Wood Edward Amateis Henry Kirke Brown Donor or Fund International Business Machines Corporation International Business Machines Corporation Frank B. Noyes Mrs. Lea Hudson Museum fund Committee on Tribute to Belva A. Lockwood Mrs. Elisha Gee Jr. Mrs. Georgiana L. McClellan Mrs. Francis T. Redwood (part of the George Buchanan Coale Col- lection, Baltimore) Mrs. Mary E. Kreig Gilbert Early Miss Eunice Chambers Mrs. James R. Mann H. H. Flager International Business Machines Corporation Unknown Donna Julia Brambilla and Mrs. Phillip O. Coffin H. S. Morgan International Business Machines Corporation Dr. Charles L. Swann Museum fund International Business Machines Corporation Ossip Perelma Mrs. Lewis C. Gregg, Miss Emma Gregg Estate of George Owen National Art Committee Anonymous Donor James Knox Polk Memorial Foundation James E. Fraser Miss Eunice Chambers Museum fund Henry S. Hubbell Unknown Edward Amateis H. K. Bush-Brown NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY 301 Subject *Seward, William H. Sheridan, Philip *Sherman, William T. *Signing of the Treaty of Versailles *Sims, William S. *Smithson, James *Stanton, Edward McMasters Stuart, Gilbert Taft, William Howard Torbert, Alfred T. A. Washington, George *West, Benjamin *White, Henry *Woodrow Wilson Woodrow Wilson *Woodrow Wilson Artist Giovanni Benzoni Thomas B. Read G. P. A. Healy John C. Johansen Irving Wiles Hattie Burdette Henry Ulke Unknown Robert McCameron Mathew Brady Joseph Hiller Frank Wilkins John C. Johansen John C. Johansen Bryant Baker Edmund Tarbell Donor or Fund Mrs. Sara Carr Upton Benjamin Bell Tecumseh Sherman National Art Committee National Art Committee Unknown Miss Sofie Stanton Museum fund Robert MacCameron Jr., Marguerite MacCameron Dorothy B. Webb Unknov/n Mrs. Mabel Wiles Anonymous Donor Anonymous Donor Bryant Baker Anonymous Donor *Portraits marked with an asterisk are transfers from the National Collection of fine Arts. 230-^57—66- -25 National Gallery of Art John Walker, Director Sir : I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trustees, the 29th annual report of the National Gallery of Art for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1 966. This report is made pursuant to the provisions of section 5(d) of Public Resolution No. 14, 75th Congress, 1st session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), U.S. Code, title 20, sec. 75(d). Organization The National Gallery of Art, although technically established as a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution, is an autonomous and separately administered organization and is governed by its own Board of Trustees. The statutory members of such Board of Trustees are the Chief Justice of the United States, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treas- ury, and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio. The four General Trustees continuing in office during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1 966, were Paul Mellon, John Hay Whitney, Dr. Franklin D. Murphy, and Lessing J. Rosenwald. On May 5, 1966, Paul Mellon was reelected by the Board of Trustees to serve as President of the Gallery, and John Hay Whitney was reelected Vice President. The executive officers of the Gallery as of June 30, 1 966, were as follows: Chief Justice of the United States, Earl Warren, Chairman. Paul Mellon, President. Ernest R. Feidler, Secretary-Treasurer. 303 304 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART John Walker, Director. E. James Adams, Administrator. Ernest R. Feidler, General Counsel. Perry B. Cott, Chief Curator. J. Carter Brown, Assistant Director. The three standing committees of the Board, as constituted at the annual meeting on May 5, 1966, were as follows: EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Chief Justice of the United States, Earl Warren, Chairman. Paul Mellon, Vice Chairman. Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley. John Hay Whitney. Dr. Franklin D. Murphy. FINANCE COMMITTEE Secretary of the Treasury, Henry H. Fowler, Chairman. Paul Mellon. Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley. John Hay Whitney. ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE Paul Mellon, Chairman. John Hay Whitney. Lessing J. Rosenwald. Dr. Franklin D. Murphy. John Walker. Personnel At the close of fiscal year 1966, full-time Government employees on the permanent staff of the National Gallery of Art numbered 314. The United States Civil Sendee regulations govern the appointment of employees paid from appropriated funds. Appropriations For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, the Congress of the United States, in the regular annual appropriation, and in a supplemental appropriation required for pay increases, provided $2,531,000 to be used for salaries and expenses in the operation and upkeep of the National Gallery of Art, the protection and care of works of art acquired by the Board of Trustees, and all administrative expenses incident NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 305 thereto, as authorized by the basic statute establishing the National Gallery of Art, that is, the Public Resolution No. 14, 75th Congress, 1st session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), U.S. Code, title 20, sees. 71-75. The following obligations were incurred: Personnel Compensation and Benefits $2, 214, 400. 00 All other Items 315, 669. 1 1 Total Obligations 2, 530, 069. 1 1 Attendance Visitors to the Gallery during fiscal year 1966 were 1,577,108, an increase of 324,006 over the 1965 attendance. From July 1 through Labor Day, 1965, and April 1 through June 30, 1966, the Gallery was open to the public from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays and from noon to 10 p.m. on Sundays. For the remainder of the year the Gallery was open to the public every day save Christmas and New Year's Day on a schedule of 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays and 2 to 10 p.m. on Sundays. Visitors during the additional hours in the summer of 1965 and the spring of 1966 numbered 154,911. The average daily attend- ance for year was 4,345. Accessions There were 2,835 accessions by the National Gallery of Art as gifts, loans, or deposits during the fiscal year. This represents an increase of 1,113 accessions over those of fiscal 1965. Gifts Three hundred and fifty-one paintings by George Catlin were received as a gift from Paul Mellon. In addition, the following works of art were received as gifts or bequests accepted by the Board of Trustees or were purchased pursuant to action by the Board of Trustees from funds given or bequeathed: PAINTINGS Donor Artist Title Avalon Foundation, Church Morning in the Tropics New York, N.Y. Copley Eleazer Tyng 306 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART paintings — continued Donor Artist Title Charles Ulrick and Vigee- The Marquise de Peze Josephine Bay Founda- Lebrun and the Marquise de tion Rouget with Her Two Children Mrs. Julia Feininger Feininger Zirchow VII Colonel and Mrs. Edgar Earl Dr. David Rogers W. Garbisch, New 5) Martha Tennent Rogers York, N.Y. and Her Daughter 55 Field Deacon Harlow A. Pease 55 55 Mrs. Harlow A. Pease 55 Attrib- Staunch Gentleman Harry Waldron Have- meyer and Horace Havemeyer, Jr. National Gallery of Art, Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund National Gallery of Art, Adolph Caspar Miller Fund Attrib- Staunch Gentleman uted to Jeremiah The us 55 Devout Lady Sheffield Connecticut Sea Captain 55 Wife of Connecticut Sea Captain Unknown Dennison Hill, South- bridge, Massachusetts Vermeer A Lady Writing Corneille de Portrait of a Man Lyon Ercole The Wife of Hasdrubal Roberti and Her Children Rubens Daniel in the Lions' Den Rogier Saint George and the van der Dragon Weyden La Farge Afterglow, Tautira River, Tahiti Saint George and the Dragon, by Rogier van der Weyden (Flemish, 1399/1400- 1464). Wood, 6 X 45/8 inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Gallery of Art. The Wife of Hasdrubal and Her Children, by Ercole Roberti (Ferrarese, c. 1456- 1496). Wood, Gallery of Art. 18}£ X 12 inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Portrait of a Man, by Corneille de Lyon (French, active 1534- 1574). Wood, 6% X 5% inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Gallery of Art. Daniel in the Lions' Den, by Peter Paul Rubens (Flemish, 1577- 1640). Canvas, 88# X 130>S inches. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Gallery of Art. * ■ I Saskia Lying in Bed, by Rembrandt van Ryn (Dutch, 1606-1669). Pen and brush drawing, about 1638. Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund. National Gallery of Art. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 307 Donor William Benton, New York, N.Y. Chester Dale Mrs. Snowden A. Fahnestock, Washimg- ton, D.C. National Gallery of Art, Ailsa Mellon Bruce Fund GRAPHIC ARTS Artist Reginald Marsh Bellows Lurcat Drian Leger Title Merry-Go-Round Three Pencil Sketches Maud Dale Maud Dale Hands and Foot Fragonard La Voile des Armours Master of Satyrs with a Bacchante 1515 Rembrandt Saskia Lying in Bed WORKS OF ART ON LOAN The following works of art were received on loan, or were continued on loan, by the Gallery: Artist Rembrandt Donor The Fuller Foundation, Boston, Mass. Jerome Hill, New York, N.Y. Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon, Upperville, Virginia Private Collection 55 The Norton Simon Foundation, Los Angeles, Calif. Delacroix Desras Stubbs 55 Various French Artists Raphael Veronese Title Portrait of a Man in a Fur-lined Coat The Arab Tax Lion Devouring a Goat 14 Wax Sculptures Lion Attacking a Deer Lion Attacking a Horse 68 Paintings The Madonna of Loreto Self-Portrait Rembrandt Portrait of the Artist's Son Titus 308 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART WORKS OF ART ON LOAN RETURNED The following works of art on loan were returned during the fiscal year: To Artist Title The Fuller Foundation, Rembrandt Portrait of a Man in a Boston, Mass. Fur-lined Goat Colonel and Mrs. Edgar S. J. W. Garbisch, New York, Johnson N.Y. Picking Grapes in an Orchard National Collection of Fine Arts, Smithsonian Institution Private Collection 55 The Putnam Foundation, San Diego, Calif. Landis Adam and Eve Pelton Jephthah Regrets His Vow Prior Little Girl Holding Apple Unknown Adeline Howard 55 Woman with Butterfly Tie 55 Woman with Jagged Collar 55 Fruit in Bowl 55 Man with Blue Eyes 55 Lady with Brown Eyes 55 Birds 55 Pigeons Willson The Prodigal Son Taking Leave of His Father 55 The Prodigal Son Wasted His Substance 55 The Prodigal Son in Misery 55 The Prodigal Son Re- claimed Homer High Cliffs, Coast of Maine Raphael The Madonna of Loreto Veronese Self-Portrait Bruegel Parable of the Sower Christus The Death of the Virgin NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 309 To The Putnam Foundation, San Diego, Calif. The Norton Simon Foundation, Los Angeles, Calif. J. H. Whittemore Com- pany, Naugatuck, Conn. [ loan returned — continued Artist Title Corot View of Volterra Murillo Christ on the Cross Rembrandt St. Bartholomew Veronese Virgin and Child Rembrandt Portrait of the Artist's Son Titus Whistler The Dancer — Green and Blue Manet Portrait of an Actor- Buffoon of Philip IV WORKS OF ART LENT The following loans were made during the fiscal year: To Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford, Conn. Museum of Early Amer- ican Folk Art, New York, N.Y. Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, N.Y., and Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Mass. Artist Title Phillips Joseph Slade " Alice Slade Field "He Turned Their Waters Into Blood" Copley Gallery of Modern Art, New York, N.Y. Munson-Williams Proc- tor Institute, Utica, N.Y. Hassam Quid or Eleazer Tyng Sir Robert Graham The Red Cross Knight Jane Browne The Death of the Earl of Chatham Epes Sargent The Copley Family Watson and the Shark Allies Day, May 1917 The Return of Rip Van Winkle 310 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART works of art lent — continued To Artist Title National Collection of Church Morning in the Tropics Fine Arts, Smithsonian Institution Old Salem Museum, Stuart George Washington Winston-Salem, N.C. (Vaughan-Sinclair) Smithsonian Institution, Jarvis Commodore John Museum of History and Rodgers Technology, Presidential Reception Room 55 5? DeWitt Clinton 55 Healy Daniel Webster 55 Peale Robert Coleman 55 Sully Major Thomas Biddle University of Nebraska Henri Young Woman in Whit Art Galleries University Art Museum, Austin, Texas Inness Other Gifts The Lackawanna Valley In the fiscal year 1966 gifts of money were made by the Avalon Foundation, Frelinghuysen Foundation, J. I. Foundation, Samuel H. Kress Foundation, Old Dominion Foundation, Eugene and Agnes E. Meyer Foundation, Lila Acheson Wallace Fund, Inc., and Mr. Paul Mellon. Mrs. Ailsa Mellon Bruce contributed additional money and securities for the purchase of works of art for the National Gallery of Art and for educational purposes related to works of art. Exhibitions The following exhibitions were held at the National Gallery of Art during the fiscal year 1966: The Chester Dale Bequest. Continued from previous year. Graphic Arts from the Chester Dale Collection. Continued from the previous year through August 1 8, 1 965. Exhibition Illustrating Richard Bales' Index of American Design Suite No. 4. Continued from previous year through August 6, 1965. Rembrandt's Portrait of the Artist's Son Titus, on loan from the Norton Simon Foundation. Continued from previous year through December 5, 1965. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 311 Sketches by Constable from the Victoria and Albert Museum. Continued from the preceding year through July 5, 1 965. White House Festival of Arts Exhibition. Continued from previous year through July 11, 1965. 19th and 20th Century European Drawings. July 1 1 through August 29, 1965. 19th and 20th Century Prints. August 6 through November 4, 1 965. British Mezzotints from the 18th and Early 19th Centuries. September 18 through October 31,1 965. John Singleton Copley: A Retrospective Exhibition. September 19 through October 31, 1965. Treasures of Peruvian Gold. October 14 through November 28, 1965. Christmas Prints. November 5, 1 965 through January 1 2, 1 966. Durer and His Time. November 14 through December 12, 1965. Modern French Prints from the Rosenwald Collection. December 11, 1965 through March 9, 1966. Fifteenth-Century Woodcuts and Metalcuts from the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. December 19, 1965 through January 30, 1966. Bruegel Prints from the Rosenwald Collection. January 13 through March 8, 1966. French 18th Century Prints from the Widener Collection. March 9 through July 1, 1966. Etchings by Rembrandt in the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. March 11 until after July 1, 1966. Drawings from the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. February 5 through April 17, 1966. French Paintings from the Collections of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon and Mrs. Mellon Bruce. March 17 through May 1, 1966. Twenty-five Tears of National Gallery Publications. March 17 through May 1, 1966. Art Treasures of Turkey, June 5 through July 17, 1966. Exhibitions of recent accessions: The W^ife of Hasdrubal and Her Chil- dren by Ercole Roberti, Elizabeth Throckmorton by Largilliere, and Portrait of a Man by Corneille de Lyon from August 10, 1965, through October 25, 1965; The Marquise de Peze and the Marquise de Rouget with Her Two Children by Vigee-Lebrun from November 9, 1965, through January 12, 1966; Daniel in the Lions' Den by Rubens from January 12, 1966; St. George and the Dragon by Rogier van der Weyden from May 6, 1966; and A Lady Writing by Vermeer from May 20, 1966. 312 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Graphic Arts Graphic Arts from the National Gallery of Art collections were in- cluded in 8 traveling exhibitions, and special loans were made to 32 museums, universities, schools, and art centers in the United States and abroad. There were 235 visitors to the Graphic Arts Study Room. The material in the Index of American Design was used during the year by 304 persons. Their interests included securing slides and exhibits, doing special research and designing, and gathering illustra- tions for publications. Curatorial Activities Under the direction of chief curator Perry B. Cott, the curatorial department accessioned 377 gifts to the Gallery during the fiscal year 1966. Advice was given with respect to 1,669 works of art brought to the Gallery for expert opinion, and 36 visits to collections were made by members of the staff in connection with offers of gifts. The registrar's office issued 220 permits to copy and 118 permits to photograph works of art in the Gallery's collections, About 6,771 inquiries, many of them requiring research, were answered verbally and by letter. Assistant chief curator William P. Campbell served as a member of the Special Fine Arts Committee of the Department of State and as judge of a YWCA exhibition of the work of Washington artists. Curator of painting H. Lester Cooke continued as consultant to NASA with duties of organizing and supervising artists doing paintings relating to the Space Program. He also acted as judge for exhibitons of the Atlanta Southern States, 1965; Peoria, Illinois, Mid- West Area, 1966; Richmond, Virginia Area; and for four local exhibitions. Museum curator Michael Mahoney acted as judge for the Internal Revenue Service Art Exhibition, September 1965. Assistant registrar Diane Russell taught a course on North European medieval art at The American University in the 1966 spring term. The Richter Archives received and catalogued 621 photographs on exchange from museums here and abroad; 902 photographs were pur- chased and about 200 reproductions have been added to the Richter Archives. Five hundred photographs have been added to the Icon- ographic Index. Restoration Francis Sullivan, resident restorer of the Gallery, made regular and systematic inspection of all National Gallery of Art works of art in Washington. He relined, cleaned, and restored 9 paintings and gave A Lady Writing, by Jan Vermeer (Dutch, 1632-1675). Canvas, 17% X 15% inches. Gift of Harry Waldron Havemeyer and Horace Havemeyer, Jr., in memory of their father Horace Havemeyer. National Gallery of Art. 230-457—66- -26 The Marquise de Peze and the Marquise de Rouget with Her Two Children, by Elisabeth Vigee-Lebrun (French, 1755-1842). Canvas, 48% X 61% inches. Gift of the Bay Foundation in memory of Josephine Bay Paul and Ambassador Charles Ulrick Bay. National Gallery of Art. Eleazer Tyng, by John Singleton Copley (American, 1738-1815). Canvas, 49% X 40}£ inches. Gift of the Avalon Foundation. National Gallery of Art. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 313 special treatment to 32. Twenty-three paintings were X-rayed as an aid in research. He continued experiments with synthetic materials as suggested by the National Gallery of Art Fellowship at the Mellon Institute of Industrial Research, Pittsburgh, Pa. Technical advice was given in response to 220 telephone inquiries. Special treatment was given to works of art belonging to Government agencies, including the Capitol, Treasury Department, the White House, the Coast Guard Academy, and the Freer Gallery of Art. Publications La Galeria National de Washington by H. Lester Cooke was published by the Aquilar Press, Madrid. Mr. Campbell wrote an introduction to a new edition of Dunlap's History of the Rise and Progress of the Arts of Design in the United States. Miss Katharine Shepard wrote two reviews for the American Journal of Archaeology. An article written by Michael Mahoney entitled "Salvator Rosa Provenance Studies: Prince Livio Odescalchi and Queen Christina" was published in Master Drawings, III, 4, 1966. The catalogue Fifteenth-Century Woodcuts and Metalcuts from the Collection of the National Gallery of Art was prepared by Richard S. Field. This will constitute part of the definitive catalogue of the Gallery's collections. The curatorial staff prepared for publication the Summary Catalogue of European Paintings and Sculpture. Publications Service During the fiscal year 1966, the Publications Service, under the supervision of Mrs. Ruth Dundas, placed on sale seven new publica- tions: La Galeria National de Washington (in Spanish) by H. Lester Cooke; National Gallery of Art Summary Catalogue of European Paintings and Sculpture; A Pageant of Painting from the National Gallery of Art, edited by Huntington Cairns and John Walker; Dutch Landscape Painting of the 17th Century by Wolfgang Stechow; John Singleton Copley by Jules D. Prown; Renaissance Bronzes by John Pope-Hennessy; and The Smith- sonian Institution by Walter Karp. Over 300 new subjects in 2"x 2" original color slides were added to the items sold to the public, and a slide catalogue, listing 427 sub- jects, was published. For the first time black and white gravure prints, ll"xl4" size, were made from the Gallery's graphic arts collection. Eight subjects were produced in this form. Six new subjects in \\"x\A" color 314 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART reproductions were published to make a total of 284 now available to the public, and 15 new subjects were published in color postcards for a total of 239. Twelve new large color reproductions were published with Gallery assistance. Educational Program From June through December 1 965 the program of the educational department was carried out under the direction of Dr. Raymond S. Stites, curator in charge, and his staff. On January 1, 1966, Dr. Stites became Assistant to the Director for Educational Services, and Dr. Margaret Bouton, formerly associate curator, became curator in charge of educational work. In addition to these changes, four em- ployees were transferred from the publications office to the educational department when the latter department took over responsibility for the reception desks in the lobbies. The educational department continued its series of lectures, con- ducted tours, and special talks on the works of art in the Gallery's collection. Attendance for the 741 general tours was 20,144. This is an increase of 1,239 over last year. Attendance for all regularly scheduled general tours, tours of the week, and picture of the week talks amounted to 40,123 — an increase over last year of 3,280. Special tours, lectures, and conferences (a total of 610) were arranged to serve 20,888 persons. This is an increase of 4,578 over last year. These included special appointments made for other government agencies and bureaus such as the Department of State, Foreign Service Institute, Foreign Students Service Council, and the Armed Forces. Tours, lectures, and conferences were also arranged for many club and study groups, members of the United States Congress, educators (both American and foreign), museum officials, representatives from hos- pitals (with patients), members of national and local chapters of women's organizations, and groups of professional men and women attending conventions in Washington. These special services were also given to school groups coming from all areas of the country. The program of training volunteer docents was continued, and the department gave special instruction to 159 women from the Junior League of Washington, D.C., and from the American Association of University Women. By arrangement with the public and private schools in the District of Columbia and surrounding counties of Mary- land and Virginia, these two organizations conducted 2,814 classes from the metropolitan area of Washington on tours, totaling 80,623 children. This is an increase of 160 classes and 4,689 children over last year when 2,654 classes visited the Gallery. The volunteers also NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 315 guided 744 Safety Patrol girls from Atlanta, Georgia, on tours of the Gallery. Fifty lectures were given in the auditorium on Sundays with slides or films. The attendance at these lectures was 14,975 persons, represent- ing an increase over last year of 2,406. Twenty-nine of these lectures were given by guest lecturers. The A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts, given in 1966 by Lord David Cecil of Cambridge University, constituted a series of six and bore the title "Dreamer or Visionary — A Study of English Romantic Painting." Fifteen lectures were given by members of the staff of the educational department. The slide library of the educational department has a total of 49,648 slides in its permanent and lending collections. During the year 697 slides were added, and 2,308 slides were recatalogued. A total of 8,922 slides was lent to 292 persons, and it is estimated that these were seen by 16,990 viewers. Members of the staff participated in outside activities which included lecturing to various club and school groups, and to other government agencies. One staff member was responsible for the LecTour re- cordings, which included the processing of 92 tapes. Staff members prepared and recorded 30 ten-minute radio talks which were broadcast over radio station WGMS in Washington, D.C. They also participated in the Widening Horizons Program, which is designed by various government agencies to introduce area high school students to the career opportunities offered in Washington. In this program staff members prepared and delivered eight briefing lectures and gave six special tours for volunteers. These lectures were attended by 130 persons. A printed calendar of the programs and events of the Gallery was prepared for monthly distribution to a mailing list of approximately 9,600 names, an estimated increase of 2,100. Total public response to the educational program, excluding slide viewers, was 166,209, which is an increase of 17,053 over last year. Extension Services The Office of Extension Services, under the direction of Dr. Grose Evans, circulated to the public, traveling exhibitions, films, slide lectures with texts, film strips, and other educational materials. Traveling exhibitions are lent free of charge except for shipping expenses. The total number of exhibits was 149, and these were circulated in 1,122 bookings. This represents an increase over last year of 278 bookings. In addition there are 12 exhibits on loan to two organizations which 316 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART are circulating them. A large panel exhibition Color and Light in Painting was completed and will be circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. Fifty prints of three films on the National Gallery of Art and its collections were circulated in 417 bookings; an increase in bookings over last year of 101. A total of 2,160 slide lecture sets was circulated in 6,872 bookings, an increase of 1,155 bookings over last year. Ten slide sets are now being circulated with records, and Dr. Evans prepared a new slide lecture "Painting in Georgian England" based on paintings in the collection of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon. Two hundred copies will be circulated by the Extension Services. Based on the conservative average estimates per booking used in the past, the audience served by the traveling exhibitions circulated by the National Gallery was approximately 561,000 viewers; for the special exhibitions being circulated by two other organizations, 72,014 viewers, for the three films the estimated audience was 125,100 and for the slide lectures and film strips, the audience was estimated to be 412,320. It is estimated, therefore, that the Extension Services reached approxi- mately 1,170,434 people — an increase of 199,371 over last year. A new system of direct reporting of audience size by borrowing institutions has led to a revision of audience accounting methods in the interest of greater accuracy. The improved method, which is still under study, indicates a decrease in the estimated audience in one category and varying increases in the other two. Calculated on the new basis, the total number of people recorded in fiscal 1965 is esti- mated to have been 1,418,684. In an effort to increase the circulation of the Extension Services materials and to keep abreast of new developments in the audio-visual field, Dr. Evans and his assistants traveled to various states attending 12 meetings and conventions, at which examples of the Extension Services materials were exhibited. Dr. Evans also assisted in the organization of a pilot research teachers training program to be conducted at the National Gallery of Art by the George Washington University. Forty teachers chosen by the Uni- versity from applications received form all parts of the country will be given a 6-week program from July 5 to August 12, 1966. Library During the year the library accessioned 3,355 publications by gift, exchange with other institutions, or by purchase. A total of 1,600 publications was processed; 5,551 cards were filed in the main catalogue NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 317 and the shelflist. Library of Congress cards were used for 390 tides; original cataloging was done for 365 titles. There were 3,136 periodicals recorded, received by gift, purchase, or exchange. A total of 7,552 periodicals was circulated, and 4,145 books were charged to the staff. There were 6,524 books shelved in regular routine. During the year the library distributed 1,625 National Gallery of Art publications under its exchange program and in response to individual requests. In this fiscal year the library borrowed 1,015 books, 946 of them from the Library of Congress. The library is the depository for black and white photographs of works of art in the Gallery's collection. These are maintained for use in research by the staff, for exchange with other institutions, for reproduction in approved publications, and for sale to the public. Approximately 6,581 photographs were added to the stock in the library during the year, and 1,571 orders for 7,890 photographs were filled. There were 472 permits for reproduction of 1,283 subjects processed in the library. Index of American Design Under the supervision of Dr. Grose Evans, the Index of American Design, circulated 31 traveling exhibitions for 65 showings in 21 states and one foreign country. The Index also circulated 135 sets of color slides throughout the United States, and 432 photographs of Index subjects were used for exhibits, study, and publication. The photographic file was increased by 102 negatives and 328 prints; 14 permits were issued to persons wishing to reproduce 254 subjects. The Index material was used by 304 persons, for the purpose of securing slides, exhibits, doing special research and design, and gathering illustrations for publications. A number of special exhibitions of Index materials were arranged for showing in museums devoted to folk art; and an exhibition honoring the Christmas stamp issued by the Post Office Department in 1965 and based on an Index subject was assembled and circulated throughout the year. Operation, Maintenance, Activities, and Protection The Gallery building, mechanical equipment and grounds were maintained throughtout the year at the established standards. Renovation of the skylight on the east wing of the building last 318 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 — HISTORY AND ART summer completes the entire resealing of the more than two and one- half acres of roof area. The Gallery greenhouse continued to produce flowering and foliage plants in quantities sufficient for all decorative needs of special openings and day to day requirements of the Garden Courts. Ultrasonic protection was installed in seven exhibition cases of Renaissance jewelry and other decorative art objects. Also, the same type of security system was installed in a vitrine in which the recently acquired Saint George and the Dragon is exhibited. LecTour During the fiscal year 1966 LecTour, the Gallery's electronic guide system, was used by 71,811 visitors — an increase of 13,690 users over fiscal year 1965. Music Program Under the supervision of Richard H. Bales, assistant to the director in charge of music, the program continued and forty concerts were given during the fiscal year in the East Garden Court. Thirty-nine of these concerts were played on Sunday evenings and one on Thursday evening. The latter was played during the 25th Anniversary celebra- tion of the National Gallery of Art. Thirty-two of these Sunday con- certs were made possible by funds bequeathed to the National Gallery of Art by Mr. William Nelson Cromwell; the 23rd American Music Festival of seven concerts between May 1 and June 12, 1966, was sponsored by the J. I. Foundation. The Gallery orchestra, conducted by Mr. Bales, played 12 concerts. Two of these orchestra programs were supported in part by a grant from the Music Performance Trust Fund of the American Recording Industry. All concerts, except the 25th Anniversary Concert, were broadcast by WGMS-AM and FM. Music critics of the Washington papers continued their regular coverage of the concerts. Intermission talks during the Sunday evening broadcasts featured members of the staff of the educational department speaking on various art topics, and there were occasional interviews with guest lecturers. Mr. Bales gave program notes during the intermissions of these broad- casts. Mr. Bales was in residence at the University of Rochester during July and early August 1965, and conducted concerts and lectured on conducting at the Eastman School of Music. He received the first Distinguished Service Award from the Sons of Confederate Veterans in recognition of his work in Civil War music. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 319 Two one-hour television programs by the National Gallery orchestra with Mr. Bales conducting were taped by WTOP-TV, and these with a previously taped program were telecast during the fiscal year. Paintings from the National Gallery of Art collection were shown during these concerts. In September 1965 a previous telecast by the National Gallery of Art orchestra won a local "Emmy" award. Mr. Bales appeared several times as a guest conductor and lecturer; a number of his compositions and arrangements were performed by other orchestras. During May the National Gallery concerts and Mr. Bales received their fourth award from the American Association of University Women for a cultural contribution to the community through their television concerts. During April 1 966 Mr. Bales served as Chairman of the Instrumental Music Panel of the Arts Advisory Committee of the District of Columbia Recreation Board. Other Activities In commemoration of the Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the National Gallery of Art, twenty-five medals were struck and awarded "For Distinguished Service to Education in Art." The recepients were flown to Washington for the Twenty-fifth Anniversary celebrations and were awarded the medals by Mrs. Johnson in the East Room of the White House on March 17. The obverse of the medal was designed by the sculptor and graphic artist, Leonard Baskin, and the reverse by the calligrapher and stone-carver, John Everett Benson. The recepients of the medals also received a cash honorarium. Director John Walker, served as chairman of the committee to make arrangements for the visit to Washington of more than 500 directors curators from sixty nations who had come to America for the first meeting outside Europe of the International Council of Museums. Bus tours and hospitality for ICOM delegates were made possible through a donation to the Gallery by the Samuel H. Kress Foundation. On Saturday, September 18, a luncheon for visiting art museum repre- sentatives was given before the opening of the John Singleton Copley exhibition. The Gallery provided facilities for the ceremony held by the Post Office Department on September 17, 1965, in honor of the first day issue of a stamp in the Fine Arts Series. The stamp is based on a detail from The Copley Family, by John Singleton Copley, in the National Gallery's collection. 320 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Henry Beville, head of the photographic laboratory, and his assistants processed 61,037 items which included negatives, prints, slides, color transparencies, and color slides. Audit of Private Funds of the Gallery An audit of the private funds of the Gallery will be made for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, by Price Waterhouse and Co., public accountants. A report of the audit will be forwarded to the Gallery. John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Roger L. Stevens Chairman, Board of Trustees '"pHIS YEAR OF EFFORT AND ACCOMPLISHMENT Saw the Start of COnstrUC- ■*■ tion on the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. Property rights to the site were cleared. The Watergate Inn, a restau- rant on the original site, is being preserved as a headquarters for the builders and as an exhibition area for the Center during construction. But all other buildings were removed and excavation is nearly finished. Relocation of the Rock Creek Potomac Parkway will be completed late this fall. Invitations to bid on the general contract were issued in June. The doors of the Center should open in 1969. The Metropolitan Opera National Company, co-sponsored by the Center and the Metropolitan Opera Association, completed its in- augural tour of 70 North American cities. Congress granted the Center distribution rights to the United States Information Agency film, John F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums, and it was seen by 1 50,000 people to date. It will begin its regular run throughout the country in fall. The Friends of the Kennedy Center was formed as a volunteer organization to promote nationwide interest in the Center and its operations. Leonard Bernstein, music director of the New York Phil- harmonic Orchestra, agreed to compose a major work for the Center's opening in 1969. Activity, interest, and progress in all aspects of the Center should increase in the next 12 months. 321 322 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Organization Three Presidents have played a direct, personal role in the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. The Center was authorized originally as the National Cultural Center by an Act of Congress signed into law by President Eisenhower in September 1958. The law speci- fied that money for the Center's construction was to be raised within 5 years by voluntary contribution. Congress authorized a nationwide fund-raising campaign for this purpose. The Act was extended 3 more years during the Kennedy administration. Following the death of President Kennedy, a spontaneous movement developed to make the Cultural Center, in which he had taken such a close personal interest, his sole official memorial in the Nation's capital. President Johnson incorporated this sentiment in an Administration request to Congress in December 1963. The measure was passed with bipartisan support and signed into law by the President on January 23, 1964 (Public Law 88-260). At the same time, Congress authorized a grant of $15.5 million to match private contributions toward the cost of construction. The matching funds were subscribed or in the bank prior to the statutory deadline of June 30, 1965, insuring that the Center would become a reality. Board of Trustees Pursuant to the John F. Kennedy Center Act, the Board of Trustees of the Center is made up to 15 members who serve ex officio, and 30 "general trustees." As of June 30, 1966, the Trustees of the Center were as follows : Appointed by the President of the United States Richard Adler Erich Leinsdorf Howard F. Ahmanson Sol Myron Linowitz Floyd D. Akers George Meany Robert O. Anderson Edwin W. Pauley Ralph E. Becker Arthur Penn K. LeMoyne Billings Richard S. Reynolds, Jr. Mrs. Thomas W. Braden Frank H. Ricketson, Jr. Edgar M. Bronfman Richard Rodgers Mrs. George R. Brown Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. Ralph J. Bunche Mrs. Jouett Shouse Mr. Justice Fortas Mrs. Stephen E. Smith Mrs. George A. Garrett Roger L. Stevens Leonard H. Goldenson Edwin L. Weisl, Sr. Senator Robert F. Kennedy Robert W. Woodruff Mrs. Albert D. Lasker KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 323 President Johnson reluctantly accepted the resignation of Mr. Ernest R. Breech as Trustee on March 17, 1966. Appointed by the President of the United States Senate Senator Joseph S. Clark Senator J. William Fulbright Senator Leverett Saltonstall Appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives Representative Charlotte T. Reid Representative Frank H. Thompson, Representative James C. Wright, Jr. Jr. Members Ex Officio Designated by Act of Congress Charles Frankel S. Dillon Ripley George B. Hartzog, Jr. Walter N. Tobriner Harold Howe, II William Walton John William Gardner William H. Waters, Jr. L. Quincy Mumford Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson, Mrs. John F. Kennedy, and Mrs. Dwight D. Eisenhower continue to serve" as honorary co-chairmen of the Center. The Trustees met on February 7, 1 966, and elected the officers of the Center. They are as follows: Roger L. Stevens, Chairman Kenneth J. Birgfeld, Assistant Treas- Robert O. Anderson, Vice Chairman urer Sol M. Linowitz, Vice Chairman Paul J. Bisset, Assistant Treasurer Ralph E. Becker, General Counsel Herbert D. Lawson, Assistant Treas- Daniel W. Bell, Treasurer urer K. LeMoyne Billings, Secretary L. Corrin Strong, Chairman Emeritus Philip J. Mullin, Administrative Offi- cer and Assistant Secretary Site and Construction Progress Immediately after the announcement of the completion of General Accounting Office auditing of the certification of funds for matching purposes, another flurry of opposition to the location of the Center arose. For several weeks the Chairman, the General Counsel, and other officers were occupied in answering criticisms of the Potomac River site. The officers of the Center were strongly supported by the Senatorial and Congressional members of the Board of Trustees. The closing of streets and alleys in the Center site occasioned another outbreak of opposition. Objections lodged by Watergate Development to the closing of streets in the Center site were withdrawn after meetings of persons concerned were arranged by the General Counsel. The Board of Commissioners of the District of Columbia ordered the closing after extensive public hearings, at which the Center was represented by 324 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART its General Counsel. An opinion by the Solicitor of the Department of the Interior, concurred in by the Attorney General, supported the Center's stand that land, including closed streets and alleys, outside the statutory site could be used for park setting purposes. In the meantime, the Department of Justice reached an agreement with the Watergate Inn on a condemnation price of $650,000 for the restaurant and land. This marked the end of more than 2 years of negotiations and completed the acquisition of private property for the Center. An opinion is now being awaited from the Attorney General that all land in the Center site is property of the United States. Plans are underway for the transfer of jurisdiction over the various parcels among the governmental agencies concerned. The last legal require- ment imposed by the John F. Kennedy Center Act was met when the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution found formally that the Center had sufficient funds for construction. The Comptroller General of the United States authorized General Services Administration to solicit bids for the general construction contract on a selective basis, following a determination by the Ad- ministrator of GSA and the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Center that advertised competitive bidding was not practicable. Nine firms, selected on the basis of such considerations as reliability and experience with similar projects, were invited to submit bids in June. They were: George Hyman Construction Company and Charles H. Tompkins Company, of Washington, D.C. ; McCloskey and Company and John McShain, Inc., of Philadelphia; J. W. Bateson Company of Dallas; Turner Company, George A. Fuller Construction Company, and Paul Tishman Company, of New York; and Pashen-Kiewit of Chicago and Omaha. The Board of Trustees passed a resolution opposing the erection of Watergate Development Building No. 1 to any height not substantially lower than the Center. To protect its interests, the Center has been represented at hearings before the Board of Zoning Appeals on matters raised by Watergate. Contracts were awarded for demolition of the buildings on the Center's site, for excavation, and for the relocation of the Rock Creek Potomac Parkway. A fence was constructed around the site and signs erected. Electric display panels describing the Center are being prepared. During the last month of the fiscal year, Colonel William F. Powers (U.S. Army, retired) was retained as Executive Director of Engineering. Colonel Powers, who served 28 years in the Corps of Engineers, will KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 325 join the Center's staff on completion of his duties as Vice President of Engineering for the Lincoln Center. In his New York assignment he supervised the construction of all the buildings in the new performing arts center. The insurance requirements of the Center were almost unique. In a major administrative action, unusual specifications were planned to permit adequate insurance coverage during the construction phase and beyond. JFK Center-GSA Liaison Committee The General Services Administration is the Center's agent for design and construction and will continue in this capacity through the con- struction phase. A special liaison committee, made up of five Trustees and representatives of GSA and the architect will be responsible for the final plans and specifications on all phases of construction. The Trustee members of this committee are Chairman Stevens, Mrs. Jouett Shouse, S. Dillon Ripley, George B. Hartzog, Jr., and Ralph E. Becker. The Director of Engineering will join the Administrative Officer as an ex officio member of the committee. Several architectural changes in the Center's interior were recom- mended by the JFK-GSA Liaison Committee in accordance with suggestions by the Program Committee. The following changes were then approved by the Liaison Committee, the Executive Committee, and the Board of Trustees: elimination of a special "public reception center" (including a small cinema, reception room, and mezzanine), the addition of access doors to the stages of the Opera and the Theater, additional dressing facilities, addition of a director's suite, reduction of the opera stage apron, provision for hidden television camera locations, reservation of unallotted space for possible extra rehearsal areas and office space, alterations in the roof terrace restaurant facilities, and an increase in the window area on the roof terrace. These changes were incorporated in the final plans sent out for bids. As a result of studies and recommendations by the Liaison Com- mittee, an arrangement was made with Potomac Electric Power Com- pany for equipping the Center as an all-electric building. All the energy needs, including heating and air conditioning, will embody concepts developed by the architect in close coordination with PEPCO engineers. The arrangement with PEPCO will result in substantial savings in construction costs. 230-457—66 27 326 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART Program Committee The Program Committee, under the chairmanship of Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., has held seven meetings in the past year. The members of this committee include: Mrs. Thomas W. Braden Goddard Lieberson Harold E. Clurman Sol M. Linowitz Mr. Justice Fortas S. Dillon Ripley Richard N. Goodwin Oliver Smith August Heckscher George Stevens, Jr. Mrs. John F. Kennedy Roger L. Stevens (ex officio) The committee consulted with outstanding professionals in the performing arts to study the most effective use of the Center's facilities. On the basis of the original Congressional mandate, the committee has studied theories and formats of artistic management, possible establishment of resident companies, the potential for the use of private and public television to extend the Center's range of activity, and various educa- tional opportunities. The committee recommended that priority be given to the selection of the artistic management staff and that the final statement of program policy be deferred in order to permit the artistic director and his staff to praticipate in establishing the policy. Because of the substantially increasing interest and activity in the performing arts throughout the country since the original concept of the Center was formed a decade ago, several changes were recom- mended in the interior plans. The changes were intended to make the facilities of the Center more flexible and to extend the educational possibilities within the Center. On June 23, it was announced that Leonard Bernstein, the eminent and versatile composer and music director of the New York Phil- harmonic Orchestra, had agreed to compose a major dramatic work for the Center's opening. Mr. Bernstein, in accepting the commission, recognized the national significance of the Center and expressed deep appreciation of the cultural interests of President Kennedy. Memorial Committee The River Terrace of the Center, overlooking the expanse ol the Potomac, is being considered as a site for a special memorial to President Kennedy. The committee and Edward Durell Stone, the Center's architect, have reviewed several ideas and expect to make their recommendation in the coming year, subject to approval by the Center's Trustees, the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, and Congress. ■i! 1 1 J i y '-■ iHBi - 1 Wt^ ■ \ -*•• |H^ New model of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts soon to be put on display at the visitors' center (formerly the Watergate Inn) on the site. Above: Entrance. Below: River terrace above Rock Creek Park- way, overlooking Potomac River. aftrtt.tff JbaX.. m ill JL.JI The Opera, central hall of the Center, will seat 2,200. The stage will be 60 feet wide, 100 feet deep. Mk YX1?- "4 . «f v v.?'«-F 'v.-i- Eg.- WL>k The Theater (above) will seat 1,100 and the Concert Hall (below) will seat 2,700, both are on the main level, flanking the Opera. The Studio Playhouse, above the Theater on the roof-terrace level, can be used as a conventional theater, or with a thrust stage (top), for theater-in- the-round (center), or as a film theater (below). KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 327 Friends of the Kennedy Center Early this year the Trustees passed a resolution creating the Friends of the Kennedy Center, a self-supporting volunteer organization, to aid the Center in establishing its national scope. The first meeting of the National Council of the Friends of the Kennedy Center was held on June 27, and the following officers were elected: Mrs. Frank G. Wisner, Chairman Murray Preston, Treasurer Mrs. Polk Guest, Vice Chairman Mrs. Llewellyn E. Thompson, George Stevens, Jr., Vice Chairman Member-at-Large Mrs. David Ginsburg, Secretary Representing the Center's Board of Trustees on the National Council are the officers and Mrs. George Garrett, Mrs. Albert Lasker, and Mrs. Jouett Shouse. Mrs. Thomas W. Braden of California and Douglas Dillon of New Jersey were named co-chairman of the National Membership Drive, currently under way. The purpose of the National Committee of the Friends of the Kennedy Center is to develop activities and programs to bring attention to the Center, its purposes and plans; and to enlist the active support of the Center by members of the National Committee. Specific objectives of the National Committee will be developed by the National Council from time to time, subject at all times to approval of the Trustees of the Center. Fund-Raising and Gifts Active fund-raising efforts for the Center were curtailed after the $15.5 million Federal grant was matched, as required by law, by June 30, 1965. The Development Committee, however, under the chairmanship of Robert O. Anderson will continue to assess the immediate and future needs and to solicit foundations and individuals for additional major contributions. Fortunately, with the addition of several small contributions the interest income substantially exceeded the operating expenses for the year. Since the above statutory deadline, several months have been lost because of procedural delays, plan reviews, and revisions. There has been some increase in wage scales and in materials and other costs. It is hoped, nevertheless, that the building can be completed at a cost close to present estimates and without the need for changes, deletions, or more funds. Models of the sculptured bronze panels given by the German Govern- ment for the two main entrances to the Center were unveiled at a 328 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART ceremony at the German Embassy in January. Designed by the distinguished young German sculptor, Jurgen Weber, each panel will measure 40 feet long and 8 feet high. The panel leading into the Hall of States will have a theme based on the ideals of President Kennedy. The theme of the panel over the entrance to the Hall of Nations will deal with the performing arts as contributants to peace. The weaving of the Opera House curtain, a gift from the Government of Japan and the America-Japan Society of Tokyo, is under way The Japanese are making a 16-mm. film of this unique gift as the craftsmen progress. The Center's architect has been working with the designers of the Norwegian gift of crystal chandeliers and the Danish gift of furniture. Sketches of the Waterford crystal chandelier, a gift of the people of Ireland, have been submitted to Mr. Stone for approval. Contracts have been signed for the quarrying and cutting of the marble donated to the Center by the Italian Government. The three companies chosen by the architect after extensive testing and sampling are Bufalini, Henraux, and Montecatini. All the marble is being quarried in the vicinity of Carrara, some of it coming from the same quarry used by Michelangelo for many of his statues. These contracts were drafted to assure that sufficient marble will be available for construction when needed. Special insurance coverage was planned. Shipments of marble will be coming from the port of Leghorn in late fall, and will be transported without charge to Baltimore as a gift from the American Export-Isbrandtsen Lines. Many other foreign nations have expressed an interest in presenting a gift to the Center and negotiations are being carried on with them. The Fine Arts Accessions Committee held meetings to consider various gifts offered to the Center. Gifts recently accepted include a Japanese Byobu two-panel screen, from a group of Japanese ladies, and a Salt Glaze Planter executed by Kenneth Ferguson, from the Kiln Club of Washington. The Planter received a Kiln Club award at the Tenth Annual Exhibition of Ceramic Art held at the Smithsonian Institution last fall. The John Philip Sousa Memorial Committee, appointed by the American Bandmasters Association, has continued its campaign for a $100,000 endowment to provide the stage and acoustical sound re- flectors in the Concert Hall. The committee reported that 71 percent of the goal has been reached and that it anticipates 100 percent success during the school term beginning in September. The stage will be named in honor of Mr. Sousa. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 329 Consultants Final plans for the Center, on which construction bids were received, required expert assistance in many areas. In addition to the resources of Edward Durell Stone, architect and his associates, the following were engineering consultants to the architect: Syska & Hennessy, Inc., mechanical and electrical engineers; Meuser, Rutledge, Wentworth and Johnston, foundation engineers; Donald Oenslager, Mr. Stone's stage-design consultant; Abe Feder, lighting consultant; Ben Schlanger, seating consultant; and Olaf Soot, stage machinery consultant. Dr. Cyril Harris, acoustics consultant, designed the Center's acoustical systems. Edward D. Stone, Jr., is landscape architect and Sasaki, Walker, and Associates serve as landscape consultants. Numerous members of the staff of the Public Buildings Service of the General Services Administration have participated in the design de- velopment of the John F. Kennedy Center. Among them special recognition is appropriate for Karel Yasko, Assistant Commissioner for Design; L. Anthony Ziernicki, Assistant Commissioner for Construc- tion; J. Rowland Snyder, Director, Architectural Division; Robert R. Jones, Director, Mechanical and Electrical Division; Arthur Westrich, Director, Structural Division; James Francis, Director, Specifications Division; James H. Jones, Project Coordinator; Ray Whitley, Chief, Elevator Branch; Harry Kay, Estimator, Estimates Division; Edward Kearney, Chief, Electrical Estimates Branch. Dr. Vern O. Knudsen reviewed the Center's acoustical design. Special Projects The Metropolitan Opera National Company, co-sponsored by the Center and the Metropolitan Opera Association, completed its in- augural tour on June 12. The tour began at Clowes Memorial Hall in Indianapolis, Indiana, last September 20. When the tour ended in Guadalajara, Mexico, the company had performed in 71 cities on the North American continent. The four operas presented were Bizet's Carmen (in French and English), Puccini's Madama Butterfly (in Italian and English), Carlisle Floyd's Susannah, and Rossini's Cinderella (in English). During the tour auditions were held in various regions of the country. New singers, including two from Washington, D.C., were signed for next year's tour. 330 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 HISTORY AND ART The company's second tour will begin on September 15, in Indian- apolis, where it opened last year. Many new cities have been added to the itinerary. The repertory for the second season will be Puccini's La Bo/ieme, Verdi's La Traviata, Mozart's Marriage of Figaro and Benja- min Britten's Rape of Lucretia. Because of the nature of the Center's agreement with the Metropolitan Opera Association in establishing the National Company, all financial obligations of the Center were dis- charged in the first season, and there are no continuing financial obligations. Ordinarily films produced by the United States Information Agency can be shown only in foreign countries. By special legislation, however, Congress authorized the Center to distribute domestically the USIA film John F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums, believing that this particular film should be available to all Americans. A Congressional resolution approved on October 7, provided for the purchase of the film by the Center from the USIA for $122,000. The resolution directed that the proceeds from all commercial showings of the film would accrue to the Center. Congress also made clear its intent that there should be no showing of the film which would serve a partisan political purpose, and that when the film was made available to educational and other nonprofit groups, it would be at no profit to the Center. On January 3, the Trustees entered into a contract with Embassy Pictures Corporation for the commercial theatrical distribution of the film. Embassy Pictures Corporation agreed to waive all distribution fees. Negotiations have been initiated for eventual release of the film to nonprofit organizations as agreed with Embassy Films. An agree- ment was also reached with Capitol Records to permit the marketing of the film's soundtrack as an LP record from which royalties will be paid to the Center. The Center received an advance of royalities of $50,000 from Capitol Records. John F. Kennedy: Tears of Lightning — Day of Drums opened at the Lincoln Art Theatre in New York City on April 10. The film was shown on a continuous performance basis through mid-June. Because of public demand it was shown also at the Cinema I Theater in New York City and had a successful 9-week run there. The film has sub- sequently been shown in Boston and Chicago and is scheduled this fall for showing in commercial theaters in all 50 states. The Tom Sawyer Project involves a wooden fence surrounding the construction site. The fence, erected last spring, has 250 panels, each 8 feet by 8 feet. These inspired a local organization to conceive the idea of having boys and girls decorate the panels with murals. Plans were made to have children in the District of Columbia's Widening Horizons KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 331 project paint 17 of the panels, after first receiving basic instruction from Roger Selby, curator of education at the Corcoran Gallery of Art. Plans are also under way by the Friends of the Kennedy Center to expand the project. The Year Ahead The construction of the building will be well advanced during the coming 12 months. As construction proceeds and problems relating to it are met and solved, the attention of the Trustees will be turned to the artistic management of the Center and to the development of artistic concepts and programs in greater detail. As the policies of the Center in this sphere are developed, so will be developed promotional and financial programs to implement these policies. While the stone, steel, and mortar give physical shape to the Center, the Trustees will be pressing ahead to shape its intellectual and cultural dimensions for the realization of the bright future that the John F. Kennedy Center holds for the nation. Other Smithsonian Activities Smithsonian Institution Libraries Mary A. Huffer, Acting Director K '"T'he Smithsonian institution libraries continue to develop under ■*~ the enthusiastic revitalizing encouragement of the Secretary and the unstinting support of the scientists and historians of the Institution. The Office of the Director of Smithsonian Institution Libraries was established in December 1965. Library service within the Institution is rendered through a complex network of bureau, branch, depart- mental, and divisional libraries. Acquisitions and cataloging of all materials for the various units are performed by the central library. Most special subject collections are located in the immediate vicinity of the object collection to which they pertain, but general reference and bibliographic tools, together with extensive interdisciplinary, periph- eral, and less immediately needed materials, are kept in the Central Library collection. Central Library An extension of library service for Smithsonian staff was carried out by the Smithsonian liaison librarian at the Library of Congress. Material for translation amounting to 4,342 pages was submitted during fiscal year 1966 on the Special Foreign Currency Information Program and 5,077 pages were prepared for submittal in fiscal 1967. All of these represent Russian literature to be translated into English in Israel under sponsorship of the National Science Foundation. Progress continues on translation of the Russian Academy of Sciences Flora USSR, with 6 volumes of the 30 volume set in process or completed. Four more volumes of the multivolume Keys to the Fauna USSR and 335 336 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 2 more of the Fauna USSR were submitted. Greater emphasis has been put on translation of material on the history of science and technology, with 6 volumes now slated for translation. In the acquisitions section, the advent of automation and a sharp increase in gifts and exchanges mark the fiscal year just ended. Electronic data processing is an innovation that will have a signifi- cant long-range impact on operation of the library. Late in June 1965, an IBM-29 key punch was installed in the acquisitions section, and during fiscal 1966 all purchase orders were printed on the computer in the Smithsonian's data processing unit. The ADP program now pro- vides computer-printed purchase orders, bi-weekly reports on the status of various accounts, receiving cards, book labels, Library of Congress card order slips, and temporary catalog cards. Cataloging the large collection of materials transferred from the Patent Office was completed during the year. The number of volumes cataloged during the year has not quite kept abreast of incoming vol- umes for the year: 10,097 cataloged to 11,201 received, therefore leaving the backlog untouched. This is even more serious than it seems, because material requiring original cataloging has been relegated to the backlog while more easily handled literature (i.e., for which Library of Congress cards exist) has been done as received or pulled from the reserve supply in '"control" (or backlog) in order to get a greater number of volumes moving through the department. Publi- cations not already cataloged by the Library of Congress are probably not owned by them or any other large research library; postponing their cataloging, therefore, is a dubious expediency, but space problems alone preclude deferment and consequent accumulation of large amounts of material while catalogers spend extra time on original work. Simplified and reduced forms for statistics have been prepared for use during the coming fiscal year. In October, Miss Clarice M. Barker, who had been acting chief of the catalog section since December 1964 and serials cataloger for the library since July 1960, retired. Because this year's contractor for binding had difficulties in meeting contract specifications, and major portions of most shipments had to be reworked, the library's binding program suffered a serious set- back. The binding unit moved into new, larger and brighter quarters on the ground floor of the West Range of the Natural History building in August. Branch Libraries As adequate space and equipment becomes available the library is continuing to consolidate and reorganize many of the special and SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES 337 departmental collections. This year the Museum of Natural History branch library, with the help of the botany department staff, completely reorganized the botany library. Materials formerly housed in six different locations are now shelved in the botany library on the fourth floor of the west wing of the Natural History building. A temporary card catalog was made by copying cards from the shelflist in the central library. Review and weeding of the collection is now in process. In April 1966, Dr. John A. Stevenson presented his mycological library to the Institution. Preliminary work on reorganizing the paleobiology collections has begun. A small reference collection was established and housed in the Cooper reading room in the department, and all other materials were transferred into the main natural history collection. Mrs. Gloria A. Mauney returned to the library after a year's absence to take charge of the entomology library. A systematic review of all serials in this collection is underway. In fall 1965 new stacks were installed in the anthropology library quarters on the third floor of the east wing of the Natural History building. This equipment allowed for the transfer of the former Bureau of American Ethnology library to the new location, thus bringing into one facility all the anthropological collections. This transfer involved moving approximately 35,000 items from the Smithsonian building. Prior to this move the library collections of the various divisions of the former department of anthropology were combined and moved to the new location. The card catalog was completely revised in the Museum of History and Technology branch library: both the old and the new catalogs were separated into author-title catalogs with separate subject catalogs. The old shelflist was split to separate the trade literature shelflist from the old shelflist for Dewey-classed books. These changes have made the catalog considerably easier to use. During the past year, efforts have continued to develop a strong facility to serve the National Collection of Fine Arts, while radically expanding that aspect of the work supporting the National Portrait Gallery, in anticipation of the move to the Fine Arts and Portrait Galleries building (the renovated Old Patent Office building) next year. William Walker, the branch librarian, is engaged in a project with the Library of Congress subject cataloging division, to revise the Library of Congress "N" classification schedule for books on fine arts. In January Miss Ruth Carlson joined the staff as senior cataloger for fine arts. 230-457—66 28 338 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 In the National Air and Space Museum branch library work con- tinued on the preliminary sorting of the large bulk of materials accumu- lated over the years and stored at the Silver Hill facility. A member of the Museum staff spent one-half day a week in the catalog section for training in library cataloging procedures and to assist in expediting the processing of materials for that library. Staff Activities At the December meeting of the Society of Systematic Zoology in Berkeley, California, an informal paper "Data Processing, the Natural History Library and the Future," by Mary A. Huffer and Jean Chan- dler Smith was presented by Mrs. Huffer. On April 27th the Federal Library Committee invited the Smith- sonian to fill a vacancy in its membership for an unexpired term of two years ending June 1967. The Acting Director of Smithsonian Institu- tion Libraries was designated to represent the Institution on the Com- mittee. Mrs. Huffer also continued to work with the Federal Library Committee Task Force on Acquisitions of Library Materials and Correlation of Federal Library Procedures. Informal lectures and tours of the Smithsonian Libraries were given several times during the year for groups of foreign visitors and library graduate students. Various library staff members took an active part in training enrollees of the Neighborhood Youth Corps as library assistants and aides throughout the year. Jean Chandler Smith continued work on the Bibliography on the Chemical Composition and Nutrition of Endoparasites at the request of the American Society of Parasitologists. The following papers by a library staff member appeared in various journals: Goodwin, Jack S. Current bibliography in the history of technology (1964). Technology and Culture (Spring 1966), vol. 7, pp. 268-300. . [Review of] Bibliography of the history of medicine in the United States and Canada, 1939-1960 (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1964). Technology and Culture (Fall 1965), vol. 6, pp. 690-691. . [Review of] Sources of business information, by Edwin T. Coman (Berkeley: Univ. of California Press, 1964). Technology and Culture (Winter 1966), vol. 7, pp. 123-124. . [Review of] Merchants and scholars, edit. John Parker (Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1966). Society for the History of Discoveries, Newsletter (May 1966), p. 9. International Exchange Service J. A. Collins, Director rT~'HE international exchange service moved to new quarters in -*- the Arts and Industries building during the fiscal year. The new work area provides better facilities for the processing of publications received for transmission. The total weight of publications processed during the past year was the largest ever handled. Publications were received from approximately 400 different organizations, institutions, Government bureaus, Congressional committees, agricultural experi- ment stations, and individuals for transmission to more than 100 different countries. Ocean freight rates were increased approximately ten percent during the year, and the cost of materials and supplies increased. A strike by the Maritime unions against some of the steamship lines delayed the forwarding of publications to many countries during the months of July, August, and September. Official United States publications were transmitted to 105 libraries in other countries. Full sets were received by 59 libraries and partial sets by 46. The only change during the year in the recipients of the official publications was the addition of the Haile Sellassie I University, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, to receive a partial set. Daily issues of the Congressional Record and the Federal Register were mailed to 134 foreign depository libraries. President Johnson in his address at the Smithsonian Bicentennial stated that, "we must embark on a new and a noble adventure: First 339 340 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 PACKAGES RECEIVED FOR TRANSMISSION FROM FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC SOURCES, FISCAL YEAR 1966 Classification For transmission abroad by the Smithsonian Number of packages Weight in pounds Received by the Smithsonian for distribution in the United States Number of packages Weight in pounds U.S. parliamentary documents re- ceived for transmission abroad . Publications received from foreign sources for U.S. parliamentary addressees U.S. departmental documents re- ceived for transmission abroad . Publications received from foreign sources for U.S. departmental addressees Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received for transmission abroad Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received from abroad for distribution in the United States Total Total packages received . . . Total pounds received 920,015 310,488 354, 295 326, 704 10, 246 7,060 157,819 1, 388, 322 1,461,720 237, 343 918, 342 12,664 18, 356 56, 092 92, 130 73 398 123, 150 1,041, 492 to assist the education effort of the developing nations and the develop- ing regions." During the past year over one hundred schools, colleges, and univer- sities in the United States transmitted publications through the Inter- national Exchange Service to libraries in other countries. Medical and dental textbooks and journals were transmitted for a number of medical and dental organizations to libraries and schools in other countries, and textbooks were forwarded to schools in which Peace Corps Volunteers were teaching. The Smithsonian Institution through the work of the International Exchange Service has been able to carry out in a substantial way, the request of the President. It also serves as a means of developing and executing in part the broad and comprehensive objective, "the diffusion of knowledge." Administrative Support Services A number of administrative divisions, operating behind the scenes, serve the Smithsonian Institution by providing the technical assistance and resources and other support that enable the bureaus and other program activities to work productively and efficiently. In carrying out this responsibility, these divisions directly share in the Institution's accomplishments in research, exhibits, education, and public service. The following brief statements highlight some of their activities and note the more significant staff changes during this past year. An Office of Programming and Budget was established under the Assistant Secretary to work closely with the Institution's museums and scientific bureaus in studying their objectives, analyzing their programs, and translating their essential requirements into sound budgets. In April 1966, Edward H. Kohn, formerly executive officer of the Smith- sonian's Science Information Exchange, was appointed director of this new office. The supply division continued its efforts in the market place to pro- cure the supplies, materials, and services needed in the many and varied Smithsonian activities. Over 6,000 purchase orders were issued for such diverse items as dehydrated fire-fly tails, lifesize manne- quins, hardwood sawdust, and a newsboy's bag to be used by a scientist to carry traps while in Africa. The Smithsonian benefitted from the highly effective property utilization program of the General Services Administration. By means of this program, material and equipment are transferred from Government agencies where they are no longer required to other agencies where they can be put to productive use, and thus additional purchases are avoided. One million dollars worth of this property was acquired by the Institution this year. It included $100,000 worth of office furniture and equipment, and, for the the collections, a proto- type Hawk missile launcher and the 29-foot, 6-ton U.S. Navy ex- perimental hydrofoil craft Sea Legs, which will be placed on exhibit. In December 1965, after 47 yeai s of service to the Institution, Anthony W. Wilding retired as chief of the supply division and in March 1966, Fred G. Barwick was appointed chief. Mr. Barwick had previously been a contract specialist with the Bureau of Ships, Department of the Navy. 341 342 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 To meet the workload imposed by the payroll and other accounts of the Institution, the fiscal division made increased use of automatic data processing equipment, with its capability of fast and accurate computations. As is evident by the preceding pages of this report, much of the Institution's work is conducted overseas, so that foreign exchange rates and overseas accounts add an international dimension as well as challenging problems to the staff of the fiscal division. In this aspect of the work, they were assisted greatly by the U.S. Treasury Depart- ment and private banking concerns in Washington, D.C. The personnel division, in addition to processing over 3,200 person- nel actions, conducted an active Incentive Awards Program, under which 58 employees received cash awards totaling $5,230. Of par- ticular significance was the suggestion to establish the Smithson Medal for Scientific and Curatorial Excellence. Also, during this period the Secretary approved the design for the new Henry Medal, to be used by the Board of Regents to recognize distinguished service or achievement. With the cooperation of its various bureaus, the Institution provided practical training opportunities for disadvantaged youth in the Metropolitan Area under the President's Youth Oppor- tunity Program. Much of the credit for successful staffing and train- ing programs can be given to the efforts and assistance of the Civil Service Commission. With the general increase in exhibits, research, education, and public services throughout the Smithsonian, the workload of the photographic services division increased substantially. Approximately 184,000 black and white prints, color slides and other color photog- raphy items, an increase of 45,000 over the previous year, were pro- duced, as well as 21,000 feet of motion picture film. A particularly important job performed by the photographers was the coverage of the colorful Smithson Bicentennial. The resulting photographs, slides, and motion pictures, which received wide distribution, provided an exceptionally complete documentary of this significant and historic occasion. Plans for constructing a photographic laboratory to service the Oceanographic Sorting Center were approved, and this facility is expected to be in operation during the coming fiscal year. The tasks assigned to the Smithsonian's buildings management department are both large and particularly significant to the successful meeting of the Smithsonian's goals. To this department is assigned the broad responsibility of maintaining, operating, and improving the buildings and associated equipment and other facilities, and of pro- tecting these buildings, their irreplaceable contents, and the visiting ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT 343 public. Much of this work is on an around-the-clock basis. An indi- cation of its scope is provided by a few statistics: six monumental buildings on the Mall and other significant properties in and around Washington to be repaired, improved, and kept presentable; some 60 million objects of natural history, art, and scientific, technological, and cultural significance to be protected; and over 13 million visitors this year to be safeguarded and assisted. The department also participated in the installation of exhibits; repaired and refurbished furniture, equipment, and museum objects; it provided necessary supporting services for the curatorial, research, and public sendee activities; and it conducted safety programs. Automatic data processing equipment holds a tremendous potential for assisting in the curatorial and scientific areas as well as in certain administrative areas. The full value of the information documenting the collections cannot be realized until it can be captured, correlated, and retrieved by means other than traditional manual methods. An information systems division was established this year to design and program the systems to meet these needs effectively and efficiently. Nicholas J. Suszynski, Jr., who was appointed in November 1966 to head this new division, brings to it ten years of ADP experience in a variety of business management and scientific assignments. Other staff activities in the Office of the Secretary provided valuable advisory and management assistance: The office of the general counsel, the contracts office, the organization and methods division and the internal audit office. The last named was established this year to support the Smithsonian's continuing efforts to assure sound financial management in all its aspects, and in March 1966 Douglas Martin was appointed to implement this program by means of on-site reviews and other techniques of fiscal analysis. Appendix 1. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1966 2. SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM GRANTS AWARDED, FISCAL YEAR 1966 3. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN PRESS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1966 4. MEMBERS OF THE SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL, JUNE 30, 1966 5. RESEARCH PARTICIPATION PROGRAMS, APPOINTMENTS 1965-1966 6. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, JUNE 30, 1966 345 1. Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution For the Tear Ended June 30, 7966 To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with a statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government bu- reaus in the administrative charge of the Institution. Parent Fund The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s 6d ($508,318.46). Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the claim, freight, insurance, and other incidental expenses, together with payment into the fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been withheld during the lifetime of Madame de la Batut, brought the fund to the amount of $550,000. The gift of James Smithson was "lent to the United States Treasury, at 6 per centum per annum interest" (20 U.S.C. 54) and by the Act of March 12, 1894 (20 U.S.C. 55) the Secretary of the Treasury was "authorized to receive into the Treasury, on the same terms as the original bequest of James Smithson, such sums as the Regents may, from time to time see fit to deposit, not exceeding, with the original bequest the sum of $1,000,000." The maximum of $1,000,000 which the Smithsonian Institution was authorized to deposit in the Treasury of the United States was reached on January 11, 1917, by the deposit of $2,000. Under the above authority the amounts shown on the following page are deposited in the United States Treasury and draw 6 percent interest. In addition to the $1,000,000 deposited in the Treasury of the United States there has been accumulated from income and bequests the sum of $7,314,088.20 which has been invested. Of this sum, $6,232,813.25 is carried on the books of the Institution as the Con- solidated Fund, a policy approved by the Regents at their meeting on December 14, 1916. The balance is made up of several small funds. 347 348 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Sources: Smithsonian Fund Deposited in Unrestricted Donor funds James Smithson $727, 640 Avery 14,000 Habel 500 Hamilton 2, 500 Hodgkins (General) 1 16, 000 Poore 26, 670 Rhees 590 Sanford 1, 100 Restricted funds Hodgkins (Specific) $100, 000 Reid 11,000 U.S. Treasury Income 1966 $43, 658 840 30 150 6,960 1,600 35 66 $889, 000 $53, 340 6,000 660 111,000 6,660 $1,000,000 $60, 000 Consolidated Fund [Income for the unrestricted use of the Institution] Investment Fund 1966 Abbott, W. L., Special $24, 792 * Avery, Robert S., and Lydia 65, 715 Forrest, Robert Lee 1, 857, 275 Gifts, royalties, gain on sale of securities 459, 354 Goddard, Robert, Memorial Fund 15, 035 Hachenberg, George P., and Caroline 6, 602 *Hamilton, James 672 Hart, Gustavus E 810 Henry, Caroline 2, 012 Henry, Joseph and Harriet A 81, 560 Higbee, Harry, Memorial Fund 19, 459 *Hodgkins, Thomas G. (General) 50, 397 Morrow, Dwight W 128, 656 Olmsted, Helen A 1, 333 *Poore, Lucy T. and George W 270, 832 Porter, Henry Kirke 476, 465 *Rhees, William Jones 787 *Sanford, George H 1, 481 *Smithson, James 34, 61 1 Taggart, Gansen 598 Witherspoon, Thomas A 214, 697 Total $3, 713, 143 Income 1966 $1,449 3,777 78,521 26, 385 137 41 41 46 118 4,708 937 2,897 7,413 76 15, 802 27, 368 45 85 2,379 43 12. 331 ; 184, 599 *In addition to funds deposited in the United States Treasury. report of the executive committee 349 Consolidated Fund [Income restricted to specific use] Investment Income Fund 1966 1966 Abbott, William L., for investigations in biology $173, 441 $9, 962 Armstrong, Edwin James, for use of Department of Invertebrate Paleontology when principal amounts to $5,000.00 2, 518 Arthur, James, for investigations and study of the sun and annual lecture on same 66, 537 Bacon, Virginia Purdy, for traveling scholarship to investigate fauna of countries other than the United States 83, 352 Baird, Lucy H., for creating a memorial to Secretary Baird 60, 975 Barney, Alice Pike, for collection of paintings and pastels and for encouragement of American artistic en- deavors 47, 7 1 6 Barstow, Frederick D., for purchase of animals for Zoological Park 1, 663 Brown, Roland W., endowment fund — study, care, and improvement of the Smithsonian paleobotanical collections 54, 063 Canfield collection, for increase and care of the Canfield collection of minerals 63, 774 Casey, Thomas L., for maintenance of the Casey collec- tion and promotion of researches relating to Cole- optera 20, 853 Chamberlain, Francis Lea, for increase and promotion of Isaac Lea Collection of gems and mollusks 46, 850 Division of Mammals Curators Fund, for support of scientific purposes 3, 308 Dykes, Charles, for support in financial research 71, 627 Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, for preservation and exhibition of the photographic collection of Rudolph Eickemeyer, Jr 18, 083 1, 038 Guggenheim, David and Florence, Foundation for a commemorative Guggenheim Exhibit, an annual Daniel Guggenheim Lecture, and annual Guggen- heim Fellowships for graduate students for research at the National Air Museum 50, 539 1, 121 Hanson, Martin Gustav and Caroline Runice, for some scientific work of the Institutian, preferably in chemistry or medicine 14, 790 850 Higbee, Harry, income for general use of the Smith- sonian Institution after June 11, 1967 977 20 Hillyer, Virgil, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer collection of lighting objects 10, 934 628 Hitchcock, Albert S., for care of the Hitchcock Agro- stological Library 2, 626 153 230-457— 66— —29 122 3, 825 4, 790 33 419 2, 741 96 2, 614 4, 214 1, 199 2, 691 31 4, 113 350 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Consolidated Fund — Continued Investment Income Fund 1966 1966 Hrdlicka, Ales and Marie, to further researches in physical anthropology and publication in connec- tion therewith $100, 812 $4, 812 Hughes, Bruce, to found Hughes alcove 31, 845 1, 831 Johnson, E. R. Fenimore, research in underwater photography 13, 927 Loeb, Morris, for furtherance of knowledge in the exact sciences 145, 031 Long, Annette and Edith C, for upkeep and preservation of Long collection ot embroideries, laces, and textiles 904 Maxwell, Mary E., for care and exhibition of Maxwell collection 32, 632 Myer, Catherine Walden, for purchase of first-class works of art for use and benefit of the National Collection of Fine Arts 33, 605 Nelson, Edward W., for support of biological studies. . . 39, 559 Noyes, Frank B., for use in connection with the collection of dolls placed in the U.S. National Museum through the interest of and Mr. Mrs. Noyes 1, 600 Pell, Cornelia Livingston, for maintenance of Alfred Duane Pell collection 12, 333 Petrocelli, Joseph, for the care of the Petrocelli collection of photographic prints and for the enlargement and development of the section of photography of the U.S. National Museum 12, 334 Rathbun, Richard, for use of division of U.S. National Museum containing Crustacea 17, 696 *Reid, Addison T., for founding chair in biology, in memory of Asher Tunis 29, 592 Roebling Collection, for care, improvement, and increase of Roebling collection of minerals 200, 785 Roebling Solar Research 41, 668 Rollins, Miriam and William, for investigations in physics and chemistry 259, 965 Smithsonian employees' retirement 5, 525 Smithsonian Institution and THF 7, 623 Sprague Fund for the advancement of the physical sciences 1 , 780, 760 Springer, Frank, for care and increase of the Springer collection and library 29, 834 Stevenson, John A., Mycological Library Fund, for care, maintenance, and additions to the library 10, 002 Strong, Julia D., for benefit of the National Collection of Fine Arts 16, 635 Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, for development of geological and paleontological studies and publishing results of same 932, 217 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 351 Consolidatfe Fund — Continued Fund Walcott, Mary Vaux, for publication in botany. . . . Zerbee, Francis Brinckle, for endowment of aquaria . Investment Income 1966 1966 $96, 251 $5, 335 1,578 91 Total $4, 649, 339 $1 74, 548 *In addition to funds deposited in the United States Treasury. Freer Gallery of Art Fund Early in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave to the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects of art, as well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by Whistler, Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave funds for con- struction of a building to house the collection, and finally in his will, probated November 6, 1919, he provided stocks and securities to the estimated value of $1,958,591 as an endowment fund for the operation of the Gallery. The fund now amounts to $11,605,036. Summary of Endowments Invested endowment for general purposes $5, 879, 442 Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow- ment 5, 100, 950 Total invested endowment other than Freer 10, 980, 392 Freer invested endowment for specific purposes 11,605,036 Total invested endowment for all purposes $22, 585, 428 Classification of Investments Deposited in the U.S. Treasury at 6 percent per annum, as authorized in the U.S. Revised Statutes, sec. 5591 $1,000,000 Investments other than Freer endowment (cost or market value at date acquired) : Bonds $3, 570, 000 Stocks 4,517,280 Real estate and mortgages 1,614,588 Uninvested capital 278, 524 9, 980, 392 Total investments other than Freer endowment . 10, 980, 392 352 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Investments of Freer endowment (cost or market value at date acquired) : Bonds $6, 720, 045 Stocks 4, 884, 784 Uninvested capital 207 $11,605,036 Total investments $22, 585, 428 Gifts, Grants, and Bequests The Smithsonian institution gratefully acknowledges gifts, grants, and bequests from the following : American Heritage Publishing Co., Inc.: Grant to create and publish a series of books under the overall title of the Smithsonian Library. American Petroleum Institute : Grant for research entitled The Crustose Corallines of the North Atlantic. Anonymous donor : Gift for the American Association of Physical Anthropologists Conference at Berkeley, California. Anonymous donor: Gift for the department of botany. Archbold Foundation: Grant for the support of research entitled Biological Survey of Dominica Project. Atomic Energy Commission : Additional grant for research entitled A Study of the Biochemical Effects of Ionizing and Nonionizing Radiation of Plant Metabolism During Development. Charles and Rosanna Batchelor Memorial Inc. : Gift for the purpose of improving the Emma E. Batchelor stamp collection. Buffalo Bill Memorial Association: Gift to help support the Smithsonian In- stitution-National Park Service-Whitney Gallery excavations at Mummy Cave, Wyoming. Hardy Jefferson Bowen: Grant entitled Bowen Andros Expedition. Bredin Foundation : Grant for the support of research entitled Biological Survey of Dominica Project. Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Campbell: Gift to the Zoo Animal Fund. Coca-Cola Company : Gift to the division of medical sciences. Conservation Foundation: Grant to support Conference on Avifauna of North- ern Latin America. Joanne T. Cummings : Gift for the purpose of acquiring ceramics and glass. Charles Darwin Foundation : Gift for the support of research and conservation in the Galapagos Islands. Department of the Air Force : Grant for research entitled Chemical Analysis of Chrondrite Meteorites. Additional grant for studies directed toward the development of a technique for measuring wind speed and direction at heights using ionized paths generated by meteors. Additional grants for the support of research entitled Researches — Molecular Collisions. Additional grant for research directed toward the study of stellar scintillation. Additional grant for the study of Atmospheric Entry and Impact of High Velocity Meteorites. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 353 Additional grant for research directed toward the studies of rate of accretion of interplanetary matter by the earth. Additional grant for research directed toward providing a program for deter- mination of satellite density data. Department of Army: Grants for the support of research entitled Potential Vectors and Reservoirs of Disease in Greece and Central and South Africa; Gold Flash; and Ecology and Distribution of Mammalian Ectoparasites, Arboviruses, and Their Hosts in Venezuela. Additional grants for the support of research entitled Studies of the Mosquitoes of Southeast Asia and Potential Vectors and Reservoirs of Disease in Strategic Overseas Area; also for support of research on the analysis of bird migration in the Pacific area and the study of the ecology of birds and mammals on one or more Pacific Islands. Department of Commerce: Grant to identify and develop economic opportunities and employment potential in craft industries. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare: Grant for planning experi- mental museum exhibits for the blind. Grant for study of parasites of Philippine fishes. Department of the Interior: Grants for support of research entitled Indexing Vocabulary for Publication by the Office of Water Resources Research and Sorting of Plankton Samples from Geronimo; and to provide services to sub-sample plankton samples from the International Indian Ocean Expedition. Additional grants for the support of research entitled Tropical Fishes and Con- tinuation of a Review of the General and American Species of the Shrimp Family Penaeidae; also for the purpose in the preparation of camera-ready copy of research data suitable for photocopying and printing as a current Water Resources Research Catalog. Department of State: Grant for Mr. Joseph F. K. Acquaye, assistant curator of the Ghana National Science Museum. Ford Foundation: Grant to purchase land on the Chesapeake Bay known as Ivy Neck. Ford Motor Company: Gift in support of the model foundry for the iron and steel hall. General Precision, Inc. : Gift to the Link Prolonged and Deep Submergence Study Program Fund. Julius W. Gilbert: Gift to the Joanne Toor Cummings Fund. C. M. Goethe: Gift to the Barro Colorado Island Fund. Mayer and Ruth Greenberg Foundation: Gift to the division of ceramics and glass. Daniel and Florence Guggenheim Foundation: Addition to the grant for the establishment of a Commemorative Guggenheim Exhibit, an Annual Guggen- heim Lecture, and Annual Guggenheim Fellowships for graduate students, for research at the National Air Museum. Harvard University: Grants for the engineering services to Harvard University and for the support to Harvard University for the transportation of an 84-foot radiotelescope. Humble Companies Charitable Trust: Gift for reconstructing the fluid catalytic cracking unit model for the hall of petroleum. International Business Machines Corp.: Gift to cover expenses on Smithsonian Film. Felix and Helen Juda Foundation: Gift to the Freer Gallery of Art for the pur- chase of collections. 354 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Otto Kallir : Gift for the purchase of the lithograph Seeds for Sowing May Mot be Milled. Kaudus Charitable Trust: Gift to further the work of the National Portrait Gallery. Kevorkian Foundation: Gifts to the Freer Gallery of Art Library; to the Freer Gallery of Art for the publication of Ganhara frieze in the form of a picture book; and to the Freer Gallery of Art Library for purchasing books dealing with Near Eastern art. Elsie and William Knight Foundation: Grant to the Stazione Zoologica. Dorothy V. Lee : Gift for the support of research and conservation in the Galapa- gos Islands. Link Foundation: Gift for the 1966 Edwin A. Link Lecture. Marilyn C. Link : Grant to support the publication of a biographical booklet on James Smithson. Eugene and Agnes E. Meyer Foundation : Gift toward the costs of the program to provide for greater use of Smithsonian museum exhibits in the District schools. National Academy of Sciences: Gift to defray travel expenses to Monks Wood, England. National Aeronautics and Space Administration: Grants for the support of research projects entitled: Symposium on Meteoritic Orbits and Dusts; Exobiology and Origin of Life; Photoelectric Techniques for Measurement of Earthshine; Data Analyses in Connection with the National Geodetic Satellite Program; A Survey of the Influx Rates of the Major Meteor Streams; and High-Energy Gamma-Ray Astronomy Experiment for High-Altitude Balloons. Additional grants for the support of research entitled Optical and Radar In- vestigation of Simulated and Natural Meteors; Textures of Meteorites; and Optical Satellite Tracking Program; also for research of the systematic recovery of meteorites and the photography of meteorites in flight; for an investigation and collection of meteorites, tektites, and related materials; and for the scientific and engineering study for instrumenting and orbiting telescope. National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities : Grant for organizing and to present a major display representative of contemporary American painting. National Geographic Society: Grants for support of research entitled Bermuda Underwater Archeological Expedition; also for the study of Mollusks on Polynesia and Melanesia and for the Seabird Colonies project. Gift to Freer Gallery of Art for publications. National Science Foundation: Additional grants for the support of research projects entitled: Early Tertiary Mammals of North America; Mammals of the South- eastern United States; Botanical Exploration on Southern Brazil; Revisionary Study of Blattoidea; Morphology and Paleoecology of Permian Brachiopods of the Glass Mountain, Texas; South Asian Microlepidoptera, particularly the Philippine Series; Taxonomy of Bamboos; Lower Cretaceous Ostracoda of Israel; Marine Mollusks of Polynesia; Tertiary Echiniods of the Eastern United States and the Caribbean; Zoogeography of Southern Ocean Sclearactinian Coral Faunas; The American Commensal Crabs of the Family Pinnotheridae; Indo- Australian Vespidae sens. lat. and Specidae; Revision of Genera of Paleozoic Bryozoa; Monographic Studies of the Tingidae of the World; Study of Type Specimens of Ferns in European Herbaria; Polychaetous Annelids of New England; The Phanerogams of Colombia; Revision of Scarab Beetles of the Genus Ataenius; Geographic Variation in the Inter- specific Relations among certain Andean Passeriformes; Systemic Studies of the Archidaceae, Subtribe Epidendrinae; A Monograph of the Stomatopod Crustaceans of the Western Atlantic; Recording of Data for Specimens Collected during the U.S. Antarctic Program; Distribution REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 355 of North America Calanoid and Harpacticoid Copepoda; Collection of Meteorites and Tek- tites in Australia; Installation of Power Line to Barro Colorado from Mainland; Upper Cretaceous Inoceraminae in North America and Western Europe; Environment of Permo- Triassic Reptiles of the Order Therapsida in South Africa; Taxonomic and Biological Studies of Neotropical Water Beetles; Evolution and Distribution of Parmelia in Eastern Asia and Pacific; Taconomic Studies of the Family Stenomidae in Neotropical Region; Pre- Industrial System of Water Management in Arid Region; Revisionary Stiudies in the Chilopoda; Photographic Investigation of Comets; Purchase of the Hood Collection of Thrips, Archaeo- logical Survey of Southwestern Kansas; Science Information Exchange; Taxonomic and Biological Studies on Central American Caddisflies; Identification Guide to Antarctic Birds; Ostracoda of the Indian Ocean; Sorting of Collection from the U.S. Antarctic Research Program; Sorting of Collections from the International Indian Ocean Expedition; Systematic; of the Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic Gemmaridean Amphipods; Eltanin Cruise Participations; Stellar Atmospheres; Comparative Study of Molluscan Faunas of Tertiary Stages; The Mammals of Panama; Systematics of Stomiatoid Fishes; Cooperative Systematics Studies in Antarctic Biology; Undergraduate Research Participation Program; Purchase of the Carl Bosch Research Collection of Minerals and Meteorites; and Bibliography of Termites. Office of Naval Research: Additional grants for the support of research entitled: Information of Shark Distribution and Distribution of Shark Attack All Over the World; Conduct Research on the Medusae and Related Organisms From the Indian Ocean Collec- tion; Studies of the Ecology, Distribution and Classification of South American Birds; Distribution of Formaminifera in the Eastern Tropical Atlantic; and The Formation of Spectrum Lines. Also, to provide expert consultants to advise the Navy Advisory Committee, and to perform psychological research studies. Marjorie Merriweather Post: Gift to defray travel expenses of Marvin Ross. Rosser Reeves, Ted Bates and Company: Gift for the purchase of insurance for the Rosser Reeves Ruby. Dorothy B. Rothschild: Gift to the Joanne Toor Cummings Fund. Shirley Latter Schlesinger: Contribution to the National Collection of Fine Arts to be entitled "Cassatt Research Fund." Ansel Schoeneman: Gift for the purchase of an 18th-century, earthenware, English figure of the Duke of Cumberland. St. Petersburg Shell Company: Grant for the St. Petersburg Shell Company Fund. Society for a More Beautiful National Capital Inc. : Gift for landscaping the entrance to the National Zoo. Spraque Fund : Bequest of the late Joseph White Spraque to establish a fund for the advancement of the physical sciences. E. R. Squibb and Sons: Gift to the division of medical sciences. John A. Stevenson: Gift of the John A. Stevenson Mycological Library and a gift for care and maintenance and making additions thereto. Sydney Printing and Publishing Company: Grant for the purchase of U.S. coins. United States Information Agency: Grant to undertake complete responsibility of the Agency's Fine Arts exhibits activity. United States Steel Corp.: Grant to defray the cost of a model of an integrated steel plant. University of Michigan: Gift to Freer Gallery of Art for the Ars Orientalis Fund. G. Unger Vetlesen Foundation: Grant to assist in studying flora and other terrestial and marine fauna in Australia. Lila Acheson Wallace: Contribution for expenses in connection with Sym- posiums for Department of Civil History. 356 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Washington Biologists' Field Club: Grant for the purpose of defraying the costs of the publication of the work Trapnesting Wasps and Bees. Washington Fashion Group: Gift to the Historic Dresses Fund. Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation: Gift to the Freer Gallery of Art for the Library Fund. Wenonah Development Company: Contribution to the Kathryn and Gilbert Miller Fund. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution: Grant for participation of five Smithsonian staff members in cruises of the Anton Bruun in the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Charles M. Wormser: Gift to the Moritz Wormser Memorial Collection. The Smithsonian Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts, for the special purposes indicated, from the following: For the Carl Bosch Collection Fund: Gem Lapidary and Mineral Society of Standard Oil Company of New Jersey Montgomery County. American Metal Climax Foundation Mineralogical Society of the District of Incorporated Columbia. Foundation of Litton Industries Yale University Consolidation Coal Company Franklin Ogdensburg Mineralogical Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Society Xerox Fund For the Division of Mammals Curators Fund: David H. Johnson Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. Remington Kellogg For the purpose of the S. D. Heron Memorial Fund: Anonymous donor Harold S. Morehouse A. E. Felt J. H. Stern For the purpose of the Smithsonian Bicentennial Ceremony: Burlington Industries Foundation Wilmarth S. Lewis W. R. Burgess Martha I. Love Austin B. Chinn Charles Nagel Ben Gray Marjorie Merriweather Post For the purpose of the Smithson Bicentennial Celebration: Anonymous Eastern Airlines, Inc. Bethlehem Steel Corp. Eastman Kodak Co. Bibb Manufacturing Co. The Equitable Life Assurance Society Burrough Corp. Evening Star Carrier Corp. Electro-Optical Systems Certain-teed Products Corp. Ex-Cell-O-Corporation Connecticut Printer Fisher Scientific Co. John Deere Foundation General Aniline and Film Corp. R. R. Donnelly and Sons Co. General Dynamics Corp. Douglas Aircraft General Precision Equipment Corp. Dumbarton Oaks Goodwill Ambassador REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 357 Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp. I. B. M. Corp. William W. Johnson C. O. Kienbusch Kresge Foundation Link Foundation Lockheed Aircraft Corp. David McKay Martin Co. The Magnavox Co. The Maytag Co. Majorie Merriweather Post The Merck Company Foundation Philadelphia Inquirer Reader's Digest Revell, Inc. Scholastic Magazine, Inc. Southern Railway System Alfred P. Sloan Time, Inc. United Aircraft Corp. United States Steel Foundation, Inc. Washington Post Westinghouse Electric Corp. For the purpose of the Venice Biennale Fund: Mrs. Dean Acheson Mrs. Philip Barry Mr. Harvey Baskin Mrs. and Mrs. John Begg Mr. and Mrs. Melvin Belman Dr. and Mrs. Edgar F. Berman Mr. Leo M. Bernstein Mr. and Mrs. Norman Bernstein Mr. William McCormick Blair Mr. Jacob Blaustein Mr. and Mrs. Huntington Block Mr. and Mrs. Richard Borwick Mrs. Edith Bralove Mr. and Mrs. Abner Brenner Dr. Iving Brotman Mr. J. Carter Brown Mr. John Bucknell Mrs. Douglas Burden Mr. and Mrs. S. Carter Burden Mr. William A. M. Burene Mrs. Morris Cafritz Mrs. Calvert Carey Mr. Aldus Chapin Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert Chapman Mr. and Mrs. Marcus Cohn The Honorable and Mrs. John T. Connor Miss Edith Newman Cook Mr. Gardner Cowles Crown-Zellerbach Foundation Mrs. Gertrude d'Amecourt The Honorable and Mrs. C. Douglas Dillon Miss Barbara Donald Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Eichholz Mr. Milton Elsberg Dr. and Mrs. Richard Ettinghausen Mr. and Mrs. David E. Finley Mr. and Mrs. Lawrence A. Fleischman The Honorable and Mrs. Clifford Folger Forage Foundation, Inc. Mrs. Elizabeth J. Foy Mr. and Mrs. Carl M. Freeman The Honorable and Mrs. Peter H. B. Frelinghuysen Mr. and Mrs. B. H. Friedman Mrs. J. William Fullbright Mr. Richard E. Fuller Mr. Wreathan E. Gathright Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Geldzahler Mr. Ira Gershwin Mr. Roland Gibson Mr. and Mrs. Mackensie Gordon Mrs. Philip L. Graham Miss Jacqueline Greber Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert Hahn, Jr. Mrs. W. Averill Harriman Mr. E. David Harrison Mr. and Mrs. John Hechinger Mr. Henry H. Hecht, Jr. Mr. Ernest Hillman, Jr. Mr. Barnet Hodes Mrs. Arthur U. Hooper Mr. and Mrs. David Jay Hyman Dr. and Mrs. John M. Ide I. F. A. Galleries, Inc. Industrial Union Department AFL-CIO Dr. H. W. Janson Mr. and Mrs. Maxey Jarman The Honorable Jacob K. Javits Mrs. J. Lee Johnson, III Captain and Mrs. Francois C. B. Jordan Mr. Garfield I. Kass Mrs. Estes Kefauver 358 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Mrs. Fenwick Keyser Mrs. Robert Kintner Mrs. GraemeKorff Mr. and Mrs. David Lloyd Kreeger Mr. Sigmund Junstadter Mr. Irving Levick Dr. and Mrs. Alec C. Levin Mr. and Mrs. Jerome P. Lewis Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Lewis Mr. John L. Loeb, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Walter C. Louchheim, Jr. Mr. Georg S. T. Maisel, III Mr. Stanley Marcus Mr. Henry A. Markus Mr. Morton May Mr. Robert B. Mayer Mr. Stephen Mazoh Mr. and Mrs. William S. McCornick Mr. Henry P. Mcllhenny The Honorable and Mrs. Robert S. McNamara Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon Mr. and Mrs. Cord Meyer, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Robert E. MeyerhofF Mrs. Paul Moore The Honorable and Mrs. William S. Moorhead Mr. and Mrs. Edward P. Morgan Philip Morris International Mr. Charles Nagel Mrs. David Halle Mr. and Mrs. Roy R. Neuberger Mr. Gerson Nordlinger, Jr. Miss Anna Belle O'Brien Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Ottenstein Mr. and Mrs. Maxwell Oxman Mrs. Tompkins Parker Mr. Robert E. Phinney, Jr. Mr. Abe Pollin Mrs. S. Prentice Porter Mrs. Merriweather Post Mr. Gustave Ring Mr. Laurance S. Rockefeller Samuel and David Rose Fund, Inc. Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Ross Mr. William M. Roth Mrs. Seymour J. Rubin Mrs. Henry P. Russell Mrs. Serge Sacknoff Mr. and Mrs. Walter Salant Dr. and Mrs. Stanley J. Sarnoff Rita and Taft Schreiber Foundation Mrs. John Farr Simmons Skidmore, Owings and Merrill Mr. and Mrs. Albert H. Small Mr. and Mrs. Charles E. Smith Mr. L. M. C. Smith Mr. and Mrs. Stephen E. Smith Miss Laura Steinbach Mr. and Mrs. Philip Stern Mrs. Donald B. Straus Mrs. Madeleine S. Sundlun Mr. and Mrs. Carleton Byron Swift Mrs. Fredrika M. Tandler Walter Dorwin Teague Associates Mr. and Mrs. Edward Russell True, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Bayard Underwood Mr. and Mrs. T. Graydon Upton Mr. and Mrs. Julius Wadsworth Mrs. C. Law Watkins Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr. Mrs. Vanderbilt Webb Dr. and Mrs. Paul S. Weisberg Mr. and Mrs. Eric Wentworth Dr. and Mrs. Sidney Werkman Mr. and Mrs. Kurt Wiener Mrs. J. Burke Wilkenson Mrs. Earle Kress Williams Mr. and Mrs. Anthony Wilson Mr. Howard Wise Mrs. Frank G. Wisner The Honorable and Mrs. Stanley Woodward Xerox Corporation Mr. and Mrs. Jacob Zettlin Mr. and Mrs. Sidney S. Zlotnick report of the executive committee 359 Funds and Federal Appropriations The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Govern- ment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year 1966: Salaries and Expenses $18,921,000 National Zoological Park $1,832,000 The appropriation made to the National Gallery of Art (which is a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution under a separate Board of Trustees) was $2,531,000 The Institution also received appropriations to continue the 12-year capital improvement program at the National Zoological Park ($1,539,000); and for the restoration and renovation of buildings ($2,248,000). For fiscal year 1966, the Smithsonian was granted an appropriation of $1,300,000 in foreign currencies for museum programs and related research. In addition, funds were transferred from other Government agencies for expenditure under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution as follows : Working funds, transferred from the National Park Service, Depart- ment of the Interior, for archeological investigations in river basins throughout the United States $221,000 The Institution also administers a trust fund for partial support of the Canal Zone Biological Area, located on Barro Colorado Island in the Canal Zone. Audit The report of the audit of the Smithsonian Private Funds is attached. Respectfully submitted: Robert V. Fleming Caryl P. Haskins Clinton P. Anderson Executive Committee. Washington, D.C., October 7, 1966 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 361 Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co. ACCOUNTANTS AND AUDITORS 1730 M STREET, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036 THE BOARD OF REGENTS, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, We have examined the balance sheet of private funds of Smithsonian Insti- tution as of June 30, 1966, and the related statements of changes in funds for the year then ended. Our examination was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. Except for certain real estate acquired by gift or purchased from proceeds of gifts which are valued at cost or appraised value at date of gift, land, build- ings, furniture, equipment, works of art, living and other specimens and certain other similar property are not included in the accounts of the Institution; the amounts of investments in such properties are not readily determinable. Current expenditures for such properties are included among expenses. The accompanying statements do not include the National Gallery of Art, the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts nor other departments, bureaus and operations administered by the Institution under Federal Appro- priations. The accounts of the Institution are maintained on the basis of cash receipts and disbursements, with the result that the accompanying statements do not reflect income earned but not collected or expenses incurred but not paid. In our opinion, subject to the matters referred to in the preceding paragraph, the accompanying balance sheet of private funds and the related statements of changes in funds present fairly the assets and funds principal of Smithsonian Institution at June 30, 1966 and changes in fund balances resulting from cash transactions of the private funds for the year then ended, on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year. PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & CO. October 7, 1966 In the Auditor's report, the following statement precedes schedules 1 and 2: Accountants'' Report on Supplementary Data We have reported separately herein on the basic financial statements of pri- vate funds of Smithsonian Institution. The current year's supplementary data included in Schedules 1-2 were subjected to the same auditing procedures and, in our opinion, are stated fairly in all material respects when considered in conjunction with the basic financial statements taken as a whole. 362 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Smithsonian BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE Assets Current funds: General : Cash: United States Treasury current account $334, 369 In banks and on hand 336, 881 671, 250 Investments — stocks and bonds (quoted market value $2,709,- 440.00) (note 1) 2,863,780 Contract reimbursements due 556, 951 Travel and other advances 70, 777 Total general funds 4, 162, 758 Restricted : Cash: United States Treasury current account $670,413 In banks 147, 007 Due from general fund 999, 279 Due from Freer endowment fund 2, 076 Total restricted funds 1,818,775 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 363 EXHIBIT A Institution FUNDS, JUNE 30, 1966 Fund Balances Current funds: General : Due to restricted funds $999, 279 Unexpended funds — unrestricted (Exhibit B) 3,163,479 Total general funds estricted (Exhibit C) : Unexpended income from endow- 4, 162, 758 ment: Freer Restricted $380, 032 642,813 $1,022,845 795, 930 Funds for special purposes: Gifts Grants Contracts 505, 550 98, 972 191,408 Total restricted funds 1,818,775 364 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Assets — Continued Total current funds $5,981,533 Endowment funds and funds functioning as endowment: Freer Gallery of Art Fund: Cash $207 Stocks and bonds (quoted market value $17,009,713.00) (note 1) 11, 604, 829 Total Freer Gallery of Art fund 1 1, 605, 036 Other funds: Cash $278, 524 Stocks and bonds (quoted market value $9,139,617.00) (note 1) 8, 083, 958 8, 362, 482 Loan to United States Treasury 1, 000, 000 Other stocks and bonds (quoted market value $ 1 2,404.00) (note 1 ) 3,322 Real estate (note 2) 1, 614, 588 Total other funds 10, 980, 392 Total endowment funds and funds functioning as endow- ment 22, 585, 428 $28,566,961 See accompanying notes to financial statements. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 365 Fund Balances — Continued Total current funds Endowment funds and funds function- ing as endowment (Exhibit D) : Freer Gallery of Art fund : Due to Freer restricted fund Principal of fund (Exhibit D) Total Freer Gallery of Art fund Other funds: Mortgages payable (note 2) Principal of funds (Exhibit D) : Restricted $4, 878, 667 General 5, 879, 442 $5, 981, 533 $2, 076 11,602,960 11,605,036 $222, 283 10, 758, 109 Total other funds Total endowment funds and funds functioning as endow- ment 10, 980, 392 22, 585, 428 $28, 566, 961 230-457 — 66- -30 366 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 H PQ X O < < Q Q Z l— 1 < E> ^ En W w £ < > O 2 z w g p^ H ri H P H o T r--' oo" r-T to -*< c CO CO m ■* t^ o •*" iri" "t in €«• ee- »-< O v* < ■■s-s ^' r^ to — > to CM r^ oo — o «-> « £ c 00OU REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 367 U H i— i m i— i ffl X t-i CT) r^ o •* -i -h onoiioocNin-i Ncomoajiooio p-T in ^ aT t^" cm to" co" CMCOCOCO— iCMlOCM to -h - r^ cm m _c O r~ in >o CM CO CO CO co I-H CO to Q Z 5 Pn H < > 2 Oh Z O H Z < z o K H S GO U < h-1 < pq Q P p H O »— i P* H to c4 o H 55 H P* o o 05 to z ■« ■* -S? -*■ 5 ^3 O Q O W K « CO Q Z t) " 'Jt w CO i CM to r^ m CM Tf co ct> CO to o <£> • CO r^ m CT> CO O m CO (O * ■* ■* to co in" CO CT) to" to CO m" CO CT) to" CO co o m t}- CO tJ< CO CT) CM i>» >— < m CM CT) g CO CO o co S Is* co CM CO ^ CM tO — " in" :J co — " cm co cc co — ■ r^ co f^ • ■* -* m • r-» CM i — i i-^ co ■* CM •* to CT) m rh m CT) to m CM CO CO CO * CT) o CO CM H < H c/3 — -a - — - •= ^0 o c ■J3 W o - g 0 Si T3 - 2 gram exhi from 0 >. '-J Si 'C - T3 %> 2 — — Q u o E o 0 a u V V u 0 P •— o V - Gifts an Travelii Advanc < 368 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 U H 3 s £ «, eooiom^ai^r^o o-ocoo(D't'*n t-» — "*• CO O CO C7> ffl to co n in lO Vi co CM CD CO CO rn CD O co" te- cf CO o CO CO LO co • CO CO co" o" CM CM LO" o" ■ co • o" co r^ "* •* CO CO CO" CD r>." LO te- CD a? CO co CO • CD CD ■ CD CO ■* "* CO CD CD CM lO •& CD o CO E «j £ s -a -2 > o o^ s n " ^ U CM r^ — -> CD o CO LO a> ^f to- r-» r>- O o m to m co m m o O m V* <# m ■* m co o CM r^ CM CO o - ■b o pq 370 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 EXHIBIT D Smithsonian Institution PRIVATE FUNDS STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PRINCIPAL OF ENDOWMENT FUNDS AND FUNDS FUNCTIONING AS ENDOWMENT YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1966 Balance at beginning of year $19, 659, 589 Add: Gifts and bequests 2, 009, 451 Income added to principal as prescribed by donor 20, 890 Transfer from gifts for investment 350, 899 Net gain on investments 320, 240 Balance at end of year 22, 361, 069 Balance at end of year consisting of: Freer Gallery of Art 11, 602, 960 Other : Restricted 4, 878, 667 General 5, 879, 442 $22, 361, 069 Smithsonian Institution NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 1966 (1) Investments are stated at cost or appraised value at date of gift. (2) During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1966, the Institution acquired by gift, bequest or purchase, property subject to existing mortgages. At June 30, 1966 there were three parcels of property pledged as security for mortgages with unpaid balances totaling $222,283. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 371 Q !H o CO c-i m — cd CD iO o Tt< — -• CO lO lO - r~- CM m 1 — 1 CO «— ' IT. r~- -+- CO : .'.: .:: CO X r^ lO '" oc CM — CO CM ifl <3 CD -te> - e5 an - _ CD r« CM m r^ -t CD CO 30 EC CM <& c« C - -f CD ** r^ ~ '- m CD Tj< ■* 5T CO — i m CD Tf i — 2 CO CD ro in lO CD CI m i — i co — m co co to" crT Tt"" o" t~-T co o co in co — i to CM CO CO co co" CD CD in CD CD CM — CM CO t~« in CD Tf rj- co — in to co to" cd" •*" co i-~-" co o co m co — co CM CM r. CO CD i>- co CM CD r~- CD CM <* V* « ~° •S ° £ O ^ JJ o c O V £ ^ -g c W fa O 1 Jl ex s c -. o RS y. a. C CO o •^ CJ o — eu - CU — p 5 u s o a T3 c Si cu 'tu Efl C3 eu Tl ~ c Ri 5 Efl 3 O Si u •J Si a be Ri V Xi u u > 0 R] Ri U C n U a eu ex 3 U H Gfl en rt R! C '« O o H 'eu - O Rl p O W c Ri *c3 o H 0 H U c/T 0 o u 2 & c5i OOO O cu Si Si y -1 b CO o 372 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1966 Q o t/3 G) O Ci CO ■* «D CO CD CO CM CM Ol £ O - CO ~ •<*• O o CO - 00 -f m X CO iO o -+ CO CM CM ■* z 10 CO CM o i — i CM CM i>» CO -* CM m c r LO CO r^ t£> CM ~ S tO m ^ CO CO co lo io •* o "C CM CO -h CO CM CO CM CM LO m CT> CO to 01 cc LO CM LO QC CM co io to CO o co z p4 § w Ph td § Ph [VI ^ 0 £ « D Q E o W U CO CO en ■ -* Ol CO t^ "* CM ■* r>« CM CM CO ee - IO O0 ,— 1 LO 00 -V -i- LO cr> ■* r> <-> K CO co t-» •-* en CO CO CM CM o CO c « ^ - CM CO LO CM r^ o ^i $, ^_T cm" ^ ee- CO CM iO CO O) CM 00 CO CO O ^ •* co" co" cr>" r>T cm r~. o o o lO CO iO o lO CO O ^ lo CO lo" ltT en" o" co" CM CO O LO — ' CO --• LO _ CO o o CD ^ CO CO CM O CO v « O, » DO _ r~ CO 01 m * r^ ~ t^- m CN rc m so CT> ~ CN CO — -1 <* m - r- -+• m ID S3 c m 05 CO a-> to m CM C o CM -+■ CM CO CT) co m o ^h CD CO CO r-" co" cm" t- ID CN O -< r>." cm" _ cr> t^- co o t^ ■* CM co co r^.' m CO CM m" — Tf CD "* r» i^ CD C5 t^ — • "* ' — ' — " Tf CM r^ CO m y=7 (^ cm co m in m m cm m -4" co co i—i m m — 0-, V 5b u jj J-l V 3 ■S 3 -3 U s u o u a, 3 u S- Bj > U „ Ri ^ 1 « «1 Is g?l O. O *- rt .3 H .3 u r* O V r- y, £ *£ "> % £> £ S3 g o.S « O 3 « -J *_,